ML7345D_技术文档

FEDL7345/D-06

Issue Date: Apr. 5th, 2019

ML7345/ML7345D

Sub-GHz(160MHz to 960MHz) low power transceiver IC

■Overview

The ML7345 is a low power RF transceiver for narrow band in Sub-GHz. The ML7345 includes RF, IF, MODEM, baseband

processor, HOST interface. The ML7345 supports RF frequency sets of 160MHz to 960MHz, and implements programmable

channel filters supporting 12.5kHz or wider channel spacing. ML7345 is suitable to F mode (434MHz) ,N mode (169MHz) and

C/R/S/T mode(868MHz) of Wireless M-Bus in Europe, and to RCR STD-30 and ARIB STD-T67 in Japan.

The ML7345D supports 315MHz - 960MHz in frequency band. Also ML7345D supports the system of channel intervals more

than 12.5kHz and 50kHz because the band variable channel select filter is implemented. It can be based on the C/R/S/T mode

(868MHz) in the European tele meter standard (Wireless M-Bus) and specific low power radio station in Japan.

The ML7345 series has the same package, pins assignment and major registers as the ML7344/ML7406 family for sharing the

board and software between narrow/broadband Sub-GHz applications.

ML7345, ML7344 and ML7406 have the same package, pins

assignment and major registers.

ML7345 series

RF: 160MHz to 960MHz

Rate: 1.2kbps to 100kbps(FSK/GFSK/4FSK/4GFSK)

Channel Spacing: Down to 12.5kHz

Wireless M-Bus(2013)

(32pin WQFN)

ARIB STD T67/RCR STD 30

IEEE802.15.4g (FEC not supported)

ML7406 series

ML7344 series

RF: 750MHz to 960MHz

RF: 160MHz to 510MHz

Rate: 1.2kbps to 15kbps(FSK/GFSK)

Channel Spacing: 25kHz

Wireless M-Bus

Rate: 1.2kbps to 500kbps(FSK/GFSK)

Channel Spacing: 100kHz to 1.6MHz

Wireless M-Bus

IEEE802.15.4g (FEC not supported)

ARIB STD T67

1000

IEEE802.15.4g

(780 to 950MHz)

100

ML7345 series

Wireless

M-Bus

(868MHz)

ML7344 series

10

1

Wireless

M-Bus

ARIB

STD T67

(426/429

MHz)

ML7406 series

(169MHz)

0

1000

250

500

Frequency[MHz]

750

1/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Features

•

Supported standard

•

ML7345

•

ETSI EN 300 220(Europe)

EN 13757-4:2013(Wireless M-Bus)

RCR STD-30 (III and IV types)

ARIB STD-T67

•

ARIB STD-T108

•

ML7345D

•

ETSI EN 300 220(Europe)

EN 13757-4:2013(Wireless M-Bus) C/R/S/T/F mode

RCR STD-30(III and IV types)

ARIB STD-T67

ARIB STD-T108

•

RF frequency

•

ML7345:160MHz to 960MHz supported

ML7345D:315MHz to 960MHz supported

•

Realized high resolution modulation by using fractional N type PLL direct modulation

Modulation: 4GFSK/4GMSK, GFSK/GMSK, 4FSK/FSK/MSK (MSK is FSK at modulation index = 0.5)

Data transmission rate: 1.2kbps to 100kbps

Data encoding/decoding by HW: NRZ, Manchester, 3-out-of-6

Data Whitening by HW

Programmable channel filters

Programmable frequency deviation function

TX/RX data inverse function

On-chip 24MHz oscillator circuit

TCXO (24MHz) direct input supported

Programmable oscillator’s load capacitance

On-chip low power RC oscillator to generate low speed clock

Low speed clock adjustment function

Frequency fine tuning function (using fractional N type PLL)

Synchronous serial peripheral interface (SPI)

On-chip TX PA.

•

ML7345/ML7345D:20mW / 10mW / 1mW selectable

•

TX power fine tuning function (±0.2dB)

TX power automatic ramping control

External TX PA control function

RSSI indicator and threshold judgment function

High speed carrier checking function

AFC function (IF frequency automatic adjustment by Fractional N type PLL adjustment)

Antenna diversity function

Automatic Wake-up, auto SLEEP function (external RTC input or internal RC oscillator selectable)

General purpose timer (2ch)

Test pattern generator (PN9, CW, 01 pattern, ALL “1”, ALL “0” output)

2/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

•

Packet mode function (European patent publication Number: EP 2775265 A1)

•

Wireless M-Bus packet format (Format A/B)

General purpose packet format (Format C/D)¹

Max. 255bytes (Format A/B), 2047bytes (Format C/D) packet length

TX FIFO (64bytes), RX FIFO (64bytes)

RX Preamble pattern detection (Max. 4bytes)

Automatic TX preamble length generation (Max. length 16383bytes)

SyncWord setting function (Max. 4bytes × 2 type)

Program CRC function (CRC32/CRC16/CRC8 selectable, fully programmable polynomial)

Wireless M-Bus field checking function (C-field/M-field/A-field can be detected automatically)

* Proprietary packet format is possible depending on setting

•

Supply voltage

1.8V to 3.6V (TX power 1mW mode)

2.1V to 3.6V (TX power 10mW mode)

2.6V to 3.6V (TX power 20mW mode)

•

Operational temperature

Current consumption

-40°C to 85°C (guaranteed operation)

-30°C to 75°C (guaranteed RF characteristics)

•

ML7345/ML7345D

Deep sleep mode 0.1μA

Sleep mode 1

Sleep mode 2

Idle mode

0.35μA (registers retained)

0.9μA (Registers and FIFO retained, On-chip RC oscillator, WUT operation)

0.6mA

•

ML7345

TX

20mW

10mW

1mW

32mA

25mA

11mA

RX

8.5mA (9.6kbps)

9.9mA (100kbps)

•

ML7345D

TX

20mW

32mA

10mW

1mW

25.4mA

11.4mA

RX

8.9mA (9.6kbps,426MHz,TCXO)

10.4 mA (100kbps、920MHz、TCXO)

• Package

32 pins WQFN (5mm × 5mm)

Lead free, RoHS compliance

P-WQFN32-0505-0.50

1 ML7345 doesn't support Format D.

3/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Description Convention

1) Numbers description

‘0xnn’ indicates hexa decimal. ‘0bnn’ indicates binary.

Example: 0x11= 17(decimal), 0b11= 3(decimal)

2) Registers description

[<register name>: B<Bank No> <register address>] register

Example: [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B] register

Register name: RF_STATUS

Bank No:

0

Register address: 0x0B

3) Bir name description

<bit name> ([<register name>: B<Bank No> <register address>(<bit location>)])

Example: SET_TRX[3:0] ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)])

Bit name: SET_TRX

Register name: RF_STATUS

Bank No:

0

Register address: 0x0B

Bit location: bit3 to bit0

4) In this document

“TX” stands for transmittion.

“RX” stands for reception.

4/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Block Diagram

A_MON

ML7345

RESETN

RF

BB

ED_VAL

PHY

SCLK

S

P

I

SDO

SDI

LNA_P

LNA

MIX

LPF

DEMOD

ADC

SCEN

FIFO

RF_Manager

LO PLL

VCO

PA

20/10/1mW

PA_OUT

I

R

C

Digital

MOD

GPIO0

FMAP

GPIO1/2/3

EXT_CLK

General

TIMER1/2

Reg(PA)

REG_PA

WakeUP

TIMER

RC

OSC

24MHz Xtal OSC

Reg

CLK

CAL

REGPDIN

VB_EXT IND1,2

L C

VBG

XIN

LP

XOUT

REG_OUT

REG_CORE

5/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■PIN Configuration

32 pins WQFN

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

VDD_RF

LP

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

GPIO0

SDI

VDD_CP

IND1

SCEN

SCLK

裏面PKGꢀGND

GND PAD

(T.B.D.)

GND_VCO

IND2

SDO

REGPDIN

EXT_CLK

VDDIO

VB_EXT

VDD_VCO

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

NOTE: GND pad in the middle of the LSI is reverse side (name:reversed side GND)

6/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■PIN Definitions

Symbols

I

: Digital input

O

: Digital output

Is

IO

I_A

: Shmidt Trigger input

: Digital input/output

: Analog input

O_A

O_AH

IO_A

O_RF

: Analog output 1

: Analog output 2

: Analog input/output

: RF output

V_DDIO: I/O power supply

V_DDRF: RF power supply

GND : Ground

Definition in reset state

I

O

Hi-Z

Digital input

Digital output

High impedance

：

●RF and Analog Pins

Reset

state

Active

Level

20

Pin name

PA_OUT

I/O

Function

−

Hi-Z

I

O_RF

−

RF antenna output

23

24

26

28

30

31

A_MON

LNA_P

LP

O_A

I_A

Temperature information output (*1)

RF antenna input

−

IO_A

Pin for loop filter

IND1

−

Pin for VCO tankl inductor

Pin for VCO tank inductor

Pin for smothing capacitor for internal bias

IND2

−

VB_EXT

−

*1 This pin can be configured by [MON_CTRL:B0 0x4D] register, no signal assigned as default setting.

●SPI Interface Pins

Reset

state

Active

Level

12

Pin name

SDO

I/O

Function

SPI data output or DCLK (*1)

O

or

OD

* Open Drain output is selected in reset state. In case of using SDO as

CMOS output, it needs to set SDO_OD([SPI_EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53(7)]) to

0b0 before SPI read access.

H or L

Hi-Z

13

14

15

SCLK

SCEN

SDI

I_S

SPI clock input

Hi-Z

−

SPI chip enable

L: enable

H: disable

L

H or L SPI data input or DIO (*1)

*1 Please refer to the “DIO function”.

7/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Regulator Pins

Reset

state

Active

Level

2

Pin name

I/O

Function

VBG

−

I

O_AH

−

H

−

Pin for decouppling capacitor

Requlator1 ouput (typ. 1.5V)

Requlator2 ouput (typ. 1.5V)

3

4

REG_OUT

REG_CORE

REGPDIN

REG_PA

O_AH

O_A

I

Power down control pin for regulator

Fix to “L” for nomal use. “H” is for deep sleep mode.

11

21

−

O_AH

Regulator output for PA block

●Miscellaneous Pins

Reset

state

Active

Level

5

Pin name

I/O

Function

XIN

N.C.(*2)

−

24MHz crystal pin1

I

−

I_A

−

(Note) In case of TCXO, it must be open.

XOUT

TCXO(*2)

−

6

O_A

I_S

24MHz crystal pin 2 or TCXO input

Reset

8

RESETN

EXT_CLK

GPIO0

I

L

L: Hardware reset enable (Forcing reset state)

H: Normal operation

Digital I/O (*3)

Reset state: External PA control signal output.

10

16

17

18

19

Hi-Z

IO

P or N

H or L

IO

or

OD(*1)

IO

or

OD(*1)

IO

or

OD(*1)

Digital GPIO (*4)

Reset state: interrupt indication signal output

Digital GPIO (*5)

Reset state: clock output

GPIO1

Digital GPIO (*6)

Reset state: Antenna diversity selection control signal

GPIO2

IO

or

OD(*1)

Digital GPIO (*7)

Reset state: TX – RX selection signal control

GPIO3

(Note)

*1 OD is open drain output.

*2 In case of using TCXO, set TCXO_EN = 0b1. Please make sure only one of the register TCXO_EN, XTAL_EN is set

to 0b1.

*3 Please refer to [EXTCLK_CTR: B0 0x52] register.

*4 Please refer to [GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E] register.

*5 Please refer to [GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F] register.

*6 Please refer to [GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50] register.

*7 Please refer to [GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51] register.

8/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Power Supply/GND Pins

Reset

state

Active

Level

1

Pin name

I/O

Function

Power supply pin for Regulator

−

VDD_REG

V_DDIO

(input voltage: 1.8V to 3.3V)

Power supply for digital I/O

(input voltage: 1.8 to 3.6V)

−

9

VDDIO

VDD_PA

VDD_RF

V_DDIO

V_DDRF

Power supply for PA block

(input voltage: 18 to 3.6V, depending on TX mode)

22

25

−

Power supply for RF blocks

(REG_OUT is connected, typ. 1.5V)

Power supply for charge pump

(REG_OUT is connected, typ. 1.5V)

27

32

29

VDD_CP

VDD_VCO

GND_VCO

−

V_DDRF

GND

−

Power supply for VCO

(REG_OUT is connected, typ. 1.5V)

GND for VCO

●Unused Pins Treatment

Unused pins treatment are as follows:

Unused pins treatment

Recommended treatment

Open

Pin name

N.C.

Pins number

5

N.C.

7

GND or Open

Open

EXT_CLK

A_MON

GPIO0

GPIO1

GPIO2

GPIO3

10

23

16

17

18

19

GND

Open

(Note)

*1 If input pins are high-impedence state and leave open, excess current could be drawn. Care must be taken that unused

input pins and unused I/O pins should not be left open.

*2 Upon reset, GPIO1 pin is CLK_OUT function. If this function is not used, the clock must to be disabled by setting

0b000 to GPIO1_IO_CFG[2:0] ([GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F (2-0)]). If this pin is left open while outputing clock signal,

it may affect RX sensitivity.

9/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Electrical Characteristics

●Absolute Maximum Rating

Ta = -40˚C to +85˚C and GND = 0V is the typical conditoin if not defined specific condition.

ML7345/ML7345D

item

symbol

V_DDIO

condition

Rating

Unit

I/O Power supply

-0.3 to +4.6

-0.3 to +2.0

V

RF Power supply

RF input power

V_DDRF

P_RFI

Antenna input in RX

PA_OUT(#20)

0

dBm

RF output Voltage

V_RFO

V_A

-0.3 to +4.6

-0.3 to +2.0

-0.3 to +4.6

-10 to +10

-8 to +8

V

Voltage on Analog Pins 1

Voltage on Analog Pins 2

Voltage on Digital Pins

Digital Input Current

Digital Output Current

Power Dissipation

V_AH

V_D

V

IDI

mA

W

˚C

IDO

Pd

Ta = +25˚C

1.2

Storage Temperature

Tstg

−

-55 to +150

10/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Recommended Operation Conditions

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

VDDIO

Condition

VDDIO pin and

Min

1.8

Typ

3.3

Max

3.6

Unit

V

Power Supply (I/O)

VDD_REG pin (*1)

Operational Temperature

Digital Input Rising Time

Digital Input Falling Time

Digital Output Load

Ta

TIR

TIF

−

-40

−

+25

−

+85

20

˚C

Ns

pF

Digital Input pins (*1)

All Digital Output pins

−

20

CDL

−

20

−

20

-30

−

24

−

30

+30

80

Master clock frequency (*2)

Master Clock Accuracy (*3)

FMCK1

ACMCK1

ESR

MHz

ppm

ohm

X’tal Equivalent series

resistance

−

DC Cutoff

TCXO Optionis selected

TCXO Input Voltage

VTCXO

FSCLK

DSCLK

0.8

0.032

45

−

2

1.5

16

Vpp

MHz

%

SPI Clock Input Frequency

SCLK pin

SPI Clock Input

Duty Cycle Ratio

SCLK pin

50

3.3

55

Power Supply (PA)

VDDPA

VDD_PA pin (*4)

1.8

3.6

V

ML7345

Item

Symbol

FRF

Condition

Min

160

Typ

Max

180

Unit

−

MHz

315

750

−

450

960

MHz

RF Frequency

−

ML7345D

Item

Symbol

FRF

Condition

Min

315

Typ

Max

450

Unit

−

MHz

RF Frequency

−

MHz

750

960

*1 In the pin description, I or Is are specified as the I/O.

*2 Conforms to WirelessM-Bus mode-N/F only when using 24MHz.

*3 Indicating frequency deviation during TX-RX operation. In order to support various standards, please apply the

frequency accuracy for each standard to meet the requirements.

Specification

Required accuracy

RCR STD-30 type III

±10 ppm

RCR STD-30 type IV

Wireless M-Bus N mode

Wireless M-Bus F mode

±4 ppm

±1.5kHz(8.852ppm, 4.8kbps)

±2.0kHz(11.803ppm, 2.4kbps)

±16 ppm

11/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

*4 Typical variation in TX power over suply voltage of VDDPA_.

868/920MHz Band, Ta = 25°C

Item

Condition

Typ

13

10.8

10

0

Unit

VDDPA = 3.6V

VDDPA = 3.3V

VDDPA = 2.6V

VDDPA = 1.8V

VDDPA = 3.6V

VDDPA = 3.3V

VDDPA = 2.1V

VDDPA = 1.8V

VDDPA=1.8 - 3.6V

20mW (13dBm) adjustment

dBm

TX power

10mW (10dBm) adjustment

1mW (0dBm) adjustment

dBm

12/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(Note) Below typical values are not taking individual LSI variations into consideration.

●Power Consumption

ML7345

Item

Symbol

Condition

Deep Sleep mode

Min

Typ (*2)

0.1

Max (*3)

Unit

µA

14

(0.2)

IDD_DSLP

−

(Not retaining registers, all function halt)

33

(1.4)

IDD_SLP1

IDD_SLP2

Sleep mode 1 (*4)

−

0.35

0.9

µA

34

(2.3)

Sleep mode 2 (*4)

Idle state (*7)

IDD_IDLE

IDD_RX

−

0.6

8.5

1.0

11

mA

Power Consumption

(*1)

(*5), (*7)

(*6), (*7)

RF RX state

LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2:

B0 0x03(0)])=0b1

−

9.9

11

25

13

18

35

mA

IDD_TX1

RF TX state (1mW)(*5) (*7)

RF TX state (10mW) (*5) (*7)

IDD_TX10

IDD_TX20

IDD_XTAL

RF TX state (20mW) (*5) (*7)

X’tal osillator cirtcuit only (*7)

−

32

43

mA

0.3

0.4

ML7345D

Item

Symbol

Condition

Min

Typ (*2)

0.1

Max (*3)

Unit

µA

Deep Sleep mode

(Not retaining registers, all function halt)

14

(0.2)

IDD_DSLP

−

33

(1.4)

IDD_SLP1

IDD_SLP2

Sleep mode 1 (*4)

−

0.35

0.9

µA

34

(2.3)

Sleep mode 2 (*4)

Idle state (*7)

IDD_IDLE

IDD_RX

−

0.6

1.0

mA

RF RX state

LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2:B

0 0x03(0)])=0b1

(*5)(*7)

(*6)(*7)

−

11.4

13

8.9

Power Consumption

(*1)

10.4

IDD_TX1

RF TX state (1mW)(*5) (*7)

−

11.4

18.4

IDD_TX10

IDD_TX20

RF TX state (10mW)(*5) (*7)

RF TX state (20mW) (*5)(*7)

−

25.4

32

35.4

43

mA

IDD_XTAL

X’tal osillator cirtcuit only (*7)

−

0.3

0.4

mA

*1 Power Consumption is sum of current consumption of all power supply pins.

*2 Typical value is centre value under condition of VDDIO = 3.3V, 25˚C.

*3 ( ) means muximum value when Temperature is 25˚C.

*4 The definition of each sleep state is shown in following table.

13/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

RC Osc.

(32kHz)

State

Register

FIFO

Low clock timer

Sleep mode 1

Sleep mode 2

Retain

Retain RX only

OFF

ON

-

ON

*5 The value under confition of data rate is 9.6kbps, RF Frequency is 426MHz, and using TCXO.

*6 The value under confition of data rate is 100kbps, RF Frequency is 920MHz, and using TCXO.

*7 When using X’tal osillator, I_{DD_XTAL}is added to power comsumption except for Deep Sleep mode(I_{DD_DSLP}) and Sleep

mode(I_{DD_SLP1}/I_{DD_SLP2}).

14/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●DC Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

VIH

Condition

Digital Input pins

Min

VDDIO * 0.75

0

Typ

−

Max

Unit

V

Voltage Input High

Voltage Input Low

VDDIO

VIL

Digital Input pins

−

VDDIO * 0.18

V

RESETN, REGPDIN,

SDI, SCLK, SCEN,

EXT_CLK pins

Schmit Trigger

Threshold High Level

VT+

−

1.2

VDDIO * 0.75

V

RESETN , REGPDIN,

SDI, SCLK, SCEN,

EXT_CLK pins

Schmit Trigger

Threshold Low Level

VT-

VDDIO * 0.18

-1

0.8

−

V

IIH1

Digital input pins

−

1

µA

Input Leakage Current

IIL1

Digital input pins

-1

−

1

µA

IOZH

EXT_CLK, GPIO0-3 pins,

Tri-state Output

Leakage Current

IOZL

VOH

VOL

EXT_CLK, GPIO0-3 pins,

IOH = -4mA

-1

−

1

µA

V

Voltage Output Level H

Voltage Output Level L

VDDIO * 0.78

0

VDDIO

0.3

IOL = 4mA

V

REG_CORE, REG_OUT pins,

applicable to all states except SLEEP

state

REGMAIN

REGSUB

1.4

1.2

1.5

1.6

V

Regulator Output

Voltage

REG_CORE pin

Sleep state

1.65

CIN

Input pins

−

6

9

−

pF

COUT

Output pins

Pin Capacitance

CRFIO

CAI

RF inout pins

−

9

−

pF

Analog input pins

15/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●RF Characteristics

Modulated Data Rate

Modulation fomats

Channel spacing

:

1.2kbps to 100kbps

2GFSK/2FSK/4GFSK/4FSK

12.5/25/50~kHz

The measurement point is at antenna end specified in the recommended circuits.

[RF Frequency]

ML7345

Item

Condition

LNA_P, PA_OUT pins

Min

160

Typ

-

Max

180

Unit

MHz

RF frequency

LNA_P, PA_OUT pins

315

750

-

450

960

MHz

ML7345D

Item

Condition

Min

315

Typ

-

Max

450

Unit

LNA_P, PA_OUT pins

MHz

RF frequency

750

-

960

MHz

(Note)

1) Frequency range can be adjusted from 160MHz~960MHz for ML7345 and 315MHz~960MHz for ML7345D

respectively by changing external components parameters.

2)If channel frequency is similar frequency range of Integral multiple of the master clock, it may not be able to use this

mode. Please refer to the “Channel frequency setting” section for detail.

[TX characteristics]

Value is under condition of the master clock frequency = 24MHz (Typ.).

169MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345

Item

Condition

Min

7

Typ

10

Max

13

Unit

TX power

10mW (10dBm) adjustment

dBm

Programmable frequency deviation

[Fdev] (*1)

-

0.025

-

400

-36

kHz

dBc

Data rate: 4800bps, Pattern: PN9,

2.4kHz deviation,

Adjacent channel power ratio

ratio in 12.5kHz offset ± 8.5kHz band

2^nd

3^rd

-36

-54

-30

Harmonics (*2)

4^th

dBm

Spurious emission

-

10dBm CW TX

* With LC trap circuit

5^th

6^th<

*1. Depends on the master clock frequency.

*2. The value under confition of RF Frequency is 169MHz.

16/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

433MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Condition

20mW (13dBm) adjustment

Min

10

Typ

13

Max

13.8

Unit

dBm

10mW (10dBm) adjustment

1mW (0dBm) adjustment

7

10

0

10.8

0.8

dBm

TX power

-3

Programmable frequency deviation

[Fdev] (*1)

-

0.025

-

400

8.5

kHz

99% power bandwidth, Pattern:PN9,

Data rate:/4.800bps,

Occupied bandwidth

2.4kHz deviation

Data rate: 4800bps, Pattern: PN9,

2.4kHz deviation,

ratio in 25kHz offset ±8.5kHz band

Adjacent channel power ratio

-

-40

-26

dBc

10dBm TX

Data rate: 4800bps, Pattern: PN9,

2.4kHz deviation,

dBm

Value of integral from 62.5k to 162.5kHz offset.

Spurious emission

Harmonics (*2)

2^nd

-36

-30

-

dBm

3^rd<

10dBm CW TX

* With LC trap circuit

*1. Depends on the master clock frequency.

*2. The value under confition of RF Frequency is 433MHz.

868/920MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Condition

Min

9

Typ

13

Max

15

Unit

20mW (13dBm) adjustment

10mW (10dBm) adjustment

1mW (0dBm) adjustment

-

dBm

TX power

6

-4

10

0

12

4

dBm

kHz

Programmable frequency deviation

[Fdev] (*1)

0.025

-

400

Harmonics (2^nd/ 3^rd)

Spurious emission

-

-35

-30

dBm

10dBm CW TX

* With LC trap circuit

17/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[RX characteristics]

Value is under condition of the master clock frequency = 24MHz (Typ.).

169MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345

Item

Condition

Min

-

Typ

Max

Unit

Sensitivity

2.4kbps mode

BER<1%,

dBm

-120.0

-115.0

GFSK, ±2.4kHz deviation

4.8kbps mode

BER<1%,

GFSK, ±2.4kHz deviation

-

dBm

-119.5

-112.0

-104.0

19.2kbps mode

BER<1%

4GFSK, 7.2/2.4/-2.4/-7.2kHz deviation

-110

43

Adjacent channel rejection

ratio(*1)

12.5kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

Undesire: CW

40

-

dB

25kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 9.6kbps mode

Undesire: CW

43

72

2MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

Undesire: CW

Blocking (*1)

10MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

80

dB

-

Undesire: CW

-187.5kHz offset (image frequency),

Ta = 25°C

30

-

50

-

dB

After IQ adjustment, Undesire: CW

Minimum Power detection level RFmin in RSSI characteristics diagram (*2)

-120

-105

dBm

(ED value)

2.4kbps, Channel filter band = 10kHz setting

Dynamic range in RSSI characteristics

diagram (*2)

80

-

RSSI dynamic range

70

-

dB

Spurious emission

-

-57

dBm

*1. UD ratio by ARIB STD-T67/RCR STD-30 method

*2. The following diagram shows the RSSI characteristics.

18/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

433MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Condition

Min

-

Typ

Max

Unit

Sensitivity

2.4kbps mode

BER<1%,

dBm

-119.5

-112.0

GFSK, ±2.4kHz deviation

4.8kbps mode

BER<1%,

GFSK, ±4.8kHz deviation

-

dBm

-116.5

-109.0

Adjacent channel rejection

ratio (*1)

12.5kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

Undesire: PN9

30

33

43

-

dB

25kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 9.6kbps mode

Undesire: PN9

Intermodulation (*1), (*3)

Blocking (*1)

12.5kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

Undesire: CW

40

-

2MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

10MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 4.8kbps mode

-

69

77

-

dB

-187.5kHz offset (image frequency),

Ta = 25°C

30

-

50

-

dB

After IQ adjustment

Minimum Power detection level RFmin in RSSI characteristics diagram (*2)

-120

-105

dBm

(ED value)

4.8kbps, Channel filter band = 10kHz setting

Dynamic range in RSSI characteristics

diagram (*2)

80

-

RSSI dynamic range

Spurious emission

70

-

dB

-54

dBm

*1. UD ratio by ARIB STD-T67/RCR STD-30 method

*2. The following diagram shows the RSSI characteristics.

*3. This characteristics is satisfied by setting [B2: 0x1C] = 0x37. Then RX power consumption will increase by about 80uA.

19/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

868/920MHz Band, Ta = -30 to +75°C

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Sensitivity

Condition

Min

-

Typ

Max

-100

Unit

38.4kbps mode

BER<1%,

dBm

-109

GFSK, ±19.2kHz deviation

100kbps mode

BER<1%,

GFSK, ±50kHz deviation

-

dBm

dB

-105

45

-96

Adjacent channel rejection

ratio (*1)

400kHz spacing, Ta = 25°C, 38.4kbps mode

Undesire: CW

30

-

Blocking (*1)

2MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 38.4kbps mode

10MHz offset, Ta = 25°C, 38.4kbps mode

62

67

-

dB

-

Spurious emission

-54

dBm

*1. UD ratio by ARIB STD-T67/RCR STD-30 method

Measured

Calculated

ED

EDmax

EDmin

-30

RF input level

-100

Dynamic range

-80

RFmax

No input

RFmin

20/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●RC Oscillator Characteristics

ML7345 has on-chip low speed RC oscillator.

For details, please refer to the “LSI State Transition Control/SLEEP setting” section.

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

Condition

Min

27

Typ

32

Max

38

Unit

kHz

RCOSC oscillation frequency

FRCOSC

After triming

RCOSC stable time

TRCOSC

−

100

ms

21/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●SPI Interface Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

FSCLK

Condition

Min

0.032

30

Typ

2

Max

16

−

Unit

MHz

ns

SCLK clock frequency

SCEN input setup time

SCEN input hold time

SCLK high pulse width

SCLK low pulse width

SDI input setup time

SDI input hold time

TSCENSU

TSCENH

TSCLKH

TSCLKL

TSDISU

TSDIH

−

30

−

ns

28

−

ns

Load

capacitance

CL = 20pF

28

−

ns

5

−

ns

15

−

ns

SCEN negate period

SDO output delay time

TSCENNI

200

−

ns

TSDODLY

−

22

ns

(Note) All measurement condition for the timings are V^DDIO* 20% level and VDDIO * 80% level.

SCEN

TSCENH

FSCLK

TSCENSU

TSCLKL

SCLK

TSCLKH

TSDISU

TSDIH

SDI

MSB IN

BITS6-1

LSB IN

TSDODLY

MSB OUT

LSB OUT

SDO

TSCENNI

SCEN

22/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●DIO Interface Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

TDISU

Condition

Min

1

Typ

Max

Unit

µs

DIO input setup time

DIO input hold time

DIO output hold time

−

TDIH

0

−

ns

TDOH

20

-clock

frequency

deviation

+clock

frequency

deviation

DCLK frequency accuracy (*1)

(TX)

FDCLK_TX

−

kHz

Load capacitance

CL = 20pF

DCLK frequency accuracy (*2)

(RX)

FDCLK_RX

DDCLK_TX

-30

45

30

−

+30

55

%

DCLK output duty ratio

(TX)

DCLKoutput duty ratio

(RX)

DDCLK_RX

70

*1 If there is no decimal point generated in the TX data rate setting caluclation, (see [TX_RATE_H: B1 0x02]), master

clock frequency deviation is max.and min.of TX DCLK frequency.

*2 Max.and min.of RX DCLK frequency indicates jitter of recovered clock from RX signal upon synchronization.

(Note)

All timing measurement conditions are V^DDIO* 20% and VDDIO * 80%.

FDCLK_TX/ FDCLK_RX

DCLK

TDISU

TDIH

VALID

DIO(Input)

TDOH

DIO(Output)

VALID

23/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Clock Output Characteristics

ML7345 has clock output function. Clock output can be controlled by DMON_SET([MON_CTRL: B0 0x4D(3-0)]) and

[GPIOn_CTRL: B0 0x4E-0x51] registers (n = 0 to 3). Upon reset, clock is output through GPIO1 pin.

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

Condition

Min

Typ

3

Max

Unit

Clock output frequency

FCLKOUT

0.0059

24(*2)

MHz

Load

capacitance

CL = 20pF

8MHz

33

47

−

67

53

%

Clock output duty ratio (*1)

DCLKOUT

All conditions

except above

50

*1 Duty cycle is High:Low = 1:2 , only when 8MHz is used. Please refer to [CLK_OUT: B1 0x01] register.

*2 Frequency when LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2: 0x03(0)] = 0b0.

(Note)

All timing measurement conditions are V^DDIO* 20% and VDDIO * 80%.

FCLKOUT

GPIO*

●Reset Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

TRDL1

Condition

Min

0.5

Typ

Max

Unit

RESETN release delay time

(power on period)

All power pins

After Power On

−

ms

ns

RESETN pulse period

(start-up from VDDIO = 0V)

TRPW1

TRPW2

TRDL2

0.5

1

−

RESETN pulse period 2(*1)

(start-up from VDDIO≠0V)

ms

µs

RESETN input delay time

After VDDIO > 1.8V

(Note)

All timing measurement conditions are V^DDIO* 20% level and VDDIO * 80% level.

VDD level

GNDlevel

1.8V

VDDIO

Below 1.8V

TRDL2

TRPW1

TRPW2

TRDL1

RESETN

(*1) When starting from VDDIO≠0V, a pulse must be sent to VRESETN after DDIO exceeds 1.8V.

24/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Deep Sleep Mode Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

TRPFD

Condition

VDDIO = “H”

Min

0

Typ

Max

Unit

µs

REGPDIN rising edge delay time

REGPDIN assert time

−

TRPPLS

TRPRD

VDDIO = “H”

0.3

0.5

−

ms

REGPDIN release delay time

(Note)

All timing measurement conditions are V^DDIO* 20% and VDDIO * 80%.

VDD level

GND level

VDDIO

TRPFD

TRPRD

RESETN

TRPPLS

REGPDIN

●Power-On Characteristics

ML7345/ML7345D

Item

Symbol

TPWON

Condition

Power on state

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

ms

Power-ontime

−

5

(all power pins)

(Note)

All timing measurement conditions are V^DDIO* 20% and VDDIO * 80%.

TPWON

VDD level

GND level

80%

20%

VDD

25/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Functional Description

●Host Interface

○Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)

ML7345 has a SPI which supports slave mode. Host MCU can read/write to the ML7345 registers and on-chip FIFO using

MCU clock. Single access mode and burst access mode are also supported.

[Single access mode timing chart]

In write operation, data will be stored into internal register at rising edge of clock which is capturing D0 data. During write

operation, if setting SCEN line to “H”, the data will not be stored into register. For more details of SCEN invert perios, please

refer to the “SPI interface characteristics”. After the internal clock is stabilized, the data will be written into the register in

synchronization with the internal clcok.

[Write]

SCLK

SCEN

A

6

A

0

D

7

D

0

SDI

“1”

W

Write data field

Address field

(Register write timing)

Before clock stable

After clock stable

D7-0

Up to 0.45µs

[Read]

SCLK

SCEN

A

6

A

0

SDI

“0”

R

Address field

D

0

D

7

SDO

Data read field

26/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[Burst access mode timing chart]

By maintaining SCEN line as “L”, Burst access mode will be active. By setting SCEN line to “H”, exiting from the burst

access mode. During burst access mode, address will be automatically incremented.

When SCEN line becomes “H” before Clock for D0 is input, data transaction will be aborted.

(Note)

If destination is [WR_TX_FIFO: B0 0x7C] or [RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F] register, address will not be incremented. And

continuous FIFO access is possible.

[Write]

SCLK

SCEN

A

6

A

0

D

7

D

0

SDI

“1”

W

Write data field

Address field

(Register write timing)

Before clock stable

After clock stable

D7-0

Up to 0.45μs

[Read]

SCLK

SCEN

A

6

A

0

“0”

R

SDI

Address field

D

7

D

0

SDO

Read data field

27/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●LSI State Transition Control

○LSI state transition instruction

State can be controlled from MCU by setting registers below.

State transition command

Instruction

TX_ON

RX_ON

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

SET_TRX ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0b1001

SET_TRX ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0b0110

SET_TRX ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0b1000

SET_TRX ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0b0011

SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1

VCO_CAL_START([VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F(0)]) = 0b1

VCO_CAL

State can be changed without command from MCU. If one of the following condition is met, state is changed automatically

according to the following table. In order to enable these functions, the following registers must be programmed.

Function

Control bit name

Automatic TXON after FIFO write completion (AUTO_TX)

Automatic TXON during FIFO wrtie (FAST_TX)

RF state setting after packet transmission completion

RF state setting after packet reception completion

AUTO_TX_EN([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(4)])

FAST_TX_EN([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(5)])

TXDONE_MODE([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(1-0)])

RXDONE_MODE([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(3-2)])

WAKEUP_MODE([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(6)])

WAKEUP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(4)])

AUTO_VCOCAL_EN([VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F(4)])

WU_DURATION_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(5)])

FAST_DET_MODE_EN([CCA_CTRL:B0 0x39(3)])

CCADONE_MODE([ED_CTRL:B0 0x41(6)])

Automatic RX_ON/TX_ON by Wake-up time

Automatic VCO calibration after exit from SLEEP

Automatic SLEEP by Timer

Automatic SLEEP by high speed carrier checking mode

Automatic TXON by high speed carrier checking mode

Force_TRX_OFF after PLL unlock detection during TX

PLL_LD_EN([PLL_LOCK_DETECT: B1 0x0B(7)])

28/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○State Diagram

Each state transition control is decribed in the follwing state diagram.

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

RECEIVE

TRASMIT

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

RX completion

(TRX_OFF)

RX start

(SyncWord detection)

TX completion

(TRX_OFF)

TX start

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

TX_ON

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

RX_ON

TX_ON

RX_ON

TX_ON

TRX_OFF

Force_TRX_OFF

SLEEP

RX_ON

TX_ON

RX_ON

TX_ON

RX_ON

Start VCO_CAL

TX_ON

RX_ON

VCO_CAL

SLEEP

Exit from

RESET

PLLWAIT

VCO_CAL

completion

TRX_OFF

Exit from RESET

TRX_OFF

IDLE

Force_TRX_OFF

VCO_CAL completion

SLEEP

RESET

Start

VCO_CAL

Exit from

DEEP

SLEEP

DEEP

SLEEP

VCOCAL

Exit from SLEEP

RESET

Exit from

DEEP SLEEP

DEEP

SLEEP

DEEP

SLEEP

Exit from

SLEEP

Exit from

DEEP SLEEP

State transition instruction

Pins control

[STATE]

DEEP SLEEP

SLEEP

: DEEP SLEEP

: SLEEP

TRX_OFF/IDLE

PLL_WAIT

TX_ON

TRANSMIT

RX_ON

RECEIVE

VCO_CAL

RESET

: IDLE (TX-RX stand-by)

: PLL stand-by

: TX ready (TX data waiting)

: TX on-going

: RX stand-by (RX data waiting)

: RX on-going

: VCO calibration

Normal sequence

(state transition)

Command from

Higher layer state

ML7345 Self controlled state transition

: Hard RESET on-going

LSI state diagram

29/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○SLEEP setting

DEEP_Sleep mode: Powers for all blocks except IO pins are turned off.

Sleep mode: Main regulator and 24MHz oscillation circuits are tured off. But sub-regulator is turned-on.

The following registers can be programmed to control SLEEP state.

Function

Control bit name

PDN_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(1)])

WAKEUP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(4)])

WUT_CLK_SOURCE([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(2)])

RC32K_EN ([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(3)])

Power control

Wake-up setting

Wake-up timer clock source setting

Internal RC oscillator control

Setting method and internal state for DEEP_SLEEP and various SLEEP modes are as follows:

SLEEP mode

Setting method

RESETN pin = “L”

REGPDIN pin = “H”

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(5-0)]

= 0b00_0111 (*1)

[CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(3)] = 0b0

DEEP_SLEEP

SLEEP1

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(5-0)]

= 0b11_0111 (*1)

SLEEP2

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

[CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(3)] = 0b1

(*1) Please set proper value to [SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(3)].

NOTE: Contents of registers are not kept during DEEP_SLEEP. Contents of registers are kept during SLEEP1 and SLEEP2.

However, in SLEEP1 and SLEEP2 mode, contents of TX FIFO are not kept, because power to FIFO is turned off.

30/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Notes to set RF state

ML7345 is able to change the internal RF state transition autonomously (without commands from MCU) as well as RF state

change commands from MCU. (please refer to the “LSI state transition instruction”). If both timing of operation (autonomous

state and state change from MCU command) overlapped, unintentional RF state may occur. Timing of autonomous state RF

change is described in the following table.

Care must be taken not to overlap the conditions.

RF state change

(before→after)

Function

RF state transition timing (not from Host MCU

command)

Recommended process

Automatic TX

TRX_OFF/RX_ON

After TX data transfer completion interrut occurs,

{ value [TX_RATE_H/L: B1 0x02/03)] * 2 / 24}[μs]

period.

→TX_ON

FAST_TX mode

When FIFO write access exceed trigger level +1,

{ value [RX_RATE1_H/L:B1 0x04/05] * 5 / 24}[μs]

period.

Write access to [RF_STATUS:B0

0x0B] is possible after RF state

transition completion interrupt

(INT[3] group1), or move to the

state defined by GET_TRX

([RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B(7-4)]).

RF state setting after TX

completion

TX_ON→TRX_OFF

TX_ON→RX_ON

TX_ON→SLEEP

RX_ON→TRX_OFF

RX_ON→TX_ON

RX_ON→SLEEP

After TX completion interrupt (INT[16] group3),

{ value [TX_RATE_H/L:B1 0x02/03] * 2 / 24} [μs]

period

RF state setting after RX

completion

After data RX completion interrupt (INT[8] group2,

{ value [RX_RATE1_H/L:B1 0x04/05] * 2 / 24}[μs]

period

Wake-up timer

After wake-up timer completion interrupt (INT[6]

group1), 1 clock cycle period defined by

WUT_CLK_SET[3:0] ([WUT_CLK_SET:B0 0x2E

(3-0)]).

SLEEP→TX_ON

SLEEP→RX_ON

After wake-up timer completion interrupt (INT[6]:

group1), before VCO calibration completion

interrupt (INT[1] group1).

Write access to [RF_STATUS:B0

0x0B] and BANK2 is possible

after VCO calibration completion

interrupt (INY[1] group1).

SLEEP→VCO_CAL

→TX_ON

SLEEP→VCO_CAL

→RX_ON

Continuous operation

timer

After continuous operation timer completion, 1

clock cycle period defined by WUT_CLK_SET[3:0] 0x0B] is possible after RF state

([WUT_CLK_SET:B0 0x2E (3-0)]).

Write access to [RF_STATUS:B0

TX_ON→SLEEP

RX_ON→SLEEP

transition completion interrupt

(INT[3] group1), or move to the

state defined by GET_TRX

([RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B(7-4)]).

Write access to [RF_STATUS:B0

0x0B] is possible 268μs after PLL

unlock interrupt (INT[2] group1)

detected.

High speed carrier

checking

After CCA completion interrupt, duration 6.3[μs].

RX_ON→SLEEP

PLL unlock detection

TX_ON→TRX_OFF

After PLL unlock detection interrupt (INT[2]

group1) occurs, duration 268[μs].

31/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Packet Handling Function

○Packet format

ML7345 supports Wireless M-Bus frame FormatA/B, and Format C/D which is non Wireless M-Bus universal format. The

following packet handling are supported in FIFO mode or DIO mode

1) Preamble and SyncWord automatic insertion (TX)

2) Preamble and SyncWord automatic detection (RX)

3) Preamble and SyncWord automatic deletion (RX)

4) CRC data insertion (TX)

--- DIO/FIFO mode

--- FIFO mode

5) CRC check and error notification (RX)

--- DIO/FIFO mode

The following table shows control bits relative with the Packet format function.

Function

Control bit name

Packet formatsetting

PKT_FORMAT[1:0] ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0)])

RX_EXTPKT_OFF ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)])

DAT_LF_EN ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(4)])

LEN_LF_EN ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(5)])

EXT_PKT_MODE[1:0] ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)])

LENGTH_MODE ([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(0)])

RX extended link layer mode disable

Data area bit order setting

Length area bit order setting

Extended link layer mode setting

Length field setting

Packet formats supported by ML7345 and ML7345D are as follows.

Packet format

Model

ML7345

ML7345D

Format A

Wireless M-Bus Format A

No extended

✔

Extended CI=0x8C

Extended CI=0x8D

Extended CI=0x8E

Extended CI=0x8F

No extended

✔

-

✔

Format B

Wireless M-Bus Format B

Extended CI=0x8C

Extended CI=0x8D

Extended CI=0x8E

Extended CI=0x8F

Format C

Format D

General purpose format (L-field exists)

General purpose format (No L-field)

32/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(1) Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

By setting PKT_FORMAT[1:0] ([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0)]) = 0b00, Wireless M-Bus Format A is selected.

Format A consists of 1^stBlock, 2^ndBlock and Optional Block(s). Each block has 2bytes of CRC. “L-field” (1^stbyte of 1^st

Block ) indicates packet length, which includes subsequenct user data bytes from “C-field”. However, CRC bytes and postamble

are excluded. Depending on “L-field” value, 2^ndBlock and Optional Block(s) are added.

The following [] indicates register address [bank #, address].

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

2^ndBlock

CRC applicable

Optional Block

MSB

LSB

st

Length

1 Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

L

C

M

A

CRC

field

CRC

field

CI

field

Data

field

Data

field

field field field field field

0/2-8

bits

1

byte

Max. 15

bytes

2

Max. 16

bytes

2

> n*2 (*1)

bits

10/18/

1

2

6

2

bytes

32bits byte byte bytes bytes bytes

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

(*2)

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: Each mode has different minimum value of n.

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: When RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10, indicates DCLK/DIO output area.

33/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Extended Link Layer Format

If “CI-field” (1^stbyte of 2^ndBlock) is set to 0x8C/0x8D/0x8E/0x8F, Extended Link Layer is applied. The packet format is as

follows:

(a) CI-field = 0x8C

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b01 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b00. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

Optional Block

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended

Length

Block

2^ndBlock

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

L

CI

CC ACC

CI

CRC

field

CRC

Data

field

Data

field

C-CRC

field

field field field field

field

0/2-8

bits

1

byte

Max. 12

bytes

2

Max. 16

bytes

2

> n*2

bits

10/18/

1

11

1

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte byte byte

(*2)

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format A without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

34/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(b) CI-field = 0x8D

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b10 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b00. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

LSB

MSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended Block

Length

2^ndBlock

Optional Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

CRC

field

CRC

field

Data

CI

field

Data

field

L

C-CRC

field

ACC

field

CI

CC

SN CRC

field field

field

field field

> n*2

bits

10/18/

32bits

2

1

Max. 15

2

Max. 16

bytes

2

1

11

1

4

0/2-8

bits

bytes byte bytes bytes

bytes

byte bytes byte byte byte bytes

(*2)

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format A without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

(Note)

A target model: ML7345

In case of CI-field = 0x8D it can not be transmit/receive the data with the following condiiton of length field.

So please use the Length value where the following condition is not met.

(condition) a surplus of "(length -15)/16" becomes "0"

35/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(c) CI-field = 0x8E

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b00 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b01. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

[B0 0x07]

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended

Length

2^ndBlock

Optional Block

Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

CC/ACC/M CI

2/A2 field field

C-CRC

field

L

CI

field

CRC

field

CRC

Data

field

Data

field

0/2-8

bits

> n*2

bits

10

bytes

1

byte

Max. 4

bytes

2

Max. 16

bytes

2

10/18/

1

11

1

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte

(*2)

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A-7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format A without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

36/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(d) CI-field = 0x8F

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b00 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b10. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if the detection is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

[B0 0x07]

CRC applicable

Optional Block

LSB

MSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended Block

2^ndBlock

Length

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

CC/ACC/M2/A2/ CRC

C-CRC

field

CI

CRC

field

CRC

field

L

CI

field

Data

field

SN field

field

0/2-8

bits

2

> n*2

bits

1

Max. 15

2

Max. 16

bytes

2

14

bytes

10/18/

1

11

1

bytes

byte bytes bytes

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

(*2)

[B0 0x44]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A-7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format A without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

37/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) Format B (Wireless M-Bus)

By setting PKT_FORMAT([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0)]) = 0b01, Wireless M-Bus Format B is selected.

Format B consists of 1^stBlock, 2^ndBlock or Optional Block. Each block after 2^ndBlock has 2bytes of CRC. “L-field” indicates

packet length, which includes subsequent user data bytes from “C-field”. However, unlike Format A, CRC bytes are included

(Pastamble are exclueded). Depending on “L-field” value, 2^ndBlock and Optional Block(s) are added.

The following [] indicates register address [bank #, address].

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

2^ndBlock

Optional Block

st

Length

1 Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

L

C

M

A

field

CRC

field

CRC

field

CI

field

Data

field

Data

field

field field field

1

byte

Max. 115

bytes

Max. 126

bytes

10/18/

1

6

0/2-8

bits

> n*2 (*1)

bits

2

32bits byte byte bytes

bytes

(*2)

[B0 0x44]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

*1: Each mode has different minimum value of n.

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: When RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10, indicating DCLK/DIO output area.

38/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Extended Link Layer Format

If “CI-field” (1^stbyte of 2^ndBlock ) is set to 0x8C/0x8D/0x8E/0x8F, Extended Link Layer is applied. The packet format is as

follows:

(a) CI-field = 0x8C

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b01 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b00. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

Optional Block

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

2^ndBlock

Extended

Length

Block

CC ACC

field field field

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

C-A

field

L

field

CI

CRC

field

CRC

CI

field

Data

field

Data

field

2-8

bits

1

byte

Max. 112

bytes

2

Max. 126

bytes

2

> n*2

bits

10/18/

1

9

1

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte byte byte

(*2)

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format B without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

39/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(b) CI-field = 0x8D

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b10 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b00. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

CRC applicable

2^ndBlock

CRC applicable

Optional Block

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended

Block

Length

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

L

field

C-A

field

CI

field field field field field field

CC ACC SN CRC CI

CRC

field

CRC

field

Data

field

Data

field

2-8

bits

2

1

Max. 106

2

Max. 126

bytes

2

> n*2

bits

10/18/

1

9

1

4

32bits byte bytes byte byte byte bytes bytes byte bytes bytes

bytes

(*2)

[B0 0x44]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format B without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

40/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(c) CI-field = 0x8E

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b00 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b01. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process RX

sequence if a result of the check is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

[B0 0x07]

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

2^ndBlock

Optional Block

Extended

Length

Sync

Word

Block

Preamble

Postamble

CC/ACC/M

2/A2 field

C-A

field

L

CI

field

CRC

field

CRC

CI

field

Data

field

Data

field

> n*2

bits

10

bytes

2-8

bits

1

byte

Max. 104

bytes

2

Max. 126

bytes

2

10/18/

1

9

1

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte

(*2)

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A-7E]

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format B without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

41/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(d) CI-field = 0x8F

If use the extended format in TX, set EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)]) = 0b00 and

EXT_PKT_MODE2([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)]) = 0b10. If RX_EXTPKT_OFF([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(3)]) = 0b0 is set

for RX, it is automatically checked whether the RX packet format is the extended packet format. After that, process the RX

sequence if the detection is true.

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

[B0 0x07]

CRC applicable

Optional Block

LSB

MSB

1^stBlock

(*1)

Extended

Length

2^ndBlock

Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

CC/ACC/M2/A2/ CRC CI

C-A

field

CRC

field

CRC

field

L

CI

field

Data

field

Data

field

SN field

field field

field

2

1

> n*2

bits

2-8

bits

Max. 98

2

Max. 126

bytes

2

10/18/

1

9

1

14

bytes

byte bytes bytes

bytes

32bits byte bytes byte

(*2)

[B0 0x44]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A-7E]

*1: 1^stBlock is equal to Format B without “Extended Block”

*2: Indicates TX FIFO data storage area size.

*3: Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4: Indicates DCLK/DIO output area at RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

42/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) Format C (non Wireless M-Bus, general purpose format)

By setting PKT_FORMAT([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0)]) = 0b10, Format C, which is non Wireless M-Bus format, is selected.

Format C consists of 1^stBlock only, which has Data field followed by CRC-field (selectable from 0/1/2/4 bytes). “L-field”

indicates packet length, which includes subsequent user data bytes, including CRC bytes. The length of “L-field” is defined by

LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL2:B0 0x5(0]). Data Whitening function is supported.

The following [] indicates register address [bank #, address].

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

Whitening applicable [B0 0x08(0)]

CRC applicable

MSB

LSB

1^stBlock

Length

Sync

Word

Preamble

Postamble

L

field

CRC

field

Data

field

0/2-8

bits

Max. 2047

bytes

0/1/2/4

bytes

> n*2 (*1)

bits

Max

32bits

1/2

bytes

(*2)

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x44]

[B0 0x05]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x7A/7B, 7D/7E]

*1 Preamble length (n) is programmable by [TXPR_LEN_H/L: B0 0x42/43] registers.

*2 Indicates TX FIFO data strorage area size.

*3 Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4 When RXDIO_CTRL ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10, indicating DCLK/DIO output area.

43/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(4) Format D (non Wireless M-Bus, general purpose format)

By setting PKT_FORMAT([PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0)]) = 0b11, Format D, which is non Wireless M-Bus format, is selected.

Format D consists of 1^stBlock only, which has Data field followed by CRC-field (selectable from 0/1/2/4 bytes). The Packet

length incluedes Data-field and CRC-field. Set packet length to [TX_PKT_LENGTH: B0 0x7A/0x7B] at the time of the

transmission. Set packet lentgh to [RX_PKT_LENGTH: B0 0x7D/0x7E] at the time of the reception.

The following [] indicates register address [bank #, address].

Manchester/3-out-of-6 applicable [B0 0x07(3-2,1-0)]

Whitening applicable [B0 0x08(0)]

CRC applicable

LSB

1st Block

Sync

Preamble

Postamble

Word

CRC

field

Data

field

0/1/2/4

byte

0/2-8

bits

Max. 2047

bytes

> n*2 (*1)

bits

Max

32bits

(*2)

[B0 0x07]

[B0 0x42]

[B0 0x43]

[B0 0x08]

[B1 0x25-2E]

[B0 0x05]

[B0 0x44]

(*3)

(*4)

TX: automatic insertion

RX: automatic detection, deletion

*1 Preamble length (n) is programmable by [TXPR_LEN_H/L: B0 0x42/43] registers.

*2 Indicates TX FIFO data strorage area size.

*3 Indicates RX FIFO data storage area size.

*4 When RXDIO_CTRL ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10, indicating DCLK/DIO output area.

44/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○CRC function

ML7345 has CRC32,CRC16 and CRC8 function. CRC is calculated and appended to TX data. CRC is checked for RX data.

The following modes are used for automatic CRC function.

●FIFO mode:

●DIO mode:

RXDIO_CTRL ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b00

RXDIO_CTRL ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b11

Function

Control bit name / Register

TX_CRC_EN([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(2)])

TX CRC setting

RX CRC setting

CRC length setting

CRC complement value OFF setting

CRC polynomial setting

CRC error status

RX_CRC_EN([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(3)])

CRC_LEN([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(5-4)])

CRC_COMP_OFF([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(6)])

[CRC_POLY3/2/1/0: B1 0x16/17/18/19] registers

[CRC_ERR_H/M/L: B0 0x13/14/15] registers

Any CRC polynomials for CRC32/CRC16/CRC8 can be specified. Reset value is as follows:

CRC16 polynomial = x¹⁶+ x¹³+ x¹²+ x¹¹+ x¹⁰+ x⁸+ x⁶+ x⁵+ x²+ 1 (reset value)

(Note) CRC result data can be inverted by CRC complement value OFF setting,.

CRC data will be generated by the following circuits. By programming [CRC_POLY3/2/1/0] registers, any CRC polynomials

can be supported. Generated CRC will be transfer from the left most bit (S15). If data length is shorter than CRC length (3bytes

of CRC32 only), data “0”s will be added for CRC calculation. CRC check result is stored in [CRC_ERR_H/M/L] registers.

Unlike Format C, Format A/B can include multiple CRC fields in one packet. For multiple CRCs check results, CRC value

closest to L-field will be stored in CRC_ERR[0] ([CRC_ERR_L:B0 0x15(0)]). Subsequent bit will be stored in CRC_ERR from

MSB order.

CRC_POLY

[14]

CRC_POLY

[2]

CRC_POLY

[0]

CRC_POLY

[1]

CRC_POLY

[13]

Input

Data

S15

S14

S3

S2

S1

S0

(Note)

:exclusive OR

CRC polynomial circuits

General CRC polynomial can be programmed by below [CRC_POLY3/2/1/0] register setting.

CRC length can be set by CRC_LEN.

[CRC_POLY3/2/1/0]

CRC polynomial

(B1 0x16)

0x00

(B1 0x17)

0x00

(B1 0x18)

0x00

(B1 0x19)

0x03

CRC8

x⁸+ x²+ x + 1

x¹⁶+ x¹²+ x⁵+ 1

0x00

0x08

0x10

CRC16

x¹⁶+ x¹⁵+ x²+ 1

0x00

0x40

0x02

x¹⁶+ x¹³+ x¹²+ x¹¹+ x¹⁰+ x⁸+ x⁶+ x⁵+ x²+ 1

x³²+ x²⁶+ x²³+ x²²+ x¹⁶+ x¹²+ x¹¹+ x¹⁰+ x⁸+ x⁷+ x⁵+

x⁴+ x²+ x + 1

0x00

0x1E

0xB2

CRC32

0x02

0x60

0x8E

0xDB

(Note)

A target model: ML7345

When the transmission CRC setting (TX_CRC_EN[PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(2)]) is disabled and the transmission data are

divided and write to TX FIFO, then relations with the last quantity of writing data and CRC length setting

45/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(RC_LEN[PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(5-4)]) meet the following condition, TX FIFO access error is notified and cannot send a

packet properly. So please control quantity of wrting data to FIFO that the following condition is not met.

(condition)

CRC_LEN=0b00 ... last writing data quantity is 1 byte

CRC_LEN=0b01 ... last writing data quantity are less than or equal 2 bytes

CRC_LEN=0b10 ... last writing data quantity are less than or equal 4 bytes

46/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Data Whitening function (non Wireless M-Bus standard)

ML7345 supports Data Whitening function. In packet format A/B, subsequent data followed by C-field can be processed Data

Whitening. In packet format C/D, Data Whitening is applied from data field. Data generated by the following 9bits pseudo

random sequence (PN9) will be “XOR” with TX data (encoded data if Manchester or 3-out-of-6 coding is selected) before

transmission. Intialization value of the PN9 generation shift register can be defined by [WHT_INIT_H/L: B1 0x64/65] registers.

PN9 polynomial can be programmed with [WHT_CFG: B1 0x66] register.

Function

Data Whiteing setting enable

Data Whiteing initiazation value

Whitening polynomia

Control bit name

WHT_SET ([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(0)])

WHT_INIT[8:0] ([WHT_INIT_H/L: B1 0x64(0)/65(7-0)])

WHT_CFG[7:0] ([WHT_CFG: B1 0x66(7-0)])

In order to make feedback from S1 register, setting 0b1 to WHT_CFG0 ([WHT_CFG: B1 0x66(0)]). Similaly in order to make

feedback from S2 register, setting 0b1 to WHT_CFG1 ([WHT_CFG: B1 0x66(1)]). Other bits of [WHT_CFG: B1 0x66]

register has same function. Two or more bits can be also set to 0b1. Therefore any type of PN9 polinominal can be

programmed.

Whitening

data

S8

S7

S6

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

S0

(Note)

:exclusive OR

Whitening data generation circuits

(generator polynomial: x⁹+ x⁵+ 1)

General PN9 polynomial can be defined by [WHT_CFG].

WHT_CFG[7:0]

[WHT_CFG: B1 0x66]

PN9 polynomial

x⁹+ x⁴+ 1

0x08

0x10

x⁹+ x⁵+ 1

47/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○SyncWord detection function

ML7345 supports automatic SyncWord recognition function. By having two sets of SyncWord pattern storage area, it is

possible to detect two different packet format (Format A/B) which are defined by Wireless M-Bus. (For details, please refer to

Wireless M-Bus standard) Receiving packet format is indicatedf by SW_DET_RSLT([STM_STATE:B0 0x77(5)]). In Format

C/D, it is possible to search for two SyncWords but detected result is not indicated.

1) TX

SyncWord pattern defined by SYNCWORD_SEL ([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(4)]) will be selected. SyncWord length for TX is

defined by SYNC_WORD_LEN[5:0] ([SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25(5-0)]). From high bit of each SyncWord pattern will be

transmitted.

SYNCWORD_SEL

0

TX SyncWord pattern

SYNC_WORD1[31:0]

([SYNCWORD1_SET3/2/1/0: B1 0x27/28/29/2A])

SYNC_WORD2[31:0]

1

([SYNCWORD2_SET3/2/1/0: B1 0x2B/2C/2D/2E])

Example) SyncWord patten and SyncWord length

If the follwing registers are programmed, from higher bit of SYNC_WORD1[17:0] will be transmitted sequencially.

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25] = 0x12

SYNCWORD_SEL ([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(4)]) = 0b0

If the following registers are programmed, from higher bit of SYNC_WORD2[23:0] will be transmitted sequencially.

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25] = 0x18

SYNCWORD_SEL ([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(4)]) = 0b1

2) RX

By setting SYNCWORD_SEL and 2SW_DET_EN ([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(4,3)]), one SyncWord pattern waiting or two

SyncWord patterns waiting can be selected as follows: Packet format automatic detection is valid if 2SW_DET_EN = 0b1 and

Format A or Fromat B is selected by PKT_FORMAT[1:0] ([PKT_CTRL1:B0 0x04(1-0)]).

Automatic

SyncWord

2SW_DET_ SYNCWORD_

SyncWord pattern

During Sync Detection

packet

format

Detection

operation

Data process after SyncWord

EN

SEL

detection

Waiting for

1 pattern

Waiting for

1 pattern

Process according to each Format

setting

Process according to each Format

setting

0

1

SYNC_WORD1[31:0]

SYNC_WORD2[31:0]

no

[Format A or Format B setting]

If matched with SYNC_WORD1, then

process as Format A. If matched with

SYNC_WORD2, then process as

Format B.

SYNC_WORD1[31:0]

SYNC_WORD2[31:0]

Waiting for

2 patterns

1

−

yes

[Format C setting]

Process as Format C

48/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Length of SyncWord pattern can be defined by SYNC_WORD_LEN[5:0] ([SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25(5-0)]). In this case,

SyncWord pattern defined by the length from low bit of SYNC_WORD1[31:0] or SYNC_WORD2[31:0] will be the pattern for

checking.

Example) SyncWord length

If the following registers are set, 18bits of SYNC_WORD1[17:0] or SYNC_WORD2[17:0] will be reference pattern

for the SyncWord detection. Higher bits (bit31-18) are not checked.

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25] = 0x12

[SYNC_WORD_EN: B1 0x26] = 0x0F

32bits SyncWord pattern can be controlled by enabling/disabling by each 8bits, when receiving SyncWord. The following

table describes enable/disable control and SyncWord pattern.

SYNC_WORD*

[SYNC_WORD_EN]

(B1 0x26)

SyncWord detection operation

[31:24]

[23:16]

[15:8]

[7:0]

prohibited

0000

0001

0010

0011

0100

0101

0110

0111

1000

1001

1010

1011

1100

1101

1110

1111

Only [7:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

Only [15:8] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[15:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

Only [23:16] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[23:16] and [7:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[23:8] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[23:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

Only [31:24] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:24] and [7:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:24] and [15:8] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:24] and [15:0] are valid.

D.C.(*1)

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:16] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:16] and [7:0] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

[31:8] are valid.

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

Whole [31:0] are valid.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

D.C.

ON

Upon [7:0] detection, SyncWord detection.

*1 D.C. stands for Don’t Care.

*2 Preamble pattern can be added to the SyncWord detection conditions by RXPR_LEN[5:0]([SYNC_CONDITION1: B0

0x45(5-0)]).

49/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Field check function

ML7345 has the function of comparing the 9bytes following L-field (Format A/B: start from C-field, Format C/D: start from

Data-field) in a receiving packet. Based on comparison with the expected data, possible to generate interrupts (Field check

function). Field check can be possible with the following register setting. When using this function, RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]

([DIO_SET:B0 0x0C(7-6)] ) = 0b00 (FIFO mode) or 0b11 (data output mode 2) setting is required.

Function

RX data process setting when Field check unmatched

Field check interrupt setting

C-field detection enable setting

M-field detection enable setting

A-field detection enable setting

C-field code setting

Register

[C_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1B(7)]

[C_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1B(6)]

[C_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1B(4-0)]

[M_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1C(3-0)]

[A_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1D(5-0)]

[C_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x1E]

[C_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x1F]

[C_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x20]

[C_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x21]

[C_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x22]

[M_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x23]

[M_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x24]

[M_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x25]

[M_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x26]

[A_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x27]

[A_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x28]

[A_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x29]

[A_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x2A]

[A_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x2B]

[A_FIELD_CODE6: B0 0x2C]

M-field code setting

A-field code setting

The following describes the relation between each comparison code and incoming RX data.

[Format A/B(Wireless M-Bus)]

Field check can be controlled by setting disabled/enabled for each comparison code (1byte). If all specified Field data

(C-field/M-field/A-field) are matched, Field checking matching will be notified. However, if C-field data and

C_FIELD_CODE5 are matched, even if other Field data (M-field/A-field) are not matched, Field check result will be notified as

“match”.

LSB

MSB

1^stBlock

Sync

Word

Preamble

L

C

M

A

CRC

field field

field

10/18/

32bits byte byte

1

2

> n*2

bits

6

0/2

bytes

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

C1 M1

C2 M2

C3

M3

M4

C1: [C_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x1E]

C2: [C_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x1F]

C3: [C_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x20]

C4: [C_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x21]

C5: [C_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x22]

A1. [A_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x27]

A2. [A_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x28]

A3. [A_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x29]

A4. [A_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x2A]

A5. [A_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x2B]

A6. [A_FIELD_CODE6: B0 0x2C]

C4

C5

M1. [M_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x23]

M2. [M_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x24]

M3. [M_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x25]

M4. [M_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x26]

50/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Check Field

C-field

Comaprison Code

C_FIELD_CODE1 or C_FIELD_CODE2 or

C_FIELD_CODE3 or C_FIELD_CODE4 or

C_FIELD_CODE5

M_FIELD_CODE1 or

M_FIELD_CODE2

M_FIELD_CODE3 or

M_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE1/2/3/4/5/6

Conditions for match

If one of the 5 comparison code is matched

M-field 1^stbyte

M-field 2^ndbyte

A-field

If one of the 2 comparison code is matched.

If comparison codes are matched.

[Format C]

Field check can be controlled by setting disabled/enabled for each comparison code (1byte). If all specified Field data

(specified table below) are matched, Field checking matching will be notified. However, if 1^stbyte of Data field and

C_FIELD_CODE5 are matched, even if other Field data(from 2^ndbyte of Data field to 9^thbyte of Data field) are not matched,

Field check result will be notified as “match”.

LSB

MSB

1^stBlock

Sync

Word

Preamble

L

field

Data

field

···

10/18/

1-2

1

> n*2

bits

32bits byte byte byte byte byte byte byte byte byte byte

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

C1 M1

C2 M2

C3

M3

M4

A1. [A_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x27]

A2. [A_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x28]

A3. [A_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x29]

A4. [A_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x2A]

A5. [A_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x2B]

A6. [A_FIELD_CODE6: B0 0x2C]

C1: [C_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x1E]

C2: [C_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x1F]

C3: [C_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x20]

C4: [C_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x21]

C5: [C_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x22]

C4

C5

M1. [M_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x23]

M2. [M_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x24]

M3. [M_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x25]

M4. [M_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x26]

Check Field

Comparison Code

Conditions for match

If one of the 5 comparison code is matched

Data-field 1^stbyte

C_FIELD_CODE1 or C_FIELD_CODE2 or

C_FIELD_CODE3 or C_FIELD_CODE4 or

C_FIELD_CODE5

Data-field 2^ndbyte

Data-field 3^rdbyte

Data-field 4^thbyte

Data-field 5^thbyte

Data-field 6^thbyte

Data-field 7^thbyte

Data-field 8^thbyte

Data-field 9^thbyte

M_FIELD_CODE1 or M_FIELD_CODE2

M_FIELD_CODE3 or M_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE1

A_FIELD_CODE2

A_FIELD_CODE3

A_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE5

A_FIELD_CODE6

If one of the 2 comparison code is matched.

If comparison code is matched.

51/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[Format D]

Field check can be controlled by setting disabled/enabled for each comparison code (1byte). If all specified Field data

(specified table below) are matched, Field checking matching will be notified. However, if 1^stbyte of Data field and

C_FIELD_CODE5 are matched, even if other Field data(from 2^ndbyte of Data field to 9^thbyte of Data field) are not matched,

Field check result will be notified as “match”.

LSB

MSB

1st Block

Sync

Word

Preamble

Data

field

･･･

1

> n*2

bits

10/18/

32bits byte

1

byte byte byte byte byte byte byte byte

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

C1 M1

C2 M2

C3

M3

M4

A1. [A_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x27]

A2. [A_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x28]

A3. [A_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x29]

A4. [A_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x2A]

A5. [A_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x2B]

A6. [A_FIELD_CODE6: B0 0x2C]

C4

C5

C1: [C_FIELD_CODE1: B0 0x1E]

C2: [C_FIELD_CODE2: B0 0x1F]

C3: [C_FIELD_CODE3: B0 0x20]

C4: [C_FIELD_CODE4: B0 0x21]

C5: [C_FIELD_CODE5: B0 0x22]

M1. [M_FIELD_CODE 1: B0 0x23]

M2. [M_FIELD_CODE 2: B0 0x24]

M3. [M_FIELD_CODE 3: B0 0x25]

M4. [M_FIELD_CODE 4: B0 0x26]

Check Field

Comparison Code

Conditions for match

If one of the 5 comparison code is matched

Data-field 1^stbyte

C_FIELD_CODE1 or C_FIELD_CODE2 or

C_FIELD_CODE3 or C_FIELD_CODE4 or

C_FIELD_CODE5

Data-field 2^ndbyte

Data-field 3^rdbyte

Data-field 4^thbyte

Data-field 5^thbyte

Data-field 6^thbyte

Data-field 7^thbyte

Data-field 8^thbyte

Data-field 9^thbyte

M_FIELD_CODE1 or M_FIELD_CODE2

M_FIELD_CODE3 or M_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE1

A_FIELD_CODE2

A_FIELD_CODE3

A_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE5

A_FIELD_CODE6

If one of the 2 comparison code is matched.

If comparison code is matched.

●Packet processing as a result of Field checking

By setting CA_RXD_CLR ([C_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1B(7)]) = 0b1, if the result of Field check is unmatch, data packet will

be aborted and wait for next packet data.

●Storing number of unmatched packets

Unmatched packets can be counted up to max. 2047 packets and result are stored in [ADDR_CHK_CTR_H: B1 0x62]

and[ADDR_CHK_CTR_L: B1 0x63]. This count value can be cleared by STATE_CLR4 ([STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(4)]).

52/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○FIFO control function

ML7345 has on-chip TX FIFO(64bytes) and RX FIFO(64bytes). As TX/RX FIFO do not support multiple packets, packet

should be processed one by one. If RX FIFO keeps RX packet and next RX packet is received, RX FIFO will be overwritten. It

applies to TX FIFO as well. However TX FIFO access error interrupt (INT[20] group3) will be generated. When receiving, RX

data is stored in FIFO (byte by byte) and the host MCU will read RX data through SPI. When transmitting, host MCU write TX

data to TX FIFO through SPI and transmitting through RF.

Writing or reading to FIFO is through SPI with burst access. TX data is written to [WR_TX_FIFO: B0 0x7C] register. RX

data is read from [RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F] register. Continuous access increments internal FIFO counter automatically. If FIFO

access is suspended during write or read operation, address will be kept until the packet will be process again. Therefore, when

resuming FIFO access, next data will be resumed from the suspended address.

FIFO control register are as follows:

Function

Register

TX FIFO Full level setting

[TXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x17]

[TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18]

[RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19]

[RXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x1A]

[FIFO_SET: B0 0x78]

TX FIFO Empty level setting

RX FIFO Full level setting

RX FIFO Empty level setting

FIFO readout setting

RX FIFO data usage status indication

TX packet Length setting

RX packet Length setting

TX FIFO

[RX_FIFO_LAST: B0 0x79]

[TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/7B]

[RX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7D/7E]

[WR_TX_FIFO: B0 0x7C]

FIFO read

[RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F]

53/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

TX – RX procedure using FIFO are as follows:

[TX]

(1) In the case of Format A/B/C

i) TX data L-filed value(Length) is set to [TX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7A], [TX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7B] register.

ii) TX data is written to [WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C] register.

If Length filed setting is 1-byte mode, [TX_PKT_LEN_L] register will be transmitted.

Length filed setting can be set to LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(1-0)]).

(2) In the case of Format D

i)

ii)

TX data Length is set to [TX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7A], [TX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7B] register.

TX data is written to [WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C] register.

(Note)

1. If TX FIFO write sequence is aborted during transmission, STATE_CLR0 [STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(0)] (TX FIFO

pointer clear) must be issued. Otherwise data pointer is kept in the LSI and the next packet is not processed properly.

For example, TX FIFO access error interrupt (INT[20] group3) is generated. This interrupt can be generated when the

next packet data is writren to the TX FIFO before transmitting previous packet data or TX FIFO overrun (FIFO is

written when no TX FIFO space) or underrun (attempt to transmit when TX FIFO is empty)

2. Depending on the packet format, TX data Length value is different.

Format A: Length includs data area excluding L-field and CRC-field.

Format B: Length includes data area excluding L-field.

Format C: Length includes data area excluding L-field.

Format D: Length includes data area from Data-field to CRC-field.

[RX]

(1) In the case of Format A/B/C

i) L-field (Length) is read from [RX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7D], [RX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7E] registers.

ii) Reading RX data from RX FIFO.

(2) In the case of Format D

i) Set Length(data area from Data-field to CRC-field) to [RX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7D], [RX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7E].

ii) Reading RX data from RX FIFO.

When reading from RX FIFO, set FIFO_R_SEL([FIFO_SET: B0 0x78(0)]) = 0b0. If FIFO_R_SEL = 0b1 , TX FIFO will be

selected. Data usage value of RX FIFO is indicated by [RX_FIFO_LAST: B0 0x79] register.

(Note)

1. If reading FIFO data is terminated before reading all data, STATE_CLR1 [STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)] (RX FIFO

pointer clear) must be issued. Otherwise If RX FIFO is not cleared, the pointer controlling FIFO data keeps the same

status. Next RX data will not be processed in the FIFO properly.

For example, when RX FIFO access error interrupt (INT[12] group2) is generated. This interrupt occurs when RX

FIFO overrun (data received when no space in RX FIFO) or underrun (reading empty RX FIFO).

2. If 1 packet data is kept in the RX FIFO, next RX data will be overwritten.

54/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

IF TX/RX pack is larger than FIFO size, FIFO access can be controlled by FIFO-Full trigger or FIFO-Empty trigger.

(1) TX FIFO usage notification function

This function is to notice TX_FIFO usage to the MCU using interrupt (SINTN). If TX_FIFO usage (un-transmitted data in

TX_FIFO) exceed the Full level threshold set by [TXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x17] register, interrupt will generate as FIFO-full

interrupt (INT[5] group1). If TX_FIFO usage is smaller than Empty level threshold set by [TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18] register,

FIFO-Empty interrupt will generate as FIFO-Empty interrout (INT[4] grou1). Interrupt signal (SINTN) can be output from

GPIO* or EXT_CLK pin.

For output setting, please refer to [GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E], [GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F], [GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50],

[GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51], [EXTCLK_CTRL: B0 0x52] registers for output setting.

[FIFO usage]

SINTN signal

0x3F

Clear interrupt

Generate interrupt

when written Data

exceed Full level

TX data amount

Full level

(Example 0x2E)

Generate interrupt

Full level

when TX data usage

is smaller than

Empty level

0x2E

0x0F

Empty level

(Example 0x0F)

Empty level

Time

TX start timing by

FAST_TX trigger

TX_FIFO usage transition

0x00

(Note)

1. Should not set [TXFIFO_THRH] and [TXFIFO_THRL] to a same level. Set them as satisfying the condition

[TXFIFO_THRH] > [TXFIFO_THRL].

2. The internal state of “Full detected” is cleared when the FIFO usage becomes “Full trigger ([TXFIFO_THRH])” >

“FIFO usage”. After that, the FIFO can detect the next Full trigger. Note that the above clear condition may be met

during FIFO write, and the Full trigger may be detected again immediately. This depends on the timing of reading TX

data (PHY) and writing data to the FIFO via SPI. To avoid such a case, disable the trigger after the Full trigger is

detected, and enable again after the FIFO write is completed.

3. The internal state of “Empty detected” is cleared when the FIFO usage becomes “FIFO usage” > ”Empty trigger

([TXFIFO_THRL])”. After that, the FIFO can detect the next Empty trigger. Note that the above clear condition may be

met during FIFO write, and the Empty trigger may be detected again immediately. This depends on the timing of

reading TX data (PHY) and writing data to the FIFO via SPI. To avoid such a case, disable the trigger after the Empty

trigger is detected, and enable again after the FIFO write is completed.

55/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) RX FIFO usage notification function

This function is to notify RX_FIFO usage amount by using interrupt (SINTN) to the MCU. If RX_FIFO usage (un-read data in

RX_FIFO) exceed Full level threshold defined by [RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19] register, interrupt will generate as FIFO-Full

interrupt (INT[5] group1). After MCU read RX data from RX_FIFO, un-read amount become smaller than Empty level

threshold defined by [RXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x1A] register, interrupt will generated as FIFO-Empty (INT[4] group1). Interrupt

signal (SINTN) can be output from GPIO* or EXT_CLK.

For output setting, please refer to [GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E], [GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F], [GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50],

[GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51], [EXTCLK_CTRL: B0 0x52] registers.

[FIFO usage]

SINTN signal

0x3F

Generate interrupt,

when RX data exceed

Full level,

Clear interrupt

RX data amount

FULL level

(Example 0x3E)

Generate interrupt,

when un-read data

amount is less than

Empty level after

read RX data from

RX_FIFO,

Full level

0x3E

0x0F

EMPTY level

(Example 0x0F)

Empty level

Time

RX_FIFO usage transition

0x00

(Note)

1. Should not set [RXFIFO_THRH] and [RXFIFO_THRL] to a same level. Set them as satisfying the condition

[RXFIFO_THRH] > [RXFIFO_THRL].

2. The internal state of “Full detected” is cleared when the FIFO usage becomes “Full trigger ([RXFIFO_THRH])” >

“FIFO usage”. After that, the FIFO can detect the next Full trigger. Note that the above clear condition may be met

during FIFO read, and the Full trigger may be detected again immediately. This depends on the timing of writing RX

data (PHY) and reading data of the FIFO via SPI. To avoid such a case, make the trigger level setting disabled after the

Full trigger is detected, and make it enabled again after the FIFO read is completed.

3. The internal state of “Empty detected” is cleared when the FIFO usage becomes ≥ “Empty trigger ([RXFIFO_THRL])”,

allowing the next Empty trigger to be detected. Note that the above clear condition may be met during FIFO read, and

the Empty trigger may be detected, depending on the timing of writing RX data (PHY) and FIFO read through SPI. To

avoid such a case, make the trigger level setting disabled after the Empty trigger is detected, and make it enabled again

after the FIFO read is completed.

4. This function is valid during data receiving. FIFO-Empty interrupt does not occur after RX completion.

56/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○DIO function

Using GPIO0-3, EXT_CLK or SDI/SDO pins, TX/RX data can be input/output. Pins can be configured by [GPIO*_CTRL: B0

0x4E/0x4F/0x50/0x51], [EXTCLK_CTRL: B0 0x52] and [SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53] registers.

Data format for TX/RX are as follows:

TX --- TX data (NRZ or Manchester/3-out-of-6 coding) will be input.

RX --- pre-decoded RX data or decoded RX data will be output. (selectable by [DIO_SET: B0 0x0C] register)

DIO function registers are as follows:

Function

DIO RX data output start setting

DIO RX completion setting

TX DIO mode setting

Registers

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(2)]

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]

RX DIO mode setting

(1) In case of using GPIO*, EXT_CLK pins

If GPIO0-3 or EXT_CLK pins are used as DCLK/DIO, DCLK/DIO should be controlled as follow. (below DIO/DCLK

vertical line part indicate output or input period)

[TX]

i) Continuous input mode (from host)

Set TXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b01.

After TX_ON(SET_TRX[3:0]([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x9), DCLK is output continuously. At falling edge of

DCLK, TX data is input from DIO pin. TX data must be encoded data.

TX_ON

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

TX data

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

TX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

(Note) For details of timing, please refer to the “TX” in the “Timing Chart”.

ii) Data input mode (from host)

Set TXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b10.

After TX_ON, DCLK is output during data input period after SyncWord. TX data is input at falling edge of DCLK through

DIO input. Encoded TX data must be transferred from the host. Preamble and SyncWordis generated automatically

according to the registers setting.

TX_ON

TX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

TX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

57/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Preamble can be set by PB_PAT([DATA_SET1: B0 0x07(7)] and TXPR_LEN[15:0] ([TXPR_LEN_H/L: B0 0x42/43]).

SyncWord can be set by SYNCWORD_SEL([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(4)), SYNCWORD_LEN[5:0] ([SYNC_WORD_

LEN: 1 0x25(5-0)]), SYNC_WORD_EN* ([SYNC_WORD_EN: B1 0x26(3-0)]), SYNC_WORD1[31:0] ([SYNCWORD1_

SET3/2/1/0: B1 0x27/28/29/2A]), SYNC_WORD2[31:0] ([SYNCWORD2_SET3/2/1/0: B1 0x2B/2C/2D/2E]).

[RX]

i) Continuous output mode (to host)

Set RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b01.

After RX_ON(SET_TRX[3:0] ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x6), DCLK is output continuously. RX data

(demodulated data) is output from DIO pin at falling edge of DCLK. RX data is not stored in RX_FIFO.

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

RX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

(Note) For details of timing, please refer to the “RX” in the “Timing Chart”.

ii) Data output mode 1 (to host)

Set RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10.

After SyncWord detection, RX data is buffered in RX_FIFO. RX data buffering will continue until RX sync signal

(SYNC) becomes “L”. By setting DIO_START ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]) = 0b1, top data of buffered data will be output

through DIO interface (DIO/DCLK). (RX data is output at falling edge of DCLK). However, if DIO_START setting is

done after 64byte timing, the top byte will be over written. If all buffered data is output until SYNC becomes “L”, RX

completion interrupt (INT[8] group 2) will be generated. After RX completion, ready to receive next packet.

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

RX sync signal

Buffering to RX_FIFO

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

RX_ON

command

DIO_START = 0b1

TRX_OFF

command

(Note)

1.

RX data buffering in RX_FIFO is accessed byte by byte. DIO_START should be issued after 1byte access time upon SyncWord

detection.

2.

This mode does not process L-field. Field checking function is not supported.

58/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

If DIO_START is issued before SyncWord detection, data is not buffered in RX_FIFO and RX data after SyncWord

detection will be output at falling edge of DCLK . In order to complete RX before SYNC becomes “L”, DIO RX completion

setting (DIO_RX_COMPLETE([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(2)] = 0b1) is necessary. After DIO_RX_COMPLETE setting, ready to

receive the next packet.

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

RX sync signal

Buffering to RX_FIFO

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

RX_ON

Command

DIO_RX_COMPLETE

= 0b1

DIO_START = 0b1

TRX_OFF

command

iii) Data output mode 2 (to host)

Set RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b11.

Only Data-field of RX data is buffered in RX_FIFO. RX data indicated by L-field is stored in RX_FIFO. By

DIO_START([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]) = 0b1, top data of buffered data will be output through DIO interface

(DIO/DCLK). (RX data is output at falling edge of DCLK).

However, if DIO_START setting is done after 64byte timing, the top byte will be overwritten. If all data indicated by

L-field is output, RX completion interrupt (INT[8] group2) will be generated. After RX completion, ready to receive next

packet. Length information is stored in [RX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7D/7E] registers. This mode support fileld check

function.

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

L-field

Data-field

DIO(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

DCLK(GPIO0-3,EXT_CLK)

RX_ON

Command

DIO_START

issue

TRX_OFF

command

(Note)

RX data buffering in RX_FIFO is byte by byte access. DIO_START should be issued after elapsed time from SyncWord

detection to L-field length + over 1byte access time.

59/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) In case of using SDI/SDO pin (sharing with SPI interface)

If SDI and SDO pins are used for input/output of transmission data, DCLK/DIO is controlled as follow. (below DIO/DCLK

vertical line part indicate output or input.) Both SDO_CFG and SDI_CFG ([SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL:B0 0x53 (5,4)]) should be set

0b1. For operation of LSI about each DIO modes, please refer to the previous chapter “(1)In case of using GPIO*, EXT_CLK

pins”.

[TX]

i) Continuous input mode (from host)

Set TXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b01

After TX_ON(SET_TRX[3:0] ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x9), during SCEN pin is “H”, DCLK is output from SDO pin.

TX data can be input from SDI pin at falling edge of DCLK. TX data must be encoded data. After TRX_OFF is issued

(SET_TRX[3:0] ([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x8), input data from DIO pin are not valid. During DCLK output, if SCEN

pin becomes “L”, DCLK output will stop. (SPI access has priority)

TX_ON

TX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

SCEN

DIO(SDI)

DCLK(SDO)

TX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

(Note)

Not to access SPI until TX completion. During packet transmission, if SPI access is attempted by the host, TX data error can

be expected.

ii) Data input mode (from host)

Set TXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b10.

After TX_ON, when SCEN is “H”, DCLK is output from SDO pin during data input period after SyncWord. At falling edge of

DCLK, TX data should be input to SDI from the host. After TRX_OFF is issued (SET_TRX[3:0] ([RF_STATUS: B0

0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x8), TX data/clock input/output are invalid. During DCLK output period, if SCEN becomes “L”, DCLK output

will stop. (SPI access has a priority)

TX_ON

TX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

SCEN

DIO(SDI)

DCLK(SDO)

TX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

(Note)

Not to access SPI until TX completion. During packet transmission, if SPI access is attempted by the host, TX data error can

be expected.

60/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[RX]

i) Continuous output mode (to host)

Set RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b01.

After RX_ON (SET_TRX[3:0]([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x6) issued, during SCEN is “H” period, DCLK is output

from SDO pin, RX data is output from SDI pin at falling edge of DCLK. After TRX_OFF issuing(SET_TRX[3:0]

([RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B(3-0)]) = 0x8), DCLK/DIO output will stop. Even if DCLK/DIO are output, when SCEN becomes

“L”, DCLK/DIO will stop. (SPI access has a higher priority)

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

SCEN

DIO(SDI)

DCLK(SDO)

RX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

(Note)

Not to access SPI until RX completion. During packet receiption, if SPI access is attemped by the host, RX data error can be

expected. It is recommended

ii) Data ouput mode 1 or data output mode 2 (to host)

Set RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10/11

After RX_ON, RX data upon SyncWord (output mode 1) or RX data upon L-fileld (output mode 2) is buffered in RX_FIFO.

During SCEN is “H”, by DIO_START([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]) = 0b1, top data of buffered data will be output through DIO

interface (DIO/DCLK). (RX data is output at falling edge of DCLK). Other output condition is same as the case of using

GPIO*/ECT_CLK pins. After TRX_OFF isuing, DCLK/DIO output will stop. Even during DCLK/DIO are output period, if

SCEN becomes “L”, DCLK/DIO output will stop. (SPI access has a priority)

(In case of data output mode1)

RX_ON

RX data

Preamble

SyncWord

Data-field

SCEN

DIO(SDI)

DCLK(SDO)

RX_ON

command

TRX_OFF

command

DIO_START

= 0b1

DIO_RX_COMPLETE

= 0b1

(Note)

Not to access SPI until RX completion. During packet receiption, if SPI access is attemped by the host, RX data error can be

expected.

61/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) DCLK output

The DCLK output depends on the DIO mode setting.

Data output mode 2 (RXDIO_CTRL([DIO_SET: 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b11)

In this mode, decoded data is output. The DCLK output section in an output interval varies depending on the encoding. DCLK

output section is as follows.

DCLK

Clock output (8 cycles)

1 cycle = 1/data rate[bps]

Output interval

NRZ

Output interval

: 8 cycles

Manchester : 16 cycles

3-out-of-6 : 12 cycles

Mode other than  (RX continuous output mode/data output mode 1, TX continuous input mode/data input mode)

In this mode, undecoded data is input or output. DCLK is output continuously. It does not depend on the encoding.

TX continuous input mode or RX continuous mode

DCLK

1 cycle = 1/data rate[bps]

(*) The nuber of cycle per 1byte

NRZ

Manchester : 16 cycles

3-out-of-6 : 12 cycles

: 8 cycles

TX Data input mode / RX Data output mode 1

DCLK

1 cycle = 1/data rate[bps]

TX: The timing during transmitting

the last 2bits SyncWord

RX: DIO_START issue

(*) The nuber of cycle per 1byte

NRZ

Manchester : 16 cycles

3-out-of-6 : 12 cycles

: 8 cycles

62/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Timer Function

○Wake-up timer

ML7345 has automatic wake-up function using wake-up timer. The following operations are possible by using wake-up timer.

• Upon timer completion, automatically wake-up from SLEEP state. After wake-up operation can be selected as RX_ON

state or TX_ON state by WAKEUP_MODE ([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(6)]).

• By setting WUT_1SHOT_MODE ([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(7)]), continuous wake-up operation (interval operation)

or one shot operation can be selected.

• In interval operation, if RX_ON /TX_ON state is caused by wake-up timer, continuous operation timer is in operation..

• After moving to RX_ON state by wake-up timer, when continuous operation timer is completed, move to SLEEP state

automatically. However, if SyncWord is detected before timer completion, RX_ON state will be maintained. In this case,

ML7345 does not go back to SLEEP state automatically. SLEEPsetting (SLEEP_EN[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(0)]) =

0b1) is necessary to go back to SLEEP state. However if RXDONE_ MODE[1:0]([RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A(3-2)])

= 0b11, after RX completion, move to SLEEP state automatically.

The judgment timing whether continue RX is selected in SyncWord detection, Field check detection or synchronization

detection by RCV_CONT_SEL([M_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1C(5:4)]) after continuous operation timer completion.

• After moving to TX_ON state by wake-up timer, if ML7345 is IDLE state(TX completion) when continuous operation

timer completed, go back to SLEEPstate automatically. If ML7345 is TX on-going, TX_ON state will be maintained. In

this case, ML7345 does not go back to SLEEP state automatically. SLEEP setting (SLEEP_EN[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0

0x2D(0)]) = 0b1) is necessary to go back to SLEEP state.

• After wake-up by combining with high speed carrier checking mode, CCA is automatically performed, if IDLE is

detected, able to move to SLEEP state immediately. For details, please refer to the “(3) high speed carrier detection

mode”.

• By setting WUT_CLK_SOURCE ([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(2)]), clock source for wake-up timer are selectable from

EXT_CLK pin or on-chip RC OSC.

Wake-up intervalm, wake-up timer interval and continuous operation timer can be calculated in the following formula.

Wake-up interval [s] = Wake-up timer interval [s] + Continuous operation timer [s]

Wake-uptimer interval [s] = Wake-up timer clock cycle *

Division setting ([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E(3-0)]) *

Wake-up timer interval setting ([WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30])

Continuous operation timer [s] = Wake-up timer clock cycle *

Division setting([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E(7-4)]) *

Continuous operation timer setting ([WU_DURATION: B0 0x31])

(Note)

• In case of moving to TX_ON state after wake-up, move to SLEEP state when timer completed even in the middle of

transmission. Continuous oeration timer should be set in such manner that timer completing after TX completion.

• WUDT_CLK_SET[3:0] ([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E(7-4)]) and WUT_CLK_SET[3:0] ([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E

(3-0)]) can be set independently. In case of using continuous operation timer, please set the same value as

WUDT_CLK_SET as WUT_CLK_SET.

• Minimum value for wake-up timer interval setting ([WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]) is 0x02. And minimum value

for continuous operation timer setting ([WU_DURATION: B0 0x31]) is 0x01. Please note continuous operation timer

should be set in such manner that the timer completion is occurred after clock stabilization completion

interrupt(INT[0]([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(0)])) caused by wake-up.

• Be noted that the SyncWord detection is not issued when in DIO mode with RXDIO_CTRL([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) =

0b01. Therefore, when continuous operation timer completed, forcibly move to SLEEP state.

• This LSI automatically moves to SLEEP state by timer operation, and if SLEEP state transition and a SPI access

occurs at the same time, the SPI access will become invalid. Please take some measure so that SLEEP state

transition and SPI access do not happen at the same time.

63/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(1) Interval operation

[RX]

After wake-up, RX_ON state. If continuous operation timer completed before SyncWord detection, automatically return to

SLEEP state. If SyncWord detected, continue RX_ON. After RX completion, continue operation defined by RXDONE_

MODE[1:0] ([RF_STATUS_ CTRL: B0 0x0A(3-2)]) .

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(6-4)] = 0b011

Continuous operation timer range

[WU_DURATION: B0 0x31]

Wake-up timer operation range

[WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]

Wake-up timer

Continuous

operation timer

RX_ON

TX_ON

SLEEP

*1

LSI state

RX_ON

SLEEP

RX_ON

SLEEP

Wake-up timer

enable setting

After Wake-up timer

completion , move to

RX_ON state.

Before Continuous

operation timer

completion,

After RX completion, move to SLEEP

state by SLEEP command.

*1 If not issuing SLEEP command,

continue operation defined by

RXDONE_MODE[1:0]

SyncWord detected.

Continuous operation

timer completion

move to SLEEP

state.

[TX]

After wake-up, TX_ON state. After TX completion, continue operation defined by TXDONE_MODE[1:0] ([RF_STATUS_

CTRL: B0 0x0A(1-0)]) .

If continuous operation timer completed, automatically return to SLEEP state. So continuous operation timer has to be set so

that timer completion occur after TX completion.

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(6-4)] = 0b111

Continuous operation timer range

[WU_DURATION: B0 0x28]

Wake-up timer operation period

[WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]

Wake-up timer

Continuous

operation timer

RX_ON

TX_ON

IDLE

SLEEP

IDLE

SLEEP

LSI state

TX data write

to TX_FIFO

Wake-up operation

enables setting

Continuous operation

timer completion, move

to SLEEP state.

TX completion and move to

IDLE state.

In case of

TXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b00

64/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) 1 shot operation

[RX]

After wake-up timer completion, move to RX_ON state. And continue RX_ON state. Move to SLEEP state by SLEEP

command. If wake-up timer interval ([WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]) is maintained, after re-issuing SLEEP

command, 1 shot operation will be activated again. Please clear the wake-up interrupt ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(6)])

before moving to SLEEP state. If the wake-up interrupt is not cleared, ML7345 does not go back to RX_ON state

automatically. If RX completed during RX_ON, continue operation defined by RXDONE_ MODE[1:0] ([RF_STATUS_

CTRL: B0 0x0A(3-2)]) . Same manner in TX_ON state.

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(7-4)] = 0b1001

Wake-up timer operation range

[WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]

Wake-up timer

Continuous

operation timer

RX_ON

TX_ON

RX_ON

SLEEP

LSI state

After SLEEP command,

move to SLEEP state.

Wake-up operation

enable setting

Wake-up timer completion

and move to RXON state

RX_ON is maintained if

SLEEP command is not

issued.

(3) Combination with high speed carrier detection

[Interval operation]

After wake-up timer completion, move to RX_ON state. Then perform CCA. If no carrier is detected, automatically move to

SLEEP state. If carrier detected, maintaining RX_ON state and perform SuncWord detection. If continuous operation timer

completed before SyncWord detection, automatically move to SLEEP state. And If SyncWord detected, continue RX_ON

state state.

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(7-4)] = 0b0011

FAST_DET_MODE_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(3)]) = 0b1

Wake-up timer operation range

[WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]

Continuous operation timer range

[WU_DURATION: B0 0x28]

Wake-up timer

Continuous

operation timer

RX_ON

TX_ON

SLEEP

RX_ON

SLEEP

RX_ON

SLEEP

RX_ON

SLEEP

LSI state

After RX completion,

move to SLEEP state

by command.

Wake up operation

enable setting

Continuous operation

timer completion. and

move to SLEEP state.

No carrier detection,

and move to SLEEP

state.

SyncWord detection before

continuous operation timer

completion

Carrier detected and

continue RXON.

65/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[1 shot operation]

After wake-up timer completion, move to RX_ON state. And perform CCA to check carrier. If no carrier detected, go

back to SLEEP state automatically. In case of no carrier detection, if periodic waking up at wake-up timer interval is

necessary, clear the wake-up interrupt ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(6)]) before moving to SLEEP state. If the

wake-up interrupt is not cleared, ML7345 does not go back to RX_ON state automatically.

If carrier is detected, continue RX state. Able to go back to SLEEP by setting SLEEP parameters.

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(7-4)] = 0b1001

FAST_DET_MODE_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(3)]) = 0b1

Wake-up timer operation range

[WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]

Wake-up timer

Continuous

operation timer

RX_ON

SLEEP

TX_ON

LSI state

RX_ON

SLEEP

Wake-up operation

enable setting

By SLEEP

command go to

SLEEP state.

Carrier detected,

continue RXON

clear wake-up

interrupt

No carrier detected.

go to SLEEP state

Clear wake-up

interrupt

Clear wake-up

interrupt

○General purpose timer

ML7345 has general purpose timer. 2 channel of timer are able to function independently. Clock sources, timer setting can be

programmed independently. This timer is 1-shot operation. When timer is completed, General purpose timer 1 interrupt

(INT[22] group3) or General purpose timer 2 interrupt (INT[23] group3) will be generated.

General timer interval can be programmed as the following formula.

General purpose timer interval[s] = general purpose timer clock cycle *

Division setting ([GT_CLK_SET: B0 0x33]) *

General purpose timer interval setting ([GT1_TIMER: B0 0x34] or [GT2_TIMER: B0

0x35])

By setting GT2/1_CLK_SOURCE ([GT_SET: B0 0x32(5,1)]), clock sources for general purpose timer can be selectable from

wake-up timer clock or 2MHz.

66/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Frequency Setting Function

○Channel frequency setting

Maximum 256 channels can be selected (CH#0 to CH#255) by the following registers.

Frequency

CH#0 frequency

Register

[TXFREQ_I: B1 0x1B], [TXFREQ_FH: B1 0x1C], [TXFREQ_FM: B1 0x1D] and

[TXFREQ_FL: B1 0x1E]

[RXFREQ_I: B1 0x1F], [RXFREQ_FH: B1 0x20], [RXFREQ_FM: B1 0x21] and

[RXFREQ_FL: B1 0x22]

TX

RX

Channel spacing

Channel setting

PLL dividing setting

-

[CH_SPACE_H: B1 0x23] and [CH_SPACE_L: B1 0x24]

[CH_SET: B0 0x09]

[PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]

(1) Channel frequency setting overview

[Channel frequency setting]

Using above registers, channel frequency is defined as following formula.

Channel frequency = i) CH#0 frequency + ii) channel space * iii) channel setting

[Channel frequency allocation image]

iii) channel setting

(setting Nth channel)

ii) channel space setting

Channel No. 

0

1

2

3

···

n

···

255

Frequency

i) CH#0 frequency setting

Set the PLL dividing setting according to the RF frequency (for each frequency band) as shown below.

PLL dividing setting [PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]

169Hz band(*1)

433MHz band

868/920MHz band

0x01

0x02

0x00

(divided by 6)

(divided by 2)

(divided by 1)

(*1) This setting is prohibited on ML7345D.

67/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(Note)

(1) The channel frequency must satisfy the following conditions. If cannot do it, change channel #0 frequency or use other

channels because PLL may not be locked.

F_MCK1: Master clock frequency

N_div= 1 or 2 or 6

: PLL_MODE ([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A (1-0)])

( F^MCK1*n + 1MHz ) / N_div

≤

Used channel frequency

≤

( FMCK1*(n+1) - 1MHz ) / N_div

* n = integer

Concept diagram

Unusable Frequency

Usable Frequency



Frequency

(F_MCK1×n )/N_div

(F_MCK1×(n+1))/N_div

(Example of calculating range  shown above)

For 1 division mode (N_div= 1), Master clock 24MHz, n = 16

(24MHz×16+1)MHz ≤ Channel frequency to be used ≤ (24MHz×(16+1)-1)

⇒385MHz ≤ Channel frequency to be used ≤ 407MHz

(2) “CH#0 frequency [Hz]” and “channel spacing [Hz]” may have error [Hz]. Then the “channel frequency error [Hz]” is

defined as following formula.

Channel frequency error [Hz] = CH#0 frequency error [Hz] + channel spacing error [Hz]* channel setting

When changing “channel frequency” by setting “channel setting” without “CH#0 frequency” change, the “channel frequency

error” will become larger than by setting both “CH#0 frequency” and “channel setting”. If the “channel frequency error” is

larger than expectation, please consider to change “CH#0 frequency”.

(3) If the 26-bit channel frequency ( = CH#0 frequency + Channel spacing × Channel setting) setting value (integer and decimal

parts, refer to “Channel #0 frequency setting”) exceeds the maximum value 0x3FF_FFFF, the expected channel frequency is

not achieved. Take this maximum value into account when deciding the channel #0 frequency, channel spacing, and channel

setting.

68/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) Channel #0 frequency setting

TX frequency can be set by [TXFREQ_I: B1 0x1B], [TXFREQ_FH: B1 0x1C], [TXFREQ_FM: B1 0x1D] and

[TXFREQ_FL: B1 0x1E]. RX frequency can be set by [RXFREQ_I: B1 0x1F], [RXFREQ_FH: B1 0x20], [RXFREQ_FM:

B1 0x21] and [RXFREQ_FL: B1 0x22].

Channel #0 frequency setting value can be caluculated using the following formula.

f_rf

I =

(Integer part)

f_ref/ N_div













f_rf

F =

− I ⋅2²⁰(Integer part)





f / N

ref

div

Here

f_rf

:Channel #0 frequency

f_ref

:PLL reference frequency ( = master clock frequency: F_MCK1)

I

F

:Integer part of frequency setting

:Fractional part of frequency setting

N_div:PLL dividing setting

I

(Hex) is set to [TXFREQ_I: B1 0x1B], [RXFREQ_I: B1 0x1F] registers.

F (Hex.) is set to the following registers.

For TX, from MSB, set in order of [TXFREQ_FH: B1 0x1C], [TXFREQ_FM: B1 0x1D], [TXFREQ_FL: B1 0x1E]

registers.

For RX, from MSB, set in order of [RXFREQ_FH: B1 0x20], [RXFREQ_FM: B1 0x21], [RXFREQ_FL: B1 0x22]

registers.

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for N_div.

f

Frequency error ( _err) is calculated as follows :

F

2²⁰











f_err= I +

⋅ ( f / N_div) − f_rf



ref

[Example]

When set TX channel #0 frequency( f_rf) to 426MHz (master clock 24MHz, N_div=2), the calculations are as follows.

426MHz

I =

(Integer part) = 35(0x23)

24MHz / 2

426MHz











F =

−35 ⋅2²⁰(Integer part) = 524288(0x80000)



24MHz / 2

[TXFREQ_I: B1 0x1B] = 0x23

[TXFREQ _FH: B1 0x1C] = 0x08

[TXFREQ _FM: B1 0x1D] = 0x00

[TXFREQ _FL: B1 0x1E] = 0x00

Frequency error f_erris as follows:

524288

2²⁰











f_err= 35 +

⋅ (24MHz / 2) − 426MHz = 0Hz



69/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) Channel space setting

Channel space can be set by [CH_SPACE_H: B1 0x23], [CH_SPACE_L: B1 0x24] registers. Hexadecimal values

calculated in the following formula should be set to [CH_SPACE_H: B1 0x23], [CH_SPACE_L: B1 0x24] registers.

(MSB->LSB order)

Channel space is from the center frequency of given channel to adjacent channel center frequency.

Channel space setting value can be calculated using the following formula:











_div



f_sp

CH _ SPACE =

⋅2²⁰(Integer part)





f / N

ref

Here

CH _ SPACE :Channel space setting

f_sp: Channel space [Hz]

f_ref

: PLL reference frequency ( = master clock frequency : F_MCK1)

N_div: PLL dividing setting

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for N_div.

[Example]

When set channle space to 25kHz (master clock 24MHz, N_div=2), the calculation is as follows.

0.025MHz

24MHz / 2













CH _ SPACE =

⋅ 2²⁰(Integer part) = 2184(0x0888)

[CH_SPACE_H: B1 0x23] = 0x08

[CH_SPACE_L: B1 0x24] = 0x88

○IF frequency setting

IF frequency is set by [IF_FREQ: B0 0x61]. See the following table for each IF frequency setting value.

IF frequency setting

IF frequency(*1)

[IF_FREQ: B0 0x61]

0b000

0b001

0b010

0b011

0b100

0b101

0b110

0b111

125kHz

109.375kHz

93.75kHz

78.125kHz

62.5kHz

prohibited

0kHz

(*1) Values are for 24MHz master clock. If use another frequency as master clock, the IF frequency varies depending on the amount of

frequency change from 24MHz.

ML7345D is able to setting IF frequency for Normal receiving mode and IF frequency for CCA. IF frequency during CCA

can be specified by IF_FREQ_CCA([IF_FREQ: B0 0x61(6-4)]).

70/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Modulation setting

ML7345 supports GFSK modulation and FSK modulation.

(1) GFSK modulation setting

By setting GFSK_EN([DATA_SET1: B0 0x07(4)]) = 0b1, GFSK mode can be selected. In GFSK modulation, frequency

deviation can be set by [GFSK_DEV_H: B1 0x30] and [GFSK_DEV_L: B1 0x31] registers and the filter coefficient of

Gaussian filter can be set by [FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0: B1 0x32] to [FSK_DEV3_H/GFIL6: B1 0x38] registers. 2FSK/4FSK

can be selected by FSK_SEL[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(5)].

i) GFSK frequency deviation setting

F_DEV value can be calculated as the following formula:











_div



f_dev

/ N

F _ DEV =

⋅ 2²⁰(Integer part)





f

ref

Here

F _ DEV : Frequency deviation setting

f_dev

f_ref

:

Frequency deviation [Hz]

PLL reference frequency ( = master clock frequency: F_MCK1

)

N_div: PLL dividing setting

In 4GFSK mode, frequency deviation applies to maximum frequency deviation.

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for N_div.

[Example]

When set frequency deviation to 2.4kHz (master clock 24MHz, N_div=2), the calculation is as follows.

F_DEV = {0.0024MHz ÷ (24MHz/2)} ×2²⁰(Integer value) = 209 (0x00D1)

In this case, please set [GFSK_FDEV_H/L: B1 0x30/31] as follows,

[GFSK_DEV_H: B1 0x30] = 0x00

[GFSK_DEV_L: B1 0x31] = 0xD1

ii) Gaussian filter setting

GFSK mode can be set by GFSK_EN([DATA_SET1: B0 0x07(4)]) = 0b1.

The BT value of the Gaussian filter can be set by the following registers.

Here is the relationship between the BT value and the register setting.

BT value

Register

0.5

1.0

[FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0: B1 0x32]

[FSK_DEV0_L/GFIL1: B1 0x33]

[FSK_DEV1_H/GFIL2: B1 0x34]

[FSK_DEV1_L/GFIL3: B1 0x35]

[FSK_DEV2_H/GFIL4: B1 0x36]

[FSK_DEV2_L/GFIL5: B1 0x37]

[FSK_DEV3_H/GFIL6: B1 0x38]

0x24

0xD6

0x19

0x29

0x3A

0x48

0x4C

0x00

0x02

0x0C

0x31

0x74

0x9A

(Note)

GFSK filter coefficient setting register and FSK frequency deviation setting register are common. In GFSK mode, filter

coefficient applies to this register. In FSK mode, frequency deviation applies to this register.

71/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) FSK modulation setting

FSK mode can be set by GFSK_EN([DATA_SET1: B0 0x07(4)]) = 0b0. Also, fine frequency deviation can be set by

[FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0: B1 0x32] to [FSK_DEV4_L: B1 0x3B]. By adjusting [FSK_TIM_ADJ4-0: B1 0x3C-40], FSK

timing can be fine tuned. 2FSK/4FSK can be selected by FSK_SEL[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(5)].

[2FSK]

v

iv

iii

IV

I

I II

III

II

III IV

ii

i

V IV

III II

I

I II

III IV

V

ii

iii

iv

v

1 output

0 output

TX_FSK_POL ([DATA_SET1:B0 0x07(6)]) = 0b0 setting

Frequency deviation setting

Timing setting

address

symbol

Register name

address

function

symbol

Register name

function

FSK_FDEV0_H/GFIL0

FSK_FDEV0_L/GFIL1

FSK_FDEV1_H/GFIL2

FSK_FDEV1_L/GFIL3

FSK_FDEV2_H/GFIL4

FSK_FDEV2_L/GFIL5

FSK_FDEV3_H/GFIL6

FSK_FDEV3_L

i

B1 0x32/33

I

FSK_TIM_ADJ4

FSK_TIM_ADJ3

FSK_TIM_ADJ2

FSK_TIM_ADJ1

FSK_TIM_ADJ0

B1 0x3C

B1 0x3D

B1 0x3E

B1 0x3F

B1 0x40

Modulation

timing

ii

iii

iv

v

B1 0x34/35

B1 0x36/37

B1 0x38/39

B1 0x3A/3B

II

III

IV

V

Frequency

deviation

4MHz/12MHz

counter value

(*1)

Resolution:

Approx.23Hz

FSK_FDEV4_H

FSK_FDEV4_L

(*1) Modulation timing resolution can be changed by FSK_CLK_SET ([FSK_CTRL: B1 0x2F(0)]).

72/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[4FSK]

I IIIIIIV IVIIIII I

V

4^thfreq. dev.

3^rdfreq. dev.

2^ndfreq. dev.

v

iv

iii

ii

i

Carrier freq.

1^stfreq. dev.

10 output (*1)

00 output (*1)

01 output (*1)

11 output (*1)

(*1) The mapping of the data (00/01/10/11) for each frequency deviation (1^stto 4^th) can be changed by [4FSK_DATA_MAP: B1

0x41].

(*2) If the frequency is changed by 2 levels such as from 1^stto 3^rdfrequency deviation, the amount of the frequency change is 2

times as much as i to v. If the frequency is changed by 3 levels such as from 1^stto 4^thfrequency deviation, the amount of

the frequency change is 3 times as much as i to v.

Frequency deviation setting

symbol

Formula

address

function

i

ii

iii

iv

v

FSK_FDEV4 - FSK_FDEV3

FSK_FDEV4 - FSK_FDEV2

FSK_FDEV4 - FSK_FDEV1

FSK_FDEV4 - FSK_FDEV0

FSK_FDEV4

B1 0x3A/3B, B1 0x38/39

B1 0x3A/3B, B1 0x36/37

B1 0x3A/3B, B1 0x34/35

B1 0x3A/3B, B1 0x32/33

B1 0x3A/3B

Frequency deviation

Resolution:

Approx.23Hz

Timing setting

symbol

Register name

address

function

I

II

III

IV

V

FSK_TIM_ADJ4

FSK_TIM_ADJ3

FSK_TIM_ADJ2

FSK_TIM_ADJ1

FSK_TIM_ADJ0

B1 0x3C

B1 0x3D

B1 0x3E

B1 0x3F

B1 0x40

Modulation timing

4MHz/12MHz

counter value

(*1)

(*1) Modulation timing resolution can be changed by FSK_CLK_SET ([FSK_CTRL: B1 0x2F(0)]).

(Note)

GFSK filter coefficient setting register and FSK frequency deviation setting register are common. In GFSK mode, filter

coefficient applies to this register. In FSK mode, frequency deviation applies to this register.

73/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●RX Related Function

○AFC function

ML7345 supports AFC function. Frequency deviation (max±30ppm) between remote device and local device can be

compensated by this function. Using this function, stable RX sensitivity and interference blocking performance can be

achieved. This function can be enabled by setting AFC_EN([AFC/GC_CTRL: B1 0x15(7)]) = 0b1.

○Energy detection value (ED value) acquisition function

The ML7345 implements a function to display the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) as the ED value. The ED value

can be enabled by setting ED_CALC_EN ([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(7)]) = 0b1. Calculating for The ED value is automatically

started when turned RX_ON state. During RX_ON state, the ED value is constantly updated.

The compensation is adding an offset, multiplying a coefficient and averaging. A number of average times can be specified by

ED_AVG([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]). If use diversity function, 2DIV_ED_AVG ([2DIV_MODE: B1 0x48(2-0)]) is available

instead of ED_AVG. After the compensation, ED_DONE([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(4)]) becomes “1” and ED_VALUE

([ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]) is updated.

ED_DONE bit will be cleared when one of the following conditions are met.







Antenna is switched.

Gain is switched.

Calculating for the ED value is resumed. (After it stopped.)

The ED value’s calculation is required a time as below formula.

ED value calculation time = Average interval (16μs) * number of the average times

The timing example is as follows:

[condition]

Set ED_AVG[2:0] ([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (8 times averaging)

ED value calculation

execution flag

(internal signal)

Average interval (16μs)

RSSI value

(internal signal)

RSSI

10

RSSI RSSI

RSSI

2

RSSI

3

RSSI

1

8

9

6

7

4

5

Compensation

and averaging

ED

1-8

ED

2-9

ED

3-10

ED_VALUE

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

INVALID

ED value averaging period (16μs*8 =128μs)

Constantly update by

moving average

ED_DONE

([ED_CTRL:B0 0x41(4)])

74/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Setting Channel Filter Bandwidth

The channel filter bandwidth can be set by CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(6-0)]) and

CHFIL_WIDE_SET([CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(7)]). The relationship between the setting value and the channel filter bandwidth

is expressed by the following formula.

Channel filter bandwidth [Hz] = {Master clock frequency [Hz] * (CHFIL_WIDE_SET+1)}/ (CHFIL_BW_ADJ * 120)

See the following table for the channel filter bandwidth for each setting value.

(1) CHFIL_WIDE_SET=0b0

CHFIL_BW_ADJ

[dec]

Channel filter bandwidth

[kHz]

CHFIL_BW_ADJ

[dec]

Channel filter bandwidth

[kHz]

16

17

18

19

12.5

11.8

11.1

10.5

10

0

1

2

3

4

prohibited

200

100

66.7

50

20

5

40

21

9.5

6

7

8

33.3

28.6

25

22

23

24

9.1

8.7

8.3

9

22.2

20

25

26

27

28

8

7.7

7.4

7.1

…

5.7

10

11

12

13

14

15

18.2

16.7

15.4

14.3

13.3

…

35

Greater than or equal

to 36

Prohibited

(2) CHFIL_WIDE_SET=0b1

CHFIL_BW_ADJ

[dec]

Channel filter bandwidth

[kHz]

CHFIL_BW_ADJ

[dec]

Channel filter bandwidth

[kHz]

16

17

18

19

0

1

2

3

4

prohibited

200

133.3

100

25

23.5

22.2

21.1

20

5

21

80

19

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

…

66.7

57.1

50

44.4

40

36.4

33.3

30.8

28.6

26.7

18.2

17.4

16.7

16

15.4

14.8

14.3

…

35

11.4

Prohibited

Greater than or equal to

36

The channel filter bandwidth need to be optimized according to the data rate and the maximum frequency deviation.

ML7345D is able to setting The channel filter bandwidth for Normal receiving mode and The channel filter bandwidth for

CCA. The channel filter bandwidth during CCA can be set by CHFIL_BW_ADJ_CCA([CHFIL_BW_CCA: B0

0x6A(6-0)]) and CHFIL_WIDE_SET_CCA([CHFIL_BW_ADJ_CCA: B0 0x6A(7)])]).

75/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Diversity function

ML7345 supports two antenna diversity function.

While setting 2DIV_EN([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(0)]) = 0b1, as soon as RX_ON is set, diversity mode will start. When

diversity mode is started, and upon RX data detection, each ED value will be acquired by switching two antennas. And then

antenna with higher ED value will be selected automatically. As diversity uses preamble data for ED value acquisition, longer

preamble length is desirable. If preamble is too short, accurate ED values may not be obtained.

The timing example is as below.

Sync

Word

RX packet

RX_ON

Preamble

Length

Data

ANT_SW

Update ANT RSLT and ED values

([2DIV_RSLT: B0 0x49(1-0)]), and

Diversity search completion interrupt

([INT SOURCE GRP2: B0 0x0E(2)])

Choose an Antenna

with higher ED value

Bit-Synchronization

Detection

ANT1/ANT2 search is repeated until first

Bit-Synchronization detection. Each ATN

search period is determined by

SEARCH_TIME1([2DIV_SEARCH1: B1

0x49(6-0)]).

After Bit-Synchronization detection,

perform ATN search again with

another ANT. ANT search period is

determined by

SEARCH_TIME2([2DIV_SEARCH2:

B1 0x4A(6-0)]).

ED values acquired by the diversity operation are stored in [ANT1_ED: B0 0x4A] and [ANT2_ED: B0 0x4B] registers and

antenna diversity result is indicated at 2DIV_RSLT[1:0] ([2DIV_RSLT: B0 0x49(1-0)]) when SyncWord is detected.

In diversity operation, the number of ED average times is specified by 2DIV_ED_AVG[2:0]([2DIV_MODE: B1 0x48(2:0)]).

Search time for each antenna is defined by [2DIV_SEARCH1:B1 0x49] and [2DIV_SEARCH2:B1 0x4A] registers. And its

time resolution can be defined by SEARCH_TIME_SET([2DIV_SEARCH1: B1 0x49(7)]).

If diversity search completion interrupt (INT[10] group2) is cleared, ED values and antenna diversity result are cleared.

(Note)

When an incorrect diversity completion caused by errornous detection due to thermal noize, ML7345 resume antenna

diversity automatically. But when receiving a desired signal during the process of errounous detection, ED value obtained by

[ANT1_ED:B0 0x4A] or [ANT2_ED:B0 0x4B] may indicate a low value different from the actual input level.

If this event occures, the actual ED value of desired signal can be achibed by reading [ED_RSLT:B0 0x3A] registers after

SyncWord detection interrupt (INT[13] group2) generation.

76/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(1) Antenna switching function

By using [2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48], [ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C], [SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53] registers, TX-RX signal

selection (TRX_SW), antenna switching signal (ANT_SW), external PA control signal(DCNT) can be controlled.

Two types of antenna switch (SPDT / DPDT) can be controlled by [2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(3-1)] and [ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C]).

There are the following relationship between ANT_SW pin, TRX_SW pin and [2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(2-1)] for each antenna

switch.

DPDT switch

Set 2PORT_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(1)]) = 0b1 and ANT_CTRL1([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(5)]) = 0b0. ANT_SW,

TRX_SW output condition of each Idle, TX, RX state are as follow. (default setting) If INV_TRX_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0

0x48(2)]) = 0b1, polarity of ANT_SW and TRX_SW are reversed.

INV_TRX_SW = 0b0

(default setting)

INV_TRX_SW = 0b1

(reversed polarity)

TX/RX

state

Description

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

Idle

TX

H

L

H

L

H

L

Idle state

TX state

When Diversity disable or initial condition

when diversity enable is set ([2DIV_CTRL: B0

0x48(0)] = 0b1).

H

L

H

If diversity enable is set, during searching,

(ANT_SW = H, TRX_SW = L) and (ANT_SW

= L, TRX_SW = H) are switched alternatively.

After diversity completion, fix to one of the

condition.

RX

L/H

H/L

L/H

SPDT switch

Set 2PORT_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(1)]) = 0b0, ANT_CTRL1([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(5)]) = 0b0. ANT_SW, TRX_SW

output condition of each Idle, TX, RX state are as follow. (default setting) If INV_TRX_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(2)]) = 0b1,

polarity of TRX_SW is reversed.

INV_TRX_SW = 0b0

(default setting)

INV_TRX_SW = 0b1

(polarity reverse)

TX/RX

condition

Description

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

Idle

TX

L

H

L

H

L

Idel state

TX state

When diversity disable or initial condition when

diversity enable is set ([2DIV_CTRL: B0

0x48(0)] = 0b1).

L

H

RX

If diversity enable is set,during searching

(TRX_SW = H) and (TRX_SW = L) is switched

alternatively. After diversity completion , fix to

one of the condition.

H/L

L

H/L

H

77/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

In the above setting, If INV_ANT_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(3)])=0b1, ANT_CTRL1([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(5)])=0b1

are set, polarity of ANT_SW pin is reversed.

INV_ANT_SW = 0b0

INV_ANT_SW = 0b1

ANT_CTRL1 = any

ANT_CTRL1 = 0b1

TX/RX state

Description

(default setting)

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

ANT_SW

TRX_SW

Idle

TX

L

H

L

H

Idle state

TX state

When diversity disable or intial codition when

diversity enable is set ([2DIV_CTRL: B0

0x48(0)] = 0b1).

If diversity enable is set, during searching

(ANT_SW = H) and (ANT_SW = L) is switched

alternatively. After diversity completion, fix to

one of the condition.

L

H

L

RX

H/L

L/H

L

(2) Antenna switch forced setting

By [ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C] register, ANT_SW pin output conditions can be set to fix.

TX: By TX_ANT_EN([ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C(0)]) = 0b1, TX_ANT([ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C(1)]) condition will be output.

RX: By RX_ANT_EN([ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C(4)]) = 0b1, RX_ANT([ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C(5)]) condition will be output.

However, output is defined by [GPIO*_CTRL: B0 0x4E - 0x51] register , [GPIO*_CTRL:B0 0x4E - 0x51] registers setting

has higer priority.

78/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Antenna switching control signals can be also used as below.

Example 1) using one DPDT switch

Please set 2PORT_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(1)]) = 0b1.

LSI

DPDT#1

LNA_P pin

PA_OUT pin

TRX_SW output pin(GPIOx)

ANT_SW output pin (GPIOx)

(Note) If you assign one more GPIO to external PA control signal, you can use both DPDT SW and external PA together.

(Note) external circuits around LNA_P pin, PA_OUT pin and antenna switch (DPDT#1) are omitted in this example.

Example 2) using 2 SPDT switches

Please set 2PORT_SW([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(1)]) = 0b0.

LSI

SPDT#2

SPDT#1

LNA_P pin

PA_OUT pin

TRX_SW output pin (GPIOx)

ANT_SW output pin (GPIOx)

(Note) If you assign one more GPIO to external PA control signal, you can use both 2 SPDT SWs and external PA together

(Note) external circuits around LNA_P pin, PA_OUTpin and antenna switch(SPDT#2) are omitted in this example.

79/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○CCA (Clear Channel Assessment) function

The ML7345 supports CCA. CCA is a function that makes a judgment whether the specified frequency channel is busy

or idle. The ML7345 supports Normal mode, Continuous mode and IDLE detection mode as the following table.

[CCA mode setting]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39]

Bit4 (CCA_EN)

Bit5 (CCA_CPU_EN)

Bit6 (CCA_IDLE_EN)

Normal mode

Continuous mode

IDLE detection mode

0b1

0b0

0b1

0b0

0b1

(1) Normal mode

Normal mode determins IDLE or BUSY. To execute CCA as normal mode, turn state RX_ON after setting

CCA_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1, CCA_CPU_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(5)]) = 0b0 and CCA_IDLE_EN

(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6)]) = 0b0.

The result of CCA is determined by comparing the ED value to the threshold value of CCA defined by [CCA_LVL: B0

0x37]. If the ED value displayed in [ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A] exceeds the threshold, it is determined as “BUSY”, and

CCA_RSLT[1:0]([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]) = 0b01 is set. If the ED value is smaller than the threshold for the IDLE

detection period defined by IDLE_WAIT[9:0] of the [IDLE_WAIT_L: B0 0x3C] and [IDLE_WAIT_H: B0 0x3B], it is

determined as “IDLE”, and CCA_RSLT[1:0] = 0b00 is set. For details of IDLE_WAIT[9:0], please refer to “IDLE detection

for long time period”.

If “BUSY” or “IDLE” state is detected, CCA completion interrupt (INT[18] of group 3) is generated, and CCA_EN bit is

cleared to 0b0 automatically.

Upon clearing CCA completion interrupt, CCA_RSLT[1:0] are reset to 0b00. Therefore, CCA_RSLT[1:0] should be read

before clearing CCA completion interrupt.

If an ED value exceeds the value defined by [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36], as long as a given ED value is included in

the averaging target of ED value calculation, IDLE judgment is not performed. In this case if the averaged ED value exceeds

[CCA_LVL: B0 0x37], it is determined as “BUSY” and CCA operation is terminated. If the averaged ED value is smaller

than [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37], IDLE judgment is not determined. And CCA_RSLT[1:0] indicates 0b11. CCA operation

continues until “BUSY” is determined or the given ED value is out of averaging target and “IDLE” is determined. For detail

behavior when the ED value exceeds [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36], refer to “IDLE determination exclusion under strong

signal input“.

Time from CCA command issue to CCA completion is in the formula below.

[IDLE detection]

CCA execution time = (ED value average times + IDLE_WAIT setting) × Average interval (16us)

[BUSY detection]

CCA execution time = ED value average times × Average interval (16us)

* The above equations do not consider IDLE judgment excluded by [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36]. For details of

[CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36] operation, “IDLE determination exclusion under strong signal input”.

80/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

The following is timing chart for normal mode.

[Condition]

ED_AVG[2:0] ([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (ED value 8 times average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0] ([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_0000 (IDLE detection 0μs)

[IDLE detection case]

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

Average interval(16μs)

ED value average period (16μs*8 =128μs)

ED value

(internal signal)

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED5

ED0

ED4

ED6

ED7

averaging

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

ED

(0-7)

< CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b00 (IDLE)

0b10 (CCA on-going)

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

should be set, for

IDLE detection for

longer period.

CCA execution period(Min.128μs)

[BUSY result case]

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

Average interval

(16μs)

ED value average period (16μs*8 =128μs)

ED1 ED2 ED3 ED4 ED5

ED value

(Internal signal)

ED0

ED6

ED7

averaging

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

ED

(0-7)

> CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b10 (CCA on-going)

0b01 (BUSY)

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

should be set, for

IDLE detection for

longer period.

CCA execution period (Min.128μs)

81/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) Continuous mode

Continuous mode continues CCA untill terminated by the host MCU. CCA continuous mode will be executed when

RX_ON is issued while CCA_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1, CCA_CPU_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(5)]) = 0b1 and

CCA_IDLE_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6)]) = 0b0 are set.

Like normal mode, CCA judgement is determined by average ED value in [ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A] register and CCA

threshold defined by [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37] register. If the averaged ED value exceeds the CCA threshold value, it is

determined as “BUSY”. And CCA_RSLT[1:0]([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]) = 0b01 is set.

If the averaged ED value is smaller than CCA threshold value and maintains IDLE detection period which is defined by

IDLE_WAIT[9:0] of the [IDLE_WAIT_L: B0 0x3B], [IDLE_WAIT_H: B0 0x3C] registers, it is determined as “IDLE”.

And CCA_RSLT[1:0] = 0b00 is set. For details operation of IDLE_WAIT[9:0], please refer to “IDLE detection for long

time period”.

If an ED value exceeds the value defined by [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36] register, as long as a given ED value is

included in the averaging target of ED value calculation, IDLE judgement is not performed. In this case if the averaged ED

value exceed CCA threshold level, it is determined as “BUSY” and CCA_RSLT[1:0] indicates 0b01. If the averaged ED

value is smaller than CCA threshold level, IDLE judgement is not determined. And CCA_RSLT[1:0] indicates 0b11. For

details operation of ED value execeeding [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36] register, please refer to “IDLE determination

exclusion under strong signal input”.

Continuous mode does not stop when “BUSY” or “IDLE” is detected. CCA operation continues until 0b1 is set to

CCA_STOP([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(7)]). Result is updated every time ED value is acquired. CCA completion interrup

(INT[18] group3) will not be generated.

82/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

The follwing is timing chart for continuous mode.

[Condition]

ED_AVG[2:0] ([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (ED value 8 times average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0] ([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_0000 (IDLE detection period 0μs)

[BUSY to IDLE transition, terminated with CCA_STOP]

After CCA_STOP is issued,

CCA_CPU_EN, CCA_EN and

CCA_STOP are automatically

cleared.

CCA_CPU_EN/CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(5-4)]

CCA_STOP

[CCA_CTRL:B0 0x39]

Average interval

(16μs)

ED value average period (128μs)

ED value

(Internal signal)

●●●

ED0

ED7

ED8

ED28

ED50

averaging

ED

(43-50)

ED

(1-8)

ED

(21-28)

ED

(0-7)

●●●

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

INVALID

> CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

< CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b00 (IDLE)

0b10 (CCA on-going)

0b01 (BUSY)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

should be set, for

IDLE detection for

longer period.

INT[18] (CCA Completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

Interrupt not generated

ED_DONE

[ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(4)]

When 8 times ED value acquisition,

ED_DONE = 0b1 (8 time averaging setting)

83/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) IDLE detection mode

IDLE detection mode continues CCA until IDLE detection. IDLE detection CCA will be executed when RX_ON is issued

while CCA_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1, CCA_CPU_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(5)]) = 0b0 and CCA_IDLE_EN

(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6)]) = 0b1 are set.

Like normal mode, CCA judgment is determined by average ED value in ED_VALUE([ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]) and CCA

threshold defined by [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37]. If the averaged ED value exceeds the CCA threshold value, it is determined as

“BUSY”, and CCA_RSLT[1:0]([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]) = 0b01 is set. If the averaged ED value is smaller than CCA

threshold value for the IDLE detection period defined by IDLE_WAIT[9:0] of the [IDLE_WAIT_L], [IDLE_WAIT_H]: B0

0x3B,0x3C], it is determined as “IDLE”, and CCA_RSLT[1:0] = 0b00 is set. For details operation of IDLE_WAIT[9:0],

please refer to “IDLE detection for longer time period”.

In IDLE detection mode, only when IDLE is detected, CCA completion interrupt INT[18]([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0

0x0F(2)]) is generated. Also, if CCA is performed based on the CCA_EN setting, CCA_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) and

CCA_IDLE_EN(CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6)]) are automatically cleared to 0b0.

In IDLE detection mode, while BUSY is detected, CCA completion interrupt INT[18]([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0

0x0F(2)]) is not generated, and IDLE detection continues. Upon clearing CCA completion interrupt

INT[18]([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]), CCA_RSLT[1:0] are reset to 0b00. Therefore, CCA_RSLT[1:0] should be

read before clearing CCA completion interrupt INT[18]([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]).

If an ED value exceeds the value defined by [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36], as long as a given ED value is included in

the averaging target of ED value calculation, IDLE judgment is not performed. In this case, if the averaged ED value is

smaller than [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37], IDLE determination is not performed and CCA_RSLT[1:0] indicates 0b11. CCA

operation continues until given ED value is out of averaging target and “IDLE” is determined. For detail behavior when the

ED value exceeds [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36], refer to “ IDLE determination exclusion under strong signal input “.

84/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

The follwing is timing chart for IDLE detection.

[Upon BUSY detection, continue CCA and IDLE detection case]

[Condition]

ED_AVG[2:0]([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (ED value 8 times average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0] ([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_0000 (IDLE detection period 0μs)

After IDLE detection, CCA will be completed,

then CCA_EN, CCA_IDLE_EN are reset to

0b0 automatically..

CCA_IDLE_EN/CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6/4)]

Average interval

(16μs)

ED value average period

IDLE detection period

ED value

(internal signal)

●●●

ED0

ED7

ED8

ED28

ED27

ED29

averaging

ED

(20-27)

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

ED

(22-29)

ED

(21-28)

ED

(0-7)

ED

(1-8)

●●●

INVALID

> CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

< CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b00(IDLE)

0b10(CCA on-going)

0b01(BUSY)

BUSY INT. not generated

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

should be set, for

IDLE detection for

longer period.

CCA execution period(Min.128μs + IDLE detection period)

85/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(4) IDLE determination exclusion under strong signal input

If acquired ED value exceeds [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36], IDLE determination is not performed as long as a given

ED value is included in the averaging target range. If the averaged ED value including this strong ED value indicated in

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x39] register exceeds the CCA threshold value defined by [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37] register, it is determined

as “carrier detected (BUSY)”, and CCA_RSLT[1:0]([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]) is set to 0b01. Also, if this average ED

value is equal to or smaller than the CCA threshold, it is determined as “CCA evaluation on-going (ED value excluding CCA

judgment acquisition”, and CCA_RSLT[1:0] is set to 0b11.

Even if the moving average of the ED value is less than or equal to [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37], IDLE judgment is not made

when the ED value to be moving-averaged contains a value larger than [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36]. In this case,

CCA_RSLT[1:0] indicates 0b11(on-going), and CCA operation continues until IDLE or BUSY is determined. (IDLE is

determined in IDLE detection mode, or CCA_STOP([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(7)]) is issued in continuous mode.)

If the moving average of the ED value exceeds [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37], BUSY judgment is made immediately regardless

of the comparison result of [CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36].

(Note)

CCA completion interrupt is notified of only when CCA result is judged as IDLE or BUSY. Therefore, if data whose ED

value exceeds CCA_IGNORE_LVL are input intermittently, neither “IDLE” or “BUSY” can be determined and CCA may

continue.

[ED value acquisition under extrem strong signal]

ED value > CCA_IGNORE_LVL

[CCA_IGNORE_LVL: B0 0x36]

[CCA_LVL: B0 0x37]

ED value

Averaging target includes ED

value exceeding

CCA_IGNORE_LVL. In this case

“IDLE” is not determined.

[Time 1]

[Time2]

[Time 3]

Shift register

(ED value 8 times

average)

However, if averaging value

exceeds CCA threshold, “BUSY”

is determined.

●

[Time 8]

[Time 9]

ED value, which includes CCA_IGNORE_LVL,

is out of averaging target. In this case, “IDLE”

can be determined.

86/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

The follwing is timing chart for CCA determination exclusion under strong signal.

[During IDLE_WAIT counting, detected extremly strong signal. After the given signal is out of averaging target, IDLE

detection case]

[Condition]

CCA normal mode

ED_AVG[2:0]([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (ED value 8 times average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_0111(IDLE detection period 112μs)

ED VALUE > CCA_IGNORE_LVL

ED value <CCA_IGNORE_LVL

ED value<CCA_IGNORE_LVL

ED value

(internal signal)

●●●

ED13 ED14 ED15

●●●

ED7

ED8

ED21 ED22

ED29

Average ED value <CCA_LVL

(If the averaged ED value > CCA_LVL, then BUSY detection.)

ED

(0-7)

ED

(1-8)

ED

(8-15)

ED

(22-29)

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

●●●

INVALID

●●●

(6-13) (7-14)

(14-21) (15-22)

Resume counting due to the extreme

strong signal is out of averaging target.

ED value > CCA_IGNORE_LVL

detection and reset

CCA_PROG[9:0]

[CCA_PROG_L/H:B0 0x3E/3D]

●●●

0x007

0x006

0x000

0x001

CCA _RSLT maintains until

IDLE/BUSY detected.

Due to extreme strong signal detection,

CCA_RSLT is not indicating IDLE.

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b10(on-going)

0b11(on-going)

0b00(IDLE)

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

CCA_RSLT[1:0] = 0b11 do not generate interrupt

87/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(5) IDLE detection for longer time period

When CCA IDLE detection is performed for longer time period, IDLE_WAIT [9:0] of [IDLE_WAIT_L: B0 0x3C],

[IDLE_WAIT_H: B0 0x3B(1-0)] can be used.

By using IDLE_WAIT [9:0], you can detect IDLE whose period is longer than the averaging period (128μs for averaging

eight values with 16μs average interval). This function counts how many times moving average of the ED value is less than

or equal to [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37] continuously and judge it as IDLE if the count is more than or equal to IDLE_WAIT [9:0].

Even when this function is used, BUSY judgment is made immediately without waiting the IDLE_WAIT [9:0] period if the

moving average of the ED value exceeds [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37].

The following timing chart is IDLE detection setting IDLE_WAIT[9:0].

[ED value 8 times average IDLE detection case]

[Condition]

CCA normal mode

ED_AVG[2:0]([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b011 (ED value 8 times average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_0011 (IDLE detection period 48μs)

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

Average interval

ED value averaging period

IDLE detection period

(16μs)

(128μs)

(48μs)

ED value

(Internal signal)

●●●

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED7

ED8

ED9

ED10 ED11

averaging

ED

(0-7)

ED

(1-8)

ED

(2-9)

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

ED

(3-10)

INVALID

< CCA_LVL

B0 0x37

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

[IDLE_WAIT_L/H:B0 0x3C/3B]

0x000

0x001 0x002 0x003

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b00(IDLE)

0b10 (detection on-going)

IDLE_WAIT start

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

CCA execution period(Min.128μs+48μs = 176μs)

(average ED value < CCA_LVL)

continue for average interval

period 3 times (48μs), then IDLE

is determined.

88/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[ED value 1time IDLE detection case]

[Condition]

CCA normal mode

ED_AVG[2:0]([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]) = 0b000 (ED value 1 time average)

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]([IDLE_WAIT_L/H: B0 0x3C/3B(1-0)]) = 0b00_0000_1110 (IDLE detection period 224μs)

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

ED value average period (16μs)

Average interval (16μs)

IDLE detection period (224μs)

ED value

(Internal signal)

ED0

●●●

ED14

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED13

Do not average

ED_VALUE[7:0]

[ED_RSLT: B0 0x3A]

ED

(12)

ED

(13)

ED

(14)

ED

(0)

ED

(1)

ED

(2)

●●●

INVALID

If IDLE_WAIT = 0x000,

IDLE detection here.

< CCA_LVL

IDLE_WAIT[9:0]

[IDLE_WAIT_L/H;B0 0x3C/3B]

●●●

0x000

0x001 0x002

0x00E

0x00C 0x00D

CCA_RSLT[1:0]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

0b00(IDLE)

0b10(on-going)

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

CCA execution period(Min.16μs+224μs = 240μs)

(average ED value < CCA_LVL)

continue for average interval

period 14 times (224μs) , then

IDLE is determined.

89/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(6) CCA operation during diversity

CCA operation during diversity search

During diversity search, if CCA command is issued, diversity search will be terminated and CCA will start.

Upon CCA starting, antenna is fixed to reset value(*1), maintaining until next diversity search. However, if

RX_ANT_EN([ANT_CTRL:B0 0x4C(4)]) = 0b1 is set, antenna is specified by RX_ANT([ANT_CTRL: B0 0x4C(5)]).

After CCA completion, diversity search will be executed agaim.

*1 Please refer to the “Antenna switching function”. According to the default setting, ANT_SW and TRX_SW signals are

set.

If RX_ANT_EN = 0b1, switch to the

antenna specified by RX_ANT.

If RX_ANT_EN = 0b0. ANT1 is default

antenna.

After CCA completion, resume

diversity search.

ANT_SW

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

Diversity Search

CCA

Diversity Search

(Note)

During CCA operation, RX operation is performed at the same time, even if CCA completion interrupt is not generated,

SyncWord detection interrupt [INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(5)]), RX FIFO access error interrupt

(

( [INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(4)]), FIFO-Full interrupt ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(5)]), RX completion

interrupt ([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0E(0)]) or CRC error interrupt ( [INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0E(1)]) can be

generated.

For details diversity function, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

90/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

During diversity, before RX_ON state, CCA is performed.

If diversity ON setting and CCA operation setting are enabled before RX_ON state, after RX_ON state transition, diversity

search will not be perform, but CCA will start. After CCA completion, diversity search will be performed.

If RX_ANT_EN = 0b1, switch to the

antenna specified by RX_ANT.

After CCA completion, perform

If RX_ANT_EN = 0b0. ANT1 is default

diversity search.

antenna.

RX_ON

ANT_SW

2DIV_DONE

[2DIV_RSLT: B0 0x49(7)]

CCA_EN

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

INT[18] (CCA completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

CCA

Diversity search

(7) CCA threshold setting

CCA threshold value defined by [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37] register, should be considered desired input leve (ED value),

components variation, temperature fluctuation, and loss at antenna matching circuits. Input level and ED value are described

in the following formula.

CCA threshold = T.B.D

Item

Variation (individual, temp.)

Other loss

Value

T.B.D

Antenna, matchich circuits loss

Example) When input level threshold is set to -85dBm

conditions:other losses 1dB

CCA threshold = T.B.D

In order to validate whether CCA threshold is optimised or not, CCA should be executed and confirmimg level changing

from IDLE to BUSY, every time input level is changed,

91/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Other Functions

○Data rate setting function

(1) Data rate change setting

ML7345 supports various TX/RX data rate setting defined by the following registers.

TX: [TX_RATE_H: B1 0x02] and [TX_RATE_L: B1 0x03] registers

RX: [RX_RATE1_H: B1 0x04], [RX_RATE1_L: B1 0x05] and [RX_RATE2: B1 0x06] registers

TX/RX data rate can be defined in the following formula.

[TX]

TX data rate [bps] = round (24MHz / 10/ TX_RATE[11:0])

The following table shows the recommended value for each data rate. The following register values are automatically set to

[TX_RATE_H: B1 0x02] and [TX_RATE_L: B1 0x03] registers by setting TX_DRATE ([DRATE_SET: B0 0x06(3-0)]).

[TX_RATE_H][ TX_RATE_L]

Data rate deviation

TX data rate [kbps]

setting value (decimal)

[%] *1

0.00

0.33

0.00

1.2

2.4

4.8

2000

1000

500

250

240

125

80

73

48

24

9.6

10.0

19.2

15.0

32.768

50

100

*1 Data rate deviation is assumption that frequency deviation of master clock(24MHz crystal oscillator or TCXO) is 0ppm.

[RX]

RX data rate [bps] = round ({24MHz / N} / {RX_RATE1[11:0] ×[RX_RATE2[6:0]})

where, N=1(LOW_RATE_EN=0b0)

N=2(LOW_RATE_EN=0b1)

The following table shows the recommended value for each data rate (LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(0)]) = 0b1).

The following register values are automatically set to [RX_RATE1_H: B1 0x04], [RX_RATE1_L: B1 0x05] and [RX_RATE2:

B1 0x06] by setting RX_DRATE([DRATE_SET: B0 0x06(7-4)]).

[RX_RATE1_H][RX_RATE1_L]

[RX_RATE2]

setting value (decimal)

RX data rate [kbps]

setting value (decimal)

1.2

2.4

4.8

80

40

20

10

5

8

6

3

6

125

120

125

100

122

50

9.6

10.0

19.2

15.0

20

32.768

40

50

4

60

100

2

60

(Note)

1. When LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(0)]) = 0b0 is set, calculate the RX data rate according to the above formula.

Note that when LOW_RATE_EN = 0b0 is set, [RX_RATE1_H: B1 0x04][RX_RATE1_L: B1 0x05] and [RX_RATE2: B1

92/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x06] are not automatically set to optimal values even if the data rate setting register for transmission and reception

([DRATE: B0 0x06]) is set.

(2) Other register setting associate with data rate change

When you change data rate, please change registers according to “Initialization table”.

(Note)

1. Please change data rate setting in TRX_OFF state.

93/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Interrupt generation function

ML7345 support interrupt generation function. When interrupt occurs, interrupt notification signal (SINTN) become “L” to

notify interrupt to the host MCU. Interrupt elements are divided into the 3 groups, [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D],

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E] and [INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F]. Each interrupt element can be maskalable using

[INT_EN_GRP1: B0 0x10]. [INT_EN_GRP2: B0 0x11] and [INT_EN_GRP3: B0 0x12] registers. Interrupt notification signal

(SINTN) can be output from GPIO* or EXT_CLK. For output setting, please refer to [GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E],

[GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F], [GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50], [GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51] and [EXTCLK_CTRL: B0 0x52] registers.

(Note)

If one of the unmask interrupt event occurs, SINTN maintains Low.

(1) Interrupt events table

Each interrupt event is described below table.

Register

Interrupt name

INT[0]

Description

Clock stabilizaion completion interrupt

VCO calibration completion interrupt/

FUSE access completion interrupt/

IQ adjustment completion interrupt

PLL unlock interrupt/

INT[1]

INT[2]

Out of VCO adjusting voltage range detected interrupt

RF state transition completion interrupt

FIFO-Empty interrupt

INT_SOURCE_GRP1

INT[3]

INT[4]

INT[5]

FIFO-Full interrupt

INT[6]

INT[7]

INT[8]

Wake-up timer completion interrupt

Clock calibration completion interrupt

RX completion interrupt

INT[9]

CRC error interrupt

INT[10]

INT[11]

INT[12]

INT[13]

INT[14]

INT[15]

INT[16]

INT[17]

INT[18]

INT[19]

INT[20]

INT[21]

INT[22]

INT[23]

Diversity search completion interrupt

RX Length error interrupt

RX FIFO access error interrupt

SyncWord detection interrupt

Field checking interrupt

Sync error interrupt

TX completion interrupt

TX Data request accept completion interrupt

CCA completion interrupt

TX Length error interrupt

INT_SOURCE_GRP2

INT_SOURCE_GRP3

TX FIFO access error interrupt

Reserved

General purpose timer 1 interrupt

General purpose timer 2 interrupt

94/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) Interrupt generation timing

In each interrupt generation, timing from reference point to interrupt generation (notification) are described in the following

table. Timeout procedure for interrupt notification waiting are also described below.

(Note)

(1)The following table assumes 100kbps for numeric values. For any symbol rate, replace the value described as “symbol time”

with the symbol period.

(2) The following table uses the bellow format for TX/RX data.

10bytes

Preamble

2bytes

SyncWord

1byte

Length

24bytes

User data

2bytes

CRC

(3)Even when an interrupt notification is set to OFF, this LSI internally holds the interrupt. When the interrupt notification

setting is changed from OFF to ON without clearing the interrupt, it will be notified. When the interrupt occurs, we

recommend you clear the interrupt after turning the interrupt notification off.

Timing from reference point to interrupt generation

Interrupt notification

Reference point

or interrupt generation timing

INT[0]

CLK

In case of

RESETN release 300 to 500μs

(Turn on

stabilization Crystal

completion

oscillator

circuits

sequence)

SLEEP release

(Returned from

SLEEP)

300 to 500μs

In case of

TCXO

TCXO_EN

setting

5.5uS

(Turn on

sequence)

SLEEP release

(Returned from

SLEEP)

VCO calibration

start

3uS

9ms

INT[1]

INT[2]

VCO calibration completion

PLL unlock detection

-

(TX) during TX after PA_ON

(RX) during RX after RX enable

(TX) PA_ON rise

(RX) RX enable rise

(At IDLE)932μs

Out of VCO adjusting

voltage range detected

RF state transition

completion

-

INT[3]

TX_ON

command

RX_ON

(RX) 981μs

(At IDLE) 121μs

command

TRX_OFF

command

(TX)) 381μs

(TX)) 268μs

(RX) 6μs

Force_TRX_OFF (TX)) 268μs

command

TX_ON

command

(TX)

(* 1)

-(RX)

(RX) 6μs

INT[4]

INT[5]

FIFO-EMPTY

Empty trigger level is set to 0x02.

(NRZ encoding)

RF wake-up(210μs)+(preamble to 22^ndData byte)×10(bit time)

= 3010μs)

By FIFO read, FIFO usage is under trigger level.

By FIFO write, FIFO usage exceed trigger level.

Full trigger level is set to 0x05.

(NRZ encoding)

FIFO-FULL

-(TX)

SyncWord

detection

(RX)

500μs(5bytes data×10μs(bit time))

INT[6]

INT[7]

Wake-up timer completion

SLEEP setting

Wake-up timer is completed.

For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

Calibration timer is completed.

For details, please refer to the “Low speed clock shift detection

function”.

Clock calibration

completion

Calibration start

INT[8]

INT[9]

Data reception completion

SyncWord

detection

When the length of L-field is 1byte, and NRZ encoding is used,

after 2160μs.

(L-field length(8bits)×10(symbol time) = 80μs, data length

((Data to CRC: bit)×10(symbol time) = 2080μs))

(Format A/B) each RX CRC block calculation completion

CRC error

SyncWord

95/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

detection

-

(Format C) RX completion

SyncWord detection during diversity enable setting.

INT[10]

INT[11]

INT[12]

Diversity search

completion

RX Length error

SyncWord

detection

-

80μs(L-field 1byte)

160μs(L-field 2byte)

RX FIFO access error

(1)Overflow occurs because FIFO read is too slow.

(2)Underflow occurs because too many FIFO data is read.

SyncWord detection

Match or mismatch detected in Field check

During RX after SyncWord detection, out-of-sync detected.

(When RXDIO_CTRL ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b00 or

0b11.)

INT[13]

INT[14]

INT[15]

SyncWord detection

Field check

Sync error

-

INT[16]

INT[17]

INT[18]

Data transmission

completion

TX_ON

command

(*1)

RF wake-up+[TX data+3](bit)

= 210μs+315bits x 10μs (bit time) = 3360μs

TX Data request accept

completion

-

After full length data are written to the TX_FIFO.

(RF state is TX_ON, when using FIFO trigger to write additional

data in FAST_TX mode)

(1)Normal mode

(ED value average times + IDLE_WAIT setting) ×

Average period

CCA completion

CCA execution

start

(2) IDLE detection mode

○IDLE detection

(ED value average times + IDLE_WAIT setting) ×

Average period

○BUSY detection

ED value average times × Average period

Average period is 16μs.

INT[19]

INT[20]

TX Length error

TX FIFO access error

-

When setting Length for [TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/0x7B]

(1)When data is written with no FIFO free space

(2)When adding to FIFO causes overflow

(3)When there is no data to transmit during transmission

-

INT[21]

INT[22]

Reserved

General purpose timer 1

-

Timer start

General purpose timer 1 completion

General purpose timer clock cycle

[GT_CLK_SET: B0 0x33] *

*

Division setting

General purpose timer interval setting [GT1_TIMER: B0 0x34]

INT[23]

General purpose timer 2

Timer start

General purpose timer 2 completion

General purpose timer clock cycle

[GT_CLK_SET: B0 0x33] *

*

Division setting

General purpose timer interval setting [GT2_TIMER: B0 0x35]

(*1) Before issuing TX_ON, writing full-length TX data to the TX_FIFO.

96/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) Clearing interrupt conditions

The following table shows the condition of clearing each intereupt. As a procedure to clear the interrup, it is recommended

that the interrupt to be cleared after masking the interrupt.

Interrupt notification

CLK stabilization completion

VCO calibration completion

Out of VCO adjusting voltage

range detected

Recommended clearing timing for interrupts

INT[0]

INT[1]

INT[2]

INT[3]

INT[4]

PLL unlock detection

RF state transition completion

FIFO-EMPTY

Clear before the next EMPTY trigger generation timing

Clear before the next FULL trigger generation timing

INT[5]

FIFO-FULL

INT[6]

INT[7]

INT[8]

INT[9]

Wake-up timer completion

Clock calibration completion

Data reception completion

CRC error

Clear before the next packet reception

After this interrupt occurred

INT[10]

INT[11]

INT[12]

INT[13]

INT[14]

INT[15]

INT[16/]

INT[17]

Diversity search completion

RX Length error

RX FIFO access error

SyncWord detection

Field check

Clear before the next packet reception

Sync error

Data transmission completion

TX Data request accept

completion

Clear before the next packet transmission

Clear before the next packet reception

INT[18]

CCA completion

clear before the next CCA execution

* Interrupt clearance clears CCA result as well.

INT[19]

INT[20]

INT[21]

INT[22]

INT[23]

TX Length error

TX FIFO access error

Reserved

General purpose timer 1

General purpose timer 2

Clear before the next packet transmission

97/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Low speed clock shift detection function

ML7345 has low speed shift detection function to compensate inaccurate clock generated by RC oscillator (external clock or

internal RC oscillation circuits). By detecting frequency shift of the wake up timer, host can set wake-up timer parameters

which taking frequency shift into consideration. More accurate timer operation is possible by adjusting wake-up timer interval

setting ([WUT_INTERVAL_H/L: B0 0x2F/0x30]) or continuous operation timer interval ([WU_DURATION: B0 0x31]).

Setting

Register

Frequency shift detection clock frequency setting

Clock calibration time

[CLK_CAL_SET: B0 0x70]

[CLK_CAL_TIME: B0 0x71]

Clock calibration result value

[CLK_CAL_H: B0 0x72], [CLK_CAL_L: B0 0x73]

This function is to measure low speed wake-up timer cycle by using accurate high speed internal clock and count result will

be stored in [CLK_CAL_H/L: B0 0x72/0x73] registers. Above setting and count numbers are as follows:

High speed clock counter = {Wakeup timer clock cycle[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(2)] *

Clcok calibration time setting ([CLK_CAL_TIME:B0 0x71(5-0)]) /

{master clock cycle (24MHz) / clock division setting value ([CLK_CAL_SET: B0

0x70(7-4)])}

Clock calibration time is as follows:

Clock calibration time[s] = Wakeup timer clock cycle * Clock calibration time setting

[Example]

Assuming no division in the internal high speed clock, calibration time is set as 10 cycle. Set 1,000 to Wake-up interval

timer:

condition: wake-up timer clock frequency = 32.768kHz

detection clock division setting CLK_CAL_DIV[3:0][CLK_CAL_SET: B0 0x70(7-4)] = 0b0000

clock calibration time setting [CLK_CAL_TIME] = 0x0A

wake-up timer interval [WUT_INTERVAL_H/L:B0 0x2F,30] = 0x03E8

Theorical high speed clock count = (1/32.768kHz) * 10 / (1/24MHz)

= 7324(0x1C9C)

If getting [CLK_CAL_H/L:B0 0x72,73] = 0x1BB5 (7093)

Counter difference = 7093 - 7327 = -231

Frequency shift = 1/[{1/32.768kHz + (-231) / 10 * 1/24MHz }] - 32.768kHz = 1.067 kHz

Then finding wake-up timer clock frequency accuracy is +3.26% higher. And the compensation vale (C) is calcurared as

below:

C = Wake-up timer interval([WUT_INTERVAL_H/L:B0 0x2F,30]) * frequecy shift / 32.768

= 1000 * 1.067kHz / 32.768kHz

=33

Therefore, setting [WUT_INTERVAL_H/L:B0 0x2F,30] = 1000 +33 = 1033 = 0x0409 to achive more accurate inteval

timinig.

(Note)

If calibration time is too short or if high speed counter is divided into low speed clock, calibration may not be accurate.

98/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■LSI Adjustment items and Adjustment Method

●PA Adjustment

ML7345 has output circuits for 1mW and 20mW (10mW as well).

Output circuits can be selected by PA_MODE[1:0] ([PA_MODE: B0 0x67(5-4)]).

PA_MODE[1:0] Output circuit

0b00

0b01

0b10

0b11

1mW

10mW

20mW

Not allowed

Output power can be adjusted by the following 3 registers.

Coarse adjustment 1 : for PA regulator voltage coarse adjustment, [PA_MODE: B0 0x67(2-0)] 7 resolutions

Coarse adjustment 2 : for PA output gain adjustment, [PA_ADJ: B0 0x69(4-0)] 32 resolutions

Fine adjustment

: for PA regulator voltage fine adjustment, [PA_REG_FINE_ADJ: B0 0x68(4-0)] 32 resolutions

Coarse adjustment 1: PA regulator voltage adjustment

Setting regulator voltage according to the desired output level.

However, please set PA regulator voltage to less than [VDD_PA(pin#22) – 0.3V].

PA_REG[2:0]

PA regulator

([PA_MODE:B0 0x67

voltage[V]

(2-0)])

0b000

0b001

1.43

1.55

0b010

1.67

0b011

1.78

0b100

1.90

0b101

2.02

0b110

2.14

0b111

2.25

Other than above

prohibited

99/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Coarse adjustment 2: PA output gain adjustment

Controlling output power by adjusting PA gain. Adjustment steps are 0.4dB to 1.5dB.

PA_ADJ ([PA_ADJ: B0 0x69(4)])=0b1 ：High Range Setting

PA_ADJ ([PA_ADJ: B0 0x69(4)])=0b0 ：Low Range Setting

[PA_ADJ: B0 0x69(4-0)] = 0x1F: output PA gain maximum.

[PA_ADJ: B0 0x69(4-0)] = 0x00: output gain minimum.

The relationship between PA_ADJ[4:0] and PA output (just for reference)

(In case of 13dBm mode)

100/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

Fine adjustment: PA regulator voltage fine adjustment

Fine tuning output power by adjusting PA regulator voltage. Adjustment step is less than 0.2dB.

[PA_REG_FINE_ADJ B0 0x68] = 0x1F: maximum

[PA_REG_FINE_ADJ B0 0x68] = 0x00: minimum

(Note)

In order to achieve the most optimized result, Matching circuits may vary depending on the output mode.

101/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○PA output adjustment flow

START

Coarse adjustment 1: PA_MODE setting and PA

regulator adjustment [PA_MODE: B0 0x67]

Coarse adjustment 2: PA output gain adjustment

PA output gain adjustment [PA_ADJ: B0 0x69]

Fine adjustment: PA regulator fine adjustment

[PA_REG_FINE_ADJ: B0 0x68]

END

102/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●I/Q Adjustment

Image rejection ratio can be adjusted by tuning the internal IQ signal balance. The adjustment procedure is as follows:

1. Input the channel frequency signal from SG to the ANT pin.

Input signal: no modulation wave

Input frequency: channel frequency

Input level: -70dBm

2. Set the following registers for I/Q adjustment.

Register name

Setting value

[CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54]

[DEC_GAIN: B0 0x60]

[IQ_ADJ_WAIT: B0 0x5E]

[IQ_ADJ_TARGET: B0 0x5F]

0x14

0x04

0x00

Please adjust according

to the condition of use

0x00

[AFC/AGC_CTRL: B1 0x15]

3. Set IQ_ADJ_START([IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(4)]) = 0b1 and LOCAL_SEL([IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(5)])

= 0b1(Upper Local setting) after RX_ON, and then start the adjustment.

4. Indicate the adjustment completion by IQ_ADJ_DONE([IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(7)]) = 0b1. After that, adjusted

values are stored into IQ_MAG_ADJ([IQ_MAG_ADJ_H/L: B0 0x5A/0x5B]) and

IQ_PHASE_ADJ([IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H/L: B0 0x5C/0x5D]). The comparison result of the adjusted RSSI value and

the RSSI judgment threshold is displayed in IQ_ADJ_RSLT([IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(6)]) as a result of IQ

automatic adjustment. If IQ_ADJ_RSLT = 0b0 is displayed, that the adjusted RSSI value is larger than the RSSI

judgment threshold, retry the IQ adjustment. Please note that even though the IQ adjustments are performed

repeatedly, it does not always get the IQ adjusted value which is equal or less than the RSSI judgment threshold.

103/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

I/Q adjustment flow

START

Power on

Initialize setting

* please refer to the

“Initialization table”

SG output setting

modulation: no modulation

level : -70dBm

frequency: CH frequency

IQ adjustment settings

[IQ_ADJ_WAIT: B0 0x5E]

[IQ_ADJ_TARGET: B0 0x5F]

[AFC/GC_CTRL: B1 0x15]

RX_ON

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

Start adjustment

[IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A] = 0x38

Adjustment is done

No

[IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(7)] = 0b1?

Yes

Confirm

IQ_MAG_ADJ[IQ_MAG_ADJ_H/L: B0 0x5A/0x5B]

IQ_PHASE_ADJ[IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H/L: B0

0x5C/0x5D]

END

104/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●VCO Adjustment

In order to compensate VCO operation margin, optimized capacitance compensation value should be set in each frequency.

This capacitance compensation value can be acquired by VCO calibration.

By performing VCO calibration when power-up or reset, acquired capacitance compensation values for upper limit and

lower limit of operation frequency range, based on this value optimised capacitance value is applied during TX/RX

operation.

○VCO adjustment flow

The following flow is the procedure for acquiring capacitance compensation value when power-up or reset.

START

Setting low limit frequency

[VCO_CAL_MIN_I: B1 0x4D]

Initialize

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FH: B1 0x4E]

setting

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FM: B1 0x4F]

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FL: B1 0x50]

Setting operation frequency range

[VCO_CAL_MAX_N: B1 0x51]

VCO calibration completion INT. clear

INT[1] ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

Set VCO_CAL_START = 0b1

Start

[VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F(0)]

calibration

No

Calibration operation

Completion wait

VCO calibration completion INT?

INT[1] [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

Yes

END

(Note)

VCO calibration should be performed only during IDLE state .

105/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

VCO calibration is necessary every 2.6ms to 8.8ms.

After completion, capacitance compensation values are stored in the following registers.

Capacitance compensation value at low limit frequency: [VCAL_MIN: B1 0x52]

Capacitance compensation value at upper limit frequency: [VCAL_MAX: B1 0x53]

In actual operation, based on the 2 compensation values, the most optimized capacitance value for the frequency is

calculated and applied. The calculated value is stored in [VCO_CAL: B0 0x6E] register.

By evaluation stage, if below values are stored in the MCU memory and uses these values upon reset or power-up,

calibration operation can be omitted.

Registers to be saved in the MCU memory.

[VCO_CAL_MIN_I: B1 0x4D]

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FH: B1 0x4E]

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FM: B1 0x4F]

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FL: B1 0x50]

[VCO_CAL_MAX_N: B1 0x51]

[VCAL_MIN: B1 0x52]

[VCAL_MAX: B1 0x53]

Even after the VCO calibration is performed, VCO adjustment voltage may be out of the optimum function range due to

temperature change after the calibration. This LSI has a function which detects whether the VCO adjustment voltage is out

of the optimum function range to display it in a register and notify MCU of it using an interrupt. This function is valid

when VTUNE_COMP_ON[VTUNE_COMP_ON: B2 0x40(5)]= 0b1.

VCO adjustment voltage lower limit threshold display: VTUNE_COMP_L[VCO_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(0)]

VCO adjustment voltage upper limit threshold display: VTUNE_COMP_H[VCO_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(1)]

Out of VCO adjustment voltage range detection and interrupt notification setting:

VTUNE_INT_ENB[VCO_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(2)]

PLL lock detection setting: PLL_LD_EN[PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1 0x0B(7)]

VTUNE_COMP_L

[VCO_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(0)]

VTUNE_COMP_H

[VCO_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(1)]

VCO adjustment voltage state

0

1

0

1

0

1

Within optimum function range

Out of optimum function range (over upper limit)

Out of optimum function (under lower limit)

Abnormal state

When detecting out of VCO adjustment voltage range, it is notified using the PLL unlock detection interrupt

(INT2[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(2)]).

(Note)

1. For lower limit frequency, please use frequency at least 400kHz lower than operation frequency.

2. Upper limit frequency should be selected so that operation frequency is in the frequency range.

3. In case of like a channel change, if the setting frequency is outside of calibration frequency range, calibration has to be

performed again with proper frequency.

4. When VCO is out of optimum function range, that is, 0b1 is indicated by either VTUNE_COMP_L/VTUNE_COMP_H,

an RF operation can cause PLL unlock due to less VCO operation margin. Be sure to perform the calibration again or

change the calibration value to ensure enough VCO operation margin.

5. PLL unlock detection interrupt (INT2[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(2)]) occurs due to the following two causes. The

following tables show the LSI operation after interrupt generation for the PLL lock detection setting

PLL_LD_EN([PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1 0x0B(7)]) and detection timing of each cause.

106/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

•PLL When unlock occurs

PLL lock detection setting and LSI operation after interrupt generation

LSI

state

PLL unlock detection

period

PLL_LD_EN[PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1

0x0B(7)] = 0b1

PLL_LD_EN[PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1

0x0B(7)] = 0b0

Interrupt occurs, and TX is stopped

forcibly

Interrupt occurs, and RX is continued

TX

RX

PA_ON = “H” period

Interrupt occurs, and TX is continued

Interrupt occurs, and RX is continued

RX enable = “H” period

•When VCO adjustment voltage is out of optimum operation range

PLL lock detection setting and LSI operation after interrupt generation

VCO adjustment

voltage judgment

timing

LSI state

PLL_LD_EN[PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1

0x0B(7)] = 0b1

PLL_LD_EN[PLL_LOCK_DETECT:B1

0x0B(7)] = 0b0

Interrupt occurs, and TX is stopped

forcibly

Interrupt occurs, and RX is continued

TX

RX

PA_ON rise

Interrupt occurs, and TX is continued

Interrupt occurs, and RX is continued

RX enable rise

○VCO lower limit frequency setting

VCO lower limit frequency can be set as described in the “channel frequency setting”.

I

is set to [VCO_CAL_MIN_I:B1

0x4D] register, F is set to [VCO_CAL_MIN_FH:B1 0x4E], [VCO_CAL_MIN_FM:B1 0x4F], [VCO_CAL_MIN_FL:B1

0x50] registers in MSB – LSB order.

VCO lower limit frequency setting value can be caluculated using the following formula.

f_rf

I =

(Integer part)

f_ref/ N_div













f_rf

F =

− I ⋅2²⁰(Integer part)





f / N

ref

div

Here

f_rf

: VCO lower limit frequency (Channel #0 frequency – 400KHz)

f_ref

:PLL reference frequency ( = master clock frequency: F_MCK1)

I

F

N_div

:Integer part of frequency setting

:Fractional part of frequency setting

:PLL dividing setting

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for N_div.

example) If operation low limit frequency(Channel#0 frequency) is 426MHz, setting value should be at least 400KHz lower

than that, Then in following example, lower limit frequency is set to 425.6MHz, master clock frequency is 24MHz, N_div=2.

I

= 425.6MHz/(24MHz/2) (Integer part) = 35(0x23)

F = {425.6MHz/(24MHz/2)-35} * 2²⁰(Integer part) = 489335(0x077777)

Setting values for each register is as follows:

[VCO_CAL_MIN_I : B1 0x4D] = 0x23

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FH : B1 0x4E] = 0x07

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FM : B1 0x4F] = 0x77

[VCO_CAL_MIN_FL : B1 0x50] = 0x77

107/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○VCO upper limit frequency setting

VCO upper limit frequency is calculated as following formula, based on low limit frequency value and

VCO_CAL_MAX_N[3:0] ([VCO_CAL_MAX_N: B1 0x51(3-0)]). Please choose an upper limit frequency that satisfies the

following formula.

VCO upper limit frequency = {operation upper limit frequency – (operation lower limit frequency – 400KHz)} x N_div

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for N_div.

VCO upper limit frequency(VCO_CAL_MAX_N[3:0]) is defined in the table below.

VCO_CAL_MAX_N[3:0]

0b0000

VCO upper limit frequency[MHz]

0

0b0001

0.75

0b0010

1.5

0b0011

3

0b0100

0b0101

6

12

0b0110

24

0b0111

48

Other than above

prohibited

108/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Energy Detection Value (ED Value) Adjustment

[ED value adjustment]

ED value is calculated by RSSI signal (analog signal) from RF part.

By performing the following adjustment, it is possible to correct the variation in LSIs.

The gain adjustment and related registers are described below.

In order to cover wider input range, gain should be switched at given point. Threshold for gain switch points are set by

[GAIN_HTOL: B1 0x0C] and [GAIN_LTOH: B1 0x0D]. [RSSI_ADJ_L: B1 0x11] is used to add values to maintain

linearity when switching gain. RSSI slope can be set to [RSSI_MAG_ADJ: B1 0x13] so that ED value can be between

0x00(min) and 0xFF(max). Please set to these registers based on the “Initialization table”. Do not change the setting of

these registers for tuning.

Adjusting the input level variation for the same input level can be set to [RSSI_ADJ: B0 0x66]. However, this corrects the

value before the tilt is set by [RSSI_MAG_ADJ: B1 0x13]. However, if positive value is set, ED value cannot be decreased

down to 0x00 at low input signal level. If negative value is set, ED value cannot be increased up to 0xFF.

RSSI_ADJ changes by setting of channel filter bandwidth and internal gain. It is necessary to adjust RSSI_ADJ every data

rate or channel filter bandwidth setting. Further, the recommended value every data rate is specified in “Initialization table”.

ED value

RSSI_MAG_ADJ

RSSI value corrected for low gain

(B1 0x13)

RSSI value

RSSI_ADJ_L

(B1 0x11)

GAIN_HTOL

(B1 0x0C)

RSSI_ADJ

(B0 0x66)

GAIN_LTOH

(B1 0x0D)

High gain

Low gain

Operation range

low

high

RF input level

Operation in the High gain range:

Operation in the Low gain range:

RSSI value > GAIN_HTOL, and switch to Low gain.

GAIN_LTOH ≥ RSSI value, and switch to High gain.

109/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Oscillation Circuit Adjustment

In case of using a crystal oscillator, crystal oscillator frequency deviation can be tuned by adjusting load capacitance of XIN

pin (pin#5) and XOUT pin (pin #6). Load capacitance can be adjusted by [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62] and [OSC_ADJ2: B0 0x63].

Register name

[OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62]

[OSC_ADJ2: B0 0x63]

Description

Coarse adjustment

Fine adjustment

The oscillation frequency becomes the direction falling down by adding load capacitance. Changing A and B together is

recommended, because load capacitance on the XO side and the XI side can be adjusted by OSC_ADJ1[7:4] and

OSC_ADJ1[3:0].

[OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62]/

[OSC_ADJ2: B0 0x63]

crystal oscillator

frequency

load capacitance

Small

…

High

…

0x00/0x00

…

Middle

0x88/0x80

…

Big

Low

0xFF/0xFF

TRX Frequency Adjustment can be adjusted by adding an offset to PLL frequency setting . For details, please refer to the

"TRX Frequency Adjustment".

110/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●TRX Frequency Adjustment

An offset of TRX frequency caused by master clock deviation can be adjusted by registers

FREQ_ADJ_SIGN([FREQ_ADJ_H: B1 0x42(7)]) and FREQ_ADJ [9:0]([FREQ_ADJ_H/L: B1 0x42(1-0)/0x43]).

The value for FREQ_ADJ [9:0] is calculated by the following formula.



















_div



f_adj

/ N

FREQ _ ADJ = round

⋅ 2²⁰





f





ref





Then

value to adjust an offset of TRX frequency,

FREQ _ ADJ :

f_adj

f_ref

:

An offset of TRX frequency [MHz],

reference frequency for PLL ( = master clock frequency: FMCK1)

:

N_div: PLL dividing setting

round to closest integer.

round

[ ]

:

Refer to the “Channel frequency setting” for Ndiv.

[Example]

When adjust +1kHz ( = f_adj) under condition of master clock is 24MHz and N_div=2, the calculations are as follows.

 0.001MHz











FREQ _ ADJ = round

⋅ 2²⁰= 87 (0x057)







24MHz / 2







Then set register values to

[FREQ_ADJ_H: B1 0x42] = 0x80

[FREQ_ADJ_L: B1 0x43] = 0x57

The master clock deviation also can be adjusted by the “Oscillation Circuit Adjustment”.

111/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Resister Setting

●Initilaization Table

ML7345 needs initilaization. For the value to each register, please refer the following documents.

For ML7345

ML7345_ Initialization table

ML7345_RegisterSettingTool

For ML7345D

ML7345D_ Initialization table

ML7345D_RegisterSettingTool

●BER Measurement Setting

The following registers setting are necessary for RX side when BER measurement equipment is connected.

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C] = 0x40

[MON_CTRL: B0 0x4D] = 0x80

[GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4F] to [GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x52] for setting DCLK/DIO output pins.

[GAIN_HOLD: B1 0x0E] = 0x00

When termiate BER measurement and reurn from RX state, Force TRX_OFF should be issued by SET_TRX[3:0]

([RF_STATUS:B0 0x0b(3-0]) = 0b0011.

●Wireless M-Bus Mode Setting

As for Wireless M-Bus mode (S/T/C/R/N/F) setting, please refer “ML7345 Initialization table”.

For ML7345

ML7345_Initialization table

For ML7345D

ML7345D_Initialization table

112/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●IEEE802.15.4g Mode Setting

The following register settings are needed for supporting IEEE802.15.4g packet formats.

○Register settings common to TX and RX

Whitening setting

Parameter

Register

Setting value

Name

Address

B1 0x64

B1 0x65

B1 0x66

Whitening initializing state setting 1

Whitening initializing state setting 2

Whitening polynomial generation setting

WHT_INIT_H

WHT_INIT_L

WHT_CFG

0x00

0xF0

0x10

○Register settings for TX

(1) In case of CRC16 without whitening

Parameter

Register

Setting value

Name

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

Address

B0 0x04

B0 0x05

B0 0x08

B0 0x7A

Packet format setting

CRC/Length field length setting

Whitening setting

0x16

0x5D

0x00

DATA_SET2

PHR setting (bit15-11)

TX_PKT_LEN_H(bit7-3)

0b0_0010

(2) In case of CRC16 with Whitening

Parameter

Register

Name

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

DATA_SET2

Setting value

Address

B0 0x04

B0 0x05

B0 0x08

B0 0x7A

Packet format setting

CRC/Length field length setting

Whitening setting

0x16

0x5D

0x01

PHR setting (bit15-11)

TX_PKT_LEN_H(bit7-3)

0b0_0011

(3) In case of CRC32 without Whitening

Parameter

Register

Name

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

DATA_SET2

Setting value

Address

B0 0x04

B0 0x05

B0 0x08

B0 0x7A

Packet format setting

CRC/Length field length setting

Whitening setting

0x16

0xAD

0x00

PHR setting (bit15-11)

TX_PKT_LEN_H(bit7-3)

0b0_0000

(4) In case of CRC32 with Whitening

Parameter

Register

Name

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

DATA_SET2

Setting value

Address

B0 0x04

B0 0x05

B0 0x08

B0 0x7A

Packet format setting

CRC/Length field length setting

Whitening setting

0x16

0xAD

0x01

PHR setting (bit15-11)

TX_PKT_LEN_H(bit7-3)

0b0_0001

○Register settings for RX

By setting IEEE802_15_4G_EN[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(2)]=0b1, FCS information and whitening information is

identified automatically from received PHR.

Parameter

Register

Setting value

Name

Address

B0 0x04

B0 0x05

B0 0x08

Packet format setting

CRC/Length field length setting

Whitening setting

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

DATA_SET2

0x16

0x5D/0xAD

0x01/0x00

113/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Flowchart

Category

Turn on

sequence

Condition 1

Condition 2

Name of flow

(1) Initialization flow

-

TX/RX common

Sequence

TX Sequence

-

(1) RF state transition wait

DIO mode

TX (1) DIO mode

FIFO mode

Under 64bytes

TX (2) FIFO mode

65bytes or more (FAST_TX)

TX (3) FIFO mode

Automatic TX

DIO mode

-

TX (4) automatic TX

RX (1) DIO mode

RX Sequence

FIFO mode

Under 64bytes

RX (2) FIFO mode

65bytes or mode

RX (3) FIFO mode

ACK transmission

Field check

CCA

-

RX (4) ACK transmission

RX (5) Field checking

RX (6) CCA normal mode

RX (6) CCA continuous execution mode

RX (6) CCA IDLE detection mode

RX (7) high speed carrier checking

RX (8) ED-SCAN

Normal mode

Continuous execution mode

IDLE detection mode

-

High speed carrier checking

ED-SCAN

-

Antenna diversity

SLEEP

Wake-up timer

Sync error

TX FIFO access error

RX FIFO access error

PLL unlock

Execute diversity

RX (9) antenna diversity

(1) SLEEP

(2) Wake-up timer

SLEEP

Sequence

Error Process

-

(1) CRC/Sync error

(2) TX FIFO access error

(3) RX FIFO access error

(4) PLL unlock

Data Rate

Change

-

(1) Change Data Rate

Sequence

114/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Turn On Sequence

(1) Initializing flow

In initialization status, Interrupt process, registers setting, VCO calibration are necessary.

(1) Interrupt process

Upon reset, all interrupt notification settings ([INT_EN_GRP1-3: B0 0x10-0x12]) are disabled.

After hard reset is released, INT[0] (group1: clock stabilization completion interrupt) and INT[1] (group1: VCO

calibration completion / Fuse access completion interrupt) will be detected. INT[0] and INT[1] should be enabled by

[INT_EN_GRP1:B0 0x10] register.

(2) Registers setting

1) In case of Crystal oscillator circuits

Except for FIFO access registers([WR_TX_FIFO: B0 0x7C]、[RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F]), all the registers in BANK0 and

BANK1 must be accessed after confirming Clock stabilized completion by reading INT0[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0

0x0D(0)]. For the detail of register settings for the initialization, please refer “Initialization table”.

2) In case of TCXO

After hard reset is released, all registers in BANK0 and BANK1 except FIFO access registers ([WR_TX_FIFO: B0

0x7C] and [RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F]), are accessible before INT[0] notification. In case of using a TCXT, There are

restrictions in a setting timing for the SPI access. For details, please refer to the "Timing Chart-Start-up".

(3) VCO calibration

VCO calibration is executed after setting upper and low limit of the operation frequency.

For details, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

[In case of TCXO]

[In case of Crystal oscillator circuits]

START

※RESETN release

2ms wait

TCXO_EN=0b1

[CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(6)]

No

Clock stabilized completion int. ?

INT[0] [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

(1)Interrupt process

No

Clock stabilized completion int. ?

INT[0] [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

Yes

INT[0] Clear

Yes

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1 B0 0x0D]

INT[0] Clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1 B0 0x0D]

Register setting

(2)Register setting

Register setting

(3)VCO calibration

*For details, please refer to

the “VCO adjustment”

VCO calibration execution

END

115/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●TX/RX Common Sequence

(1) RF state transition wait

If below setting for RF state change is selected, please confirm the completion of RF state transtion by INT[3] (group1: RF

state transtion completion interrupt).

○RF state transition by [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

○RF state transition by [RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A]

●FAST_TX mode setting

●automatic TX setting

●RF state setting after TX completion

●RF state setting after RX completion

○RF state modification by wake-up timer setting

i) TRX_OFF flow

RF state change by [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

SET_TRX[3:0] = 0b1000

*TX_ON, TRANSMIT,

START

RX_ON, RECEIVE

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

END

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

RF state change by [RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A]

TXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b00

RXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b00

*TX_ON, TRANSMIT

*RX_ON, RECEIVE

START

TX completion interrupt?

INT[16] [[INT_SOURCE_GRP3:

B0 0x0F])

RX completion interrupt?

INT[8] [[INT_SOURCE_GRP3:

B0 0x0F])

No

Yes

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3] ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

END

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

116/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

ii) TX_ON flow

RF state transition change by [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

SET_TRX[3:0] = 0b1001

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

START

TX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3] ([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

END

*TX_ON

RF state transition by [RF_STATUS_CTRL]register(B0 0x0A)

RXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b10

FAST_TX_EN = 0b1 and

AUTO_TX_EN = 0b1

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

RX_ON, RECEIVE

*RX_ON, RECEIVE

START

No

RX completion int.??

INT[8] ([INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0

0x0E])

FIFO write

Yes

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

*TX_ON

END

*TX_ON

END

117/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

iii) RX_ON flow

RF state change by [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

RF state change by [RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A]

TXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b10

SET_TRX[3:0] = 0b0110

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

*TX_ON, TRANSMIT

START

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0x0B]

TX completion int. ?

No

INT[16] ([[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0

0x0F]]

Yes

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

*TX_ON

END

*RX_ON

END

iv) Wake-up flow

The following flow doses not apply to the case when waiting for INT[13] (group 2: SyncWord detection interrupt.) after

wake-up.

*TRX_OFF(IDLE)

START

SLEEP setting

RF state transition completion

Interrupt confirmation

INT[3]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D])

*TX_ON, RX_ON

(After return from SLEEP state when wake-up timer completed)

END

118/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

● TX Sequence

(1) DIO mode

DIO(TX) mode can be selected by setting TXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b01 or 0b10. In DIO mode,

when issuing TX_ON by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register, data input on the pin related DIO will be transimitted to the air.

After TX completion, TRX_OFF should be issued by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register.

START

*1 DIO/DCLK pins are defined as follows:

[GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E]

[GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F]

[GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50]

[GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51]

[EXT_CLK_CTRL: B0 0x52]

[SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53]

DIO pins setting*1

TXDIO_CTRL setting = 0b10

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]

*2 Preamble, SyncWord is transmitted based on the

following registers.

preamble/SyncWord

setting*2

Preamble

[DATA_SET1: B0 0x07]

[TXPR_LEN_H/L: B0 0x42-43]

SyncWord [SYNCWORD1_SET0-3: B1 0x27-2A]

[SYNCWORD2_SET0-3: B1 0x2B-2E]

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25]

[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08]

TX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*3 Timing up to DCLK output varies depending on TX

preamble, SFC, data rate.

DCLK output wait

*3

*4 TX data must be input at falling edge of DCLK.

*5 Please refer to RF state transition wait flow.

TX data input *4

(DIO pins)

No

TX completed?*5

Yes

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

Yes

Next packet to be transmitted?

No

END

119/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) FIFO mode (less than 64bytes)

FIFO mode (packet mode) can be selected by setting TXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b00. In FIFO

mode, data is written to the TX_FIFO by [WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C] register. After writing full data of a packet, issuing

TX_ON by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] resister. Following preamble/SyncWord, TX_FIFO data is transmitted to the air. Upon

TX completion interrupt (INT[16] group 3 ) occurs, interrupt must be cleared. If the next TX packet is sent, the next TX

packet data is written to the TX_FIFO. If RX is expected after TX, RX_ON should be issued by [RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

resister. TX can be terminated by issuing TRX_OFF by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register.

START

If the TX data length is shorter than the FAST_TX

TX FIFO trigger level setting

trigger level, TX will start by writing all data to FIFO.

[TXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x17] = 0x00

[TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18] = 0x00

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

From CCA flowchart

TX data request accept

completion (INT[17])?

No

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(1)]

No

Yes

CCA result = BUSY?

INT[17] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F]

Yes

CCA continue?

Yes

No

To CCA flowchart

i) If random back-off period specified in the IEEE is

used, go to CCA normal mode.

ii) If IDLE is detected in minimum period, go to

CCA IDLE detection mode.

CCA execution ?

No

TX FIFO clear

[STATE_CLR: B0 0x16]

TX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*please refer to RF state

transition wait flow.

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

No

TX completion (INT[16]) ?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(0)])

RF state transition wait flow

Yes

INT[16/17] clear

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F])

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

Set RXON after TX completion?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

Yes

No

Set TRXOFF/SLEEP after TX?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

RF state transition wait flow

No

Yes

Next packet TX ?

No

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

Yes

RX?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

To RF state transition wait flow

and RX flow

To RF state transition wait flow

120/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) FIFO mode (65bytes or more)

The Host must write TX data to the TX_FIFO while checking INT[5] (group1: FIFO-Full interrupt) and INT[4] (group1:

FIFO-Empty interrupt) in order to avoid FIFO-Overrun or FIFO-Underrun. Other operations are identical to the FIFO mode

(less than 64bytes). Enabling FAST_TX mode by FAST_TX_EN ([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(5)] = 0b1, TX will start

when data amount written to the FIFO exceeds the bytes+1 in the [TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18].

START

FAST_TX mode setting

TX FIFO-Full level setting

[RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A]

[TXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x17]

TX FIFO-Empty level setting [TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18]

●If data written to FIFO exceed THFIFO_THRL[5:0]

[TXFIFO_THRL:B0 0x18(5-0)]+1, ()TX will start.

●Please refer to RF state transition wait flow.

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

Yes

FIFO-Empty (INT[4])?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(4)])

INT[4] clear

([INT_SOURCE_GRP: B0 0x0D)

No

*Total data amount should be the size

subtracting CRC length from the

Length value.

If too much TX data written to a

FIFO, after TX completion interrupt,

issue TRX_OFF and TX FIFO must

be cleared.

TX FIFO-Empty level

Disable setting

[TX_FIFO_THRL: B0 0x18]

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

TX FIFO-Empty level

Enable setting

[TX_FIFO_THRL: B0 0x18]

TX Data request accept

completion (INT[17])?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(1)])

No

Yes

TX completion (INT[16])?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(0)])

Yes

INT[16] and INT[17] clear

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F])

Yes

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

Set RX_ON after TX completion?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

Set TRX_OFF/SLEEP after TX?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

Yes

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

RX?

No

Next packet TX?

No

Yes

To RF state transition wait and

RX flow

To RF state transition wait flow

121/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(4) Automatic TX (less than 64bytes)

If AUTO_TX_EN([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(4)] = 0b1, TX starts automatically when FIFO is filled with data

equivalent to the Langth. Afer TX completion, RF state transition setting is by TXDONE_MODE ([RF_STATUS_CTRL:

B0 0x0A(1:0)]).

START

Automatic TX setting

RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A]

●When data equivalent to Length is written to FIFO, TX

starts automatically.

●Please refer to RF state transition wait flow.

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

Data TX request accept

No

completion (INT[17])?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(1)])

Yes

No

TX completion (INT[16])?

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(0)])

Yes

INT[16] and INT[17] clear

([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F])

Set RX_ON after TX completion?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

Yes

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

No

Set TRX_OFF/SLEEP after TX?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

Yes

RX?

Yes

Next packet TX ?

No

To RF sate transition wait and

RX flow.

To RF state transition wait flow

122/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●RX Sequence

(1) DIO mode

DIO mode can be selected by setting RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10/0b11. Upon setting DIO

mode and issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register, SyncWord detection will be started.

○DIO outmupt mode 1 operation

While RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] = 0b10, after SyncWord pattern detection, RX data will be strored into the RX_FIFO. RX data

stored in the RX_FIFO is output through DIO pins, if setting DIO_START ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]) = 0b1. Upon RX

completion, if more data is to be received, by setting DIO_RX_COMPLETE([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(2)]) = 0b1 (DIO RX

completion), the next packet will be ready to receive. In case of TRX_OFF, issuing TRX_OFF by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

register.

START

*1 DIO/DCLK function pins setting

[GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E]

[GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F]

DIO pins setting *1

[GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50]

[GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51]

[EXT_CLK_CTRL: B0 0x52]

RXDIO_CTRL setting = 0b10

[SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53]

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]

*2 Preamble, SyncWord and Error tolerance are set by

Preamble/SyncWord/

following registers.

Error tolerance setting *2

Preamble

[DATA_SET1: B0 0x07]

[SYNC_CONDITION1-3: B0 0x45-47]

[SYNCWORD1_SET0-3: B1 0x27-2A]

[SYNCWORD2_SET0-3: B1 0x2B-2E]

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25]

[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08]

SyncWord

RX_ON issue*3

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*3 Please refer to RF state transition wait flow.

No

SyncWord detection (INT[13])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2 B0 0x0E(5)]

Yes

*4 Wait time should be more than 1byte data

receiving period.

Wait *4

DIO START = 0b1

[DIO SET: 0x0C(0)]

No

DCLK output?

(DCLK function pins)

Yes

Read RX data *5

(DIO function pins)

*5 RX data must be transferred to the Host at rising

edge of DCLK.

No

RX completion?

Yes

DIO_RX_COMPLETION = 0b1

[DIO_SET: 0x0C(2)]

Yes

Next packet RX?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

To RF state transition wait flow

123/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○DIO outmupt mode 2 operation

While RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] = 0b11, RX data (after L-field) will be stored into the RX_FIFO. RX data stored in the

RX_FIFO is output through DIO pins, if setting DIO_START ([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(0)]) = 0b1. Upon outputting RX data

defined by L-field, RX is completed and generate RF completion interrupt (INT[8] group2). In case of TRX_OFF, issuing

TRX_OFF by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register.

START

*1 DIO/DCLK function pins setting

[GPIO0_CTRL: B0 0x4E]

[GPIO1_CTRL: B0 0x4F]

DIO pins setting *1

[GPIO2_CTRL: B0 0x50]

[GPIO3_CTRL: B0 0x51]

[EXT_CLK_CTRL: B0 0x52]

RXDIO_CTRL setting = 0b11

[SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL: B0 0x53]

[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]

*2 Preamble, SyncWord and Error tolerance are set by

Preamble/SyncWord/

following registers.

Error tolerance setting *2

Preamble

[DATA_SET1: B0 0x07]

[SYNC_CONDITION1-3: B0 0x45-47]

[SYNCWORD1_SET0-3: B1 0x27-2A]

[SYNCWORD2_SET0-3: B1 0x2B-2E]

[SYNC_WORD_LEN: B1 0x25]

[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08]

SyncWord

RX_ON issue*3

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*3 Please refer to RF state transition wait flow.

No

SyncWord detection (INT[13])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2 B0 0x0E(5)]

Yes

*4 Wait time should be more than Length field+ 1

byte data receiving period.

Wait *4

1byte period is decoded 8bits data. If using

Manchester code, 1byte period becomes 160μs (@

100kbps).

DIO START = 0b1

[DIO SET: 0x0C(0)]

No

DCLK output?

(DCLK function pins)

Yes

Read RX data *5

(DIO function pins)

*5 RX data must be transferred to the Host at rising edge of

DCLK.

No

RX completion (INT[8])? *6

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2 B0 0x0E(0]

*6 Upon outputting whole RX data. INT[8] will generate.

Yes

Next packet RX?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

To RF state transition wait flow

124/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) FIFO mode (less than 64bytes)

FIFO mode can be selected by RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b00. After SyncWord detection, RX

data will be stored into the RX_FIFO. Upon Data RX completion interrupt (INT[8] group2) occurs, the host will read RX

data from [RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F] registers. If CRC errors interrupt (INT[9] group2) is generated, the next packet can be ready

to receive without reading all current RX data by setting STATE_CLR1 [STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)](RX FIFO pointer

clear). If FIFO-Full trigger and FIFO-Empty trigger are not used, please set 0b0 to both

RXFIFO_THRH_EN([RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19(7)]) and RXFIFO_THRL_EN([RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x1A(7)]) .

START

RX FIFO trigger level setting

[RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19] = 0x00

[RXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x1A] = 0x00

*1 At lease following 2 interrupts in the group 2

RX_ON issue *1

should be un-masked for data receiving.

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

INT[8]: RX completion interrupt

INT[15]: Sync error interrupt

No

RX completion (INT[8])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2] B0 0x0E(0)]

Yes

CRC error (INT(9))?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2] B0 0x0E(1)]

RX FIFO pointer clear

[STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)]

No

Rear RX data

[RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F]

INT [9] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(1)]

INT[8] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(0)]

Set TX_ON after RX completion ?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

Yes

Set TRXOFF/SLEEP after RX completion?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

Next packet to be received?

No

Yes

TX_ON issue

TX?

No

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

To RF state transition wait flow,

and TX flow

To RF state transition wait flow

125/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) FIFO mode (more than 65bytes)

The Host must read RX data from the RX_FIFO while checking INT[5] (group1: FIFO-Full interrupt) and INT[4] (group1:

FIFO-Empty interrupt) in order to avoid FIFO-Overrun or FIFO-Underrun. Other operations are identical to the FIFO mode

(less than 64bytes).

START

*1 At lease following 2 interrupts in the group 2

RX_ON issue *1

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

should be un-masked for data receiving.

INT[8]: RX completion interrupt

INT[15]: Sync error interrupt

Yes

FIFO-Full (INT[5])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(5)]

FIFO-Full interrupt clear

INT[5] [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D()]

No

RX FIFO-Full level

Disable setting

[RX_FIFO_THRH: B0 0x19]

Read RX data from FIFO

FIFO-Full level

Enable setting

[RX_FIFO_THRH: B0 0x19]

No

ACK TX?

Yes

No

RX completion (INT[8])?

Ack TX flowchart

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(0)]

Yes

CRC error (INT[9])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(1)]

No

RX FIFO pointer clear

[STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)]

Read Rx data

[RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F]

INT[9] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E()]

INT[8] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0

0x0E()]

Yes

Set TX_ON after RX completion ?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

No

Yes

Set TRXOFF/SLEEP after RX completion?

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

To RF state change wait flow

No

Next packet to be received ?

No

Yes

TX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

Yes

TX ?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

To RF state transition wait flow,

and TX flow

To RF state transition wait flow

126/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(4) ACK transmission

ACK TX flow is as follows. During RX, ACK frame can be set in the TX FIFO.

START

* In case of using interrupt,

FIFO-Full interrupt notification should be ON.

RX FIFO trigger setting *1

[RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19]

[RXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x1A]

*2 Please refer to RF state transition wait

flow.

RX_ON issue*2

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

From RX flow

Self

No

addressed??

No

FIFO-Full (INT[5]) ?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(5)]

Yes

TX FIFO write *4

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

*4 ACK frame is set to TX FIFO.

Yes

Read RX data *3

[RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F]

No

*5 Please refer the following “(note)”.

RX completion (INT[8])? *5

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(0)]

*3 read address field to

check length and packet

destination.

Yes

CRC error (INT[9])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2] B0 0x0E(1)]

*6 Please refer to RF state

No

transition wait flow.

TX_ON issue *6

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

INT[8] and [9] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E((1-0)]

No

TX completion (INT[16])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(0)]

Clear TX FIFO pointer

[STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(0)]

Yes

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

Yes

RX data read?

No

Read all RX data

[RD_FIFO: B0 0x7F]

Clear RX FIFO pointer

[STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)]

END

127/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(Note)

If setting “FAST_TX_EB = 0b1” or “AUTO_TX_EN = 0b1 or “RXDONE_MODE[1:0] = 0b01 (move to TX state)” at the

[RF_STATUS:CTRL:B0 0x0A] register, moving to TX_ON state automatically after RX completion in above flowchart.

Even if CRC error occurs, moving to TX_ON state. Since CRC errors interrupt (INT[9] group2) and RX completion

interrupt (INT[8] group2) occur almost same timeing, Therefore in case of CRC error interrupt occurs, Force_TRX_OFF

should be issued by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register withing the transition time from RX state to TX state(1.188ms), and

clear TX FIFO pointer by [STATE_CLR:B0 0x16] register. When it is hard to issue Force_TRX_OFF during the trasition

time due to MCU performance, “FAST_TX”, “AUTO_TX” and “move to TX state after RX completion” should be disabled.

(In “FAST_TX”, trnasmitting conditoin depends on [TXFIFO_THRL:B0 0x18] register.)

(5) Field checking

After enabling Filedcheck functions, issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register. According to the setting of

CA_INT_CTRL ([C_CHECK_CTRL:B0 0x1B(6)], filed checking result (match or no match) can be notified by the interrupt

INT[14](gropup2: Filed checking interrupt). Numbers of unmatched packets can be counted and stored into

[ADDR_CHK_CTR_H/L: B1 0x62/0x63]) registers. This counter can be cleared by STATE_CLR4[STATE_CLR: B0

0x16(4)](Address check counter clear).

START

*1 C-field/M-field/A-field check can be possible with the setting

below.

Field check setting *1

[C_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1B]

[M_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1C]

[A_CHECK_CTRL: B0 0x1D]

[C_FIELD_WORD1-5: B0 0x1E-0x22]

[M_FIELD_WORD1-4: B0 0x21-0x26]

[A_FIELD_WORD1-6: B0 0x27-0x2C]

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS] B0 0x0B]

No

Field checking complete (INT[14])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E(6)]

Yes

INT[14] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E]

No

RX data read?

Yes

RX flow

No

RX completion (INT[8])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2] B0 0x0E(0)]

Yes

*2 Clear all remaining interrupt in the

group 2

INT GRP2 clear *1

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E]

128/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(6) CCA

○Normal mode

After setting CCA_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1, issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register. Comparing

aquired ED average value with CCA threshold value in [CCA_LVL: B0 0x37] register and noitce the result. After CCA

execulation,CCA_EN is turned disable and RF maintaind RX_ON.

Even if set CCA_EN = 0b1 in the RX_ON state, CCA execulation is possible. CCA execulation is also possible during

diversity. In this case, after CCA completion, diversity will be resumed automatically.

CCA can be performed during diversity search as well. In this case, diversity search is automatically restarted after CCA

completion.

START

CCA_EN setting

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]

RX_ON issue *1

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*1 CCA start

No

CCA completion (INT[18]) ?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

Yes

Read CCA result

CCA_EN setting

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39]

INT[18] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

No

Discontinue CCA ?

Yes

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

END

129/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○Continuous mode

Continuous CCA mode is executed by issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register after setting

CCA_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1 and CCA_CPU_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(5)]) = 0b1. In this mode, CCA

continues until CCA_STOP([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(7)]) = 0b1 is set. CCA completion interupt (INT[18]: group3) is not

generated. During CCA execution,CCA_RSLT([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]), [CCA_PROG_L: B0 0x3E],

[CCA_PROG_H: B0 0x3D] are constantly updated. The value will be kept by setting CCA_STOP([CCA_CTRL: B0

0x39(7)]) = 0b1.

START

*1 CCA_IDLE_EN should be 0b0

CCA_CPU_EN setting *1

CCA_EN setting

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6-4)]

RX_ON issue *2

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*2 CCA start

No

*3 RF state transition (RX_ON) completion

can be confirmed by [RF_STATU:B0

0x0B] = 0x66

RX_ON completion (INT[3]) ? *3

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(3)]

Yes

*4 ()CCA result before RX_ON are invalid.

Please read the value after RX_ON and ED

value calculation flag is valid.

ED_DONE = 0b1 ? *4

[ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(4)]

Yes

Read CCA result *5

CCA_RSLT[1:0] [CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]

CCA_PROG[9:0]

*5 CCA result can be read after

CCA_STOP execution.

[CCA_PROG_H/L: B0 0x3D,3E]

No

Stop CCA ?

Yes

CCA_STOP setting *6

*6 CCA stop

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(7)]

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

END

130/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○IDLE detection mode

CCA is continuously executed untill IDLE is detected. CCA (IDLE detection mode) will be executing by issuing RX_ON

by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register after setting CCA_EN([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(4)]) = 0b1, CCA_IDLE_EN

([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6)]) = 0b1.

START

*1 CCA_CPU_EN should be 0b0

CCA_IDLE_EN setting *1

CCA_EN setting

[CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(6-4)]

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

No

CCA completion (INT[18])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

Yes: IDLE detection

Yes

INT[18] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]

END

131/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(7) High speed carrier checking mode

This mode is used for deciding whether continuing RX state or stoping RX state during RX state, based on RSSI level and

SyncWord detection time. The value set in the [CCA_LVL:B0 0x37] register is used for RSSI level decision, continuous

operation timer is used for SyncWord detection time decision. After decision, operation will automaticall switch to – either

SLEEP state or RX state.

START

CCA threshold setting

[CCA_LVL:B0 0x37]

Continuous operation timer setting

[WUT_CLK_SET:B0 0x2E]

[WUT_DURATION:B0 0x31]

FAST_DET_MODE_EN setting

CCA_EN setting

[CCA_CTRL:B0 0x39(4-3)]

RX_ON issue *1

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

*1 CCA start

No: detection

Carrier detected?

(Automatic)

Yes: BUSY detection

Keep RX state

No *2

*2: Expiring the continuous

operation timer

SyncWord detection?

Yes

SLEEP command

(Automatic)

SLEEP state

Receive RX data

END

132/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(8) ED-SCAN

ED value will be automatically acquired by issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register after setting

ED_CALC_EN ([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(7)]) = 0b1. ED value is constantly updated when ED_RSLT_SET([ED_CTRL:B0

0x41(3)] ) = 0b0.

START

ED calculations enable setting

ED values will be acquired by enabling

ED calculation after RX_ON issue,

ED value constantly updated setting

[ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(7,3)]

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

ED value calculation

completion ?

No

[ED_CTRL:B0 0x41(4)]

Yes

ED values will be constantly updated.

Read ED value

[ED_RSLT:B0 0x3A]

Yes

Channel change ?

No

RF channel change

[CH_SET:B0 0x09]

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

General purpose timer start

[GT_SET:B0 0x32]

To RF state transition wait flow

No

General Timer INT ?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3:B0 0x0F]

INT[22]/INT[23]

Yes

General timer INT clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3:B0 0x0F]

INT[22]/INT[23]

These processes are not necessary if 250μs

wait is added after RF channel change setting.

(*1)

(*1) general purpose timer setting example

If 250μs wait is programmed using general purpose timer 1,

The following registers can be used.

[GT_CLK_SET:B0 0x33] = 0x01(128 division)

[GT_INTERVAL1:B0 0x34] = 0x04(timer setting)

[GT_SET:B0 0x32] = 0x03(2MHz clock, timer start)

133/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(9) Antenna diversity

After setting 2DIV_EN([2DIV_CTRL:B0 0x48(0)]) = 0b1,issuing RX_ON by [RF_STATU:B0 0x0B] register. Antennas

are switched to acquire each ED value, the antenna with higher ED value will be automatically selected.

ED values ([ANT1_ED: B0 0x4A/ANT2_ED: B0 0x4B]) from diversity antennas and 2DIV_RSLT ([2DIV_RSLT: B0

0x49(1-0)]) will be updated, upon SyncWord detection. If Diversity detection completion interrupt

-

INT[10]( [INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0x0E(2)]) is cleared, ED values - ([ANT1_ED: B0 0x4A/ANT2_ED: B0 0x4B]) by

diversity and diversity antenna result -2DIV_RSLT([2DIV_RSLT: B0 0x49(1-0)]) will be cleared.

START

2 diversity setting

[2DIV_CTRL: B0x48(0)]

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0x0B]

No

RX completion (INT[8])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0x0E(0)]

Yes

Each antenna ED value acquisition

[ANT1_ED: B0 0x4A/

ANT2_ED: B0 0x4B]

Diversity result acquisition

[2DIV_RSLT: B0 0x49(1-0)

INT[8] and INT[10] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0x0E(2,0)]

()

Yes

Next packet received?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

END

134/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●SLEEP Sequence

(1) SLEEP (when using crystal oscillator)

SLEEP can be executed by setting SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1. SLEEP can be released by setting

SLEEP_EN = 0b0. If VCO calibration automatic execution setting AUTO_VCOCAL_EN([VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F

(4)]) = 0b1, VCO calibration is performed after clock stabilization completion interrupt (INT[0] group1) from SLEEP

release automaticaly.

START

SLEEP state

[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D]

No

SLEEP released?

Yes

SLEEP released

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D]

No

Clock stabilization completion INT?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[0]

Yes

Automatic VCO calibration?

[VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F(4)]

No

Yes

VCO calibration

Completion INT[1]?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[1]

No

Yes

END

135/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) SLEEP (when using TCXO)

(model ML7345D)

SLEEP can be executed by setting SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1. Please control according to the

following procedure to releasing from sleep state. Note that the method of releasing from sleep state is different when using

the crystal oscillator circuit and when using TCXO(ML7345).

START

SLEEP state

[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D]

No

SLEEP released?

Yes

Logic block clock disable

MSTR_CLK_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(7)])=0b0

SLEEP released

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D]

Wait 300μs

Logic block clock enable

MSTR_CLK_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(7)])=0b1

No

Clock stabilization completion INT?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[0]

Yes

Automatic VCO calibration?

[VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F(4)]

No

Yes

VCO calibration

Completion INT[1]?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[1]

No

Yes

END

136/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(model ML7345)

SLEEP can be executed by setting SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1. Please control according to the

following procedure to releasing from sleep state. Note that the method of releasing from sleep state is different when using

the crystal oscillator circuit and when using TCXO(ML7345D).

START

SLEEP state

[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D]

No

SLEEP released?

Yes

SLEEP released

[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D]

No

Clock stabilization completion INT?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[0]

Yes

Automatic VCO calibration?

[VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F(4)]

No

Yes

VCO calibration

Completion INT[1]?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D]

INT[1]

No

Yes

END

137/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) Wake-up timer

By setting the following registers, automatically wake-up to RX_ON state after SLEEP. After SyncWord detection interrupt

(INT[13]: group2), wait receiving RX completion interrupt(INT[8]: group2). After RX completion, determine a Field check

interrupt (INT[14]: group2). As the result of the Field check, read RX data for address match, or execute

STATE_CLR1([STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)])(RX FIFO clear) otherwise. In order to re-enter SLEEP state, execute SLEEP

command (SLEEP_EN[SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(0)]) after clearing all interrupts in INT group2. If SyncWord cannot be

detected, automatically go back to SLEEP state after continuous operation timer-up.

Wake-up timer setting

WAKEUP_EN([SLEEP_SET:B0 0x2D(4)]) = 0b1

RX_DURATION_EN([SLEEP_SET:B0 0x2D(5)]) = 0b1

WAKEUP_MODE([SLEEP_SET:B0 0x2D(6)]) = 0b0

[WUT_CLK_SET:B0 0x2E]

[WUT_INTERVAL_H:B0 0x2F]

[WUT_INTERVAL_L:B0 0x30]

[RX_DURATION:B0 0x31]

Field check function setting

*1 At lease following 2 interrupts in the group 2

[C_CHECK_CTR:B0 0x1B]

START *1

should be un-masked for data receiving.

INT[8]: RX completion interrupt

INT[15]: Sync error interrupt

[M_CHECK_CTRL:B0 0x1C]

[A_CHECK_CTRL:B0 0x1D]

[C_FIELD_WORD1:B0 0x1E] to

[C_FIELD_WORD5:B0 0x22]

[M_FIELD_WORD1:B0 0x23] to

[M_FIELD_WORD4:B0 0x26]

[A_FIELD_WORD1:B0 0x27] to

[A_FIELD_WORD6:B0 0x2C]

SLEEP execution

[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]

Sync error (INT[15])?

No

RX completion (INT[8])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E(0)]

No

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E(7)]

Yes

Read

INT_SOURCE_GRP2

Field checking (INT[14])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E(6)]

No

Yes

RX FIFO clear

[STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(1)]

Read all RX data from RX FIFO

[]RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F

Clear INT GRP2

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]

SLEEP execution

[SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]

No

Wake-up timer OFF?

Yes

Wake-up timer OFF

[SLEEP_SET:B0 0x2D(4)]

END

138/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Error Process

(1) Sync error

When out-of-sync is detected during data reception after SyncWord detection, Sync error interrupt (INT[15] group2) will be

generated, RX completion interrupt (INT[8]: group2) will not be generated. If Sync error interrupt occurs, clear Sync error

interrupt.

“data reception” indicates receiving data (L-field, data, CRC). after SyncWord detection.

START

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

Out-of-Sync detection

No

Sync Word error (INT[15])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0

0x0D(7)] )

Yes

Normal reception

(To RX flow)

INT[15] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]

Yes

Next packet to be received?

No

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

RF state transition wait flow

(Note)

When Sync error is detected in FIFO mode, this LSI presumes the packet to be invalid and stops storing received data in FIFO

and clears RX FIFO control information, such as the number of received data, FIFO data usage, etc.

If FIFO read is performed at this point, invalid FIFO data usage and RX FIFO access error is indicated because there is no RX

data in FIFO.

In order to receive the next packet correctly, please start RX after clearing RX FIFO([STATE_CLR:B0 0x16]) and RX FIFO

access error intterupt (INT[12]).

When Sync error is occurred, this LSI continues RXON and enters SyncWord detection state just after Sync error interrupt in

order to prepare the next packet reception.

Please perform RX FIFO pointer clear ([STATE_CLR:B0 0x16]) and clear all the RX related interrupts

([INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]).

The internal state of FIFO control at Sync error occurrence and the process needed for enabling the next packet reception are as

follows.

139/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

FIFO processing after

SyncWord detection to

Sync error occurrence

No FIFO read

FIFO processing after

Sync error occurrence

Precess required for the next packet

reception

Internal state

No FIFO read

Since no FIFO read is performed

before Sync error occurrence, FIFO

read pointer keeps the initial value.

The next packet can be read correctly

without RX FIFO clear. Clear RX

related interrupts

([INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]) in

order to enable the interrupts needed

for the packet reception.

FIFO readed

Since FIFO read is performed before

Sync error occurrence, FIFO read

pointer is different from the initial

value.

Since FIFO read is performed without

reception data, invalid FIFO data

usage and RX FIFO access error is

indicated. FIFO read pointer is

difference from the initial value.

In order to read the next packet data

correctly, FIFO read pointer must be

initialized. Therefore,RX FIFO pointer

clear ([STATE_CLR:B0 0x16]) is

indispensable. In addition, clear RX

related interrupts

([INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]) in

order to enable the interrupts needed

for the packet reception.

FIFO readed

No FIFO read or

FIFO readed

140/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(2) TX FIFO access error

If one of the following conditions is met, TX FIFO access error interrupt (INT[20]: group3) will be generated.

●After TX Data request accept completion interrupt (INT[17]: group3] was generated, next packet is written to the

TX_FIFO without transmiting the current TX data.

●Data write overflow occurs to the TX_FIFO.

●No TX data in the TX_FIFO during TX data transimission.

When TX FIFO acccess error interrupt occurs, issuing TRX_OFF after TX completion interrupt(INT[16]: group3) is

recognized, or issueing Force_TRX_OFF by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register without waiting for TX completion interrupt.

After that, issuing TX FIFO pointer clear by [STATE_CLR:B0 0x16] register and clear remaining interrupts relative with TX

in the [INT_SOURCE_GRP3:B0 0x0F] register.

If TX FIFO access error occurs, subquent TX data will be inverted. CRC error should be detected at rexeiver side even if

TRX_OFF is issued when TX completion interrupt detected.

START

FAST_TX setting

[RF_STATUS_CTRL:B0 0x0A]

[TXFIFO_THRH/L:B0 0x17/18]

*1 If data written to FIFO exceed THFIFO_THRL[5:0]

Write TX data *1

[TXFIFO_THRL:B0 0x18(5-0)]+1, ()TX will start.

(Length is included in the data length written to

FIFO)

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

No

TX FIFO access error (INT[20])?

[NT_SOURCE_GRP3:B0 0x0F(4)]

Yes

Normal TX

(To TX flowchart)

Yes

Forced to stop TX ?

No

TX completion (INT[16]) ?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3:B0 0x0F(0)]

Force_TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

Yes

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

TX FIFO pointer clear

[STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(0)]

Clear INT GRP3

INT[16]-[20]

[INT SOURCE GRP3:B0 0x0F]

Yes

Next packet TX ?

No

RF state transition wait flow

141/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(3) RX FIFO access error

If one of the following conditions is met, RX FIFO access error interrupt (INT[12]: group2) will be generated.

●RX data overflow occurs to RX_FIFO

●Read RX_FIFO during no data in the RX_FIFO

When RX FIFO acccess error interrupt occurs, issuing TRX_OFF after RX completion interrupt (INT[8]: group2) is

recognized, or issueing Force_TRX_OFF by [RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B] register without waiting for RX completion interrupt.

After that, issuing RX FIFO pointer clear by [STATE_CLR:B0 0x16] register and clear remaining interrupts in the

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E] register.

START

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

No

RX FIFO access error (INT[12])?

[NT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E(4)]

Yes

Normal RX

(To RX flowchart)

Yes

Forced to stop RX ?

No

TX completion (INT[8]) ?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E(0)]

Force_TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

Yes

TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

RX FIFO pointer clear

[STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(1)]

Clear INT GRP2

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2:B0 0x0E]

Yes

Next packet to be received?

No

RF state transition wait flow

142/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(4) PLL unlock detection

○ TX

If PLL unlock is detected during transmission, transmission is stopped and the ML7345 is forced IDLE state. PLL unlock might

be caused by incorrect VCO calibration value. Please confirm VCO calibration or perform VCO calibration again. After PLL

unlock interrupt occurs, max. 147μs is necessary to move to IDLE state. Please wait for at least 147μs before next TX, RX or

VCO calibration is performed.

START

Write TX data

[WR_TX_FIFO:B0 0x7C]

TX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

No

PLL unlock (INT[12])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D(2)]

Normal TX

(To TX flowchart)

Yes

*

Force_TRX_OFF is

^{issued automatically}.

INT[12] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D(2)]

Wait TRX_OFF(IDLE)

(147μs)

Yes

Next packet TX?

No

END

143/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

○ RX

If PLL unlock is detected during reception, it is continued without forcing IDLE state. Clear the PLL unlock detection interrupt

([INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D] INT[2]).

START

RX_ON issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

No

PLL unlock (INT[2])?

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D(2)]

Normal RX

(To RX flowchart)

Yes

INT[2] clear

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1:B0 0x0D(2)]

Yes

Next packet to be received?

No

Force_TRX_OFF issue

[RF_STATUS:B0 0x0B]

END

144/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Timing Chart

The following are operation timing for major functions.

(Note)

Bold characters indicate pins related signals. Non bold characters indicate internal signals.

●Start-up

[In case of Crystal oscillator circuits]

Regulator voltage wake up time

VDD

500μs *1

RESETN

Clock stabilization time

INT[0](CLK stabilized)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

300 to 500μs *2

RF operation wait completion

SPI access

prohibited

RF operation possible

All BANKs & FIFO Access possible

(*4 there is some restriction)

*1 : For wake-up timing of VDD and RESETN, please refer to the “Reset Characteristics”.

*2 : When setting XTAL_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(4)]) = 0b1, it is possible to adjust to 10/50/250/500μs, by setting

OSC_W_SEL[1:0]( [OSC_W_SEL: B1 0x08(6-5)]).

*3 : SPI access is prohibited after hard reset release(RESETN pin = “H”) to Clock stabilized completion. SPI access must be

performed after confirming Clock stabilized completion by reading INT0[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D(0)].

*4 : In case of Crystal oscillator circuits, please note the following SPI accesses are prohibited. If SPI access are performed

during this prohibited period, LSI is possible to go into unintended states.

Setting

Internal RC oscillator disable

(RC32K_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(3)])=0b0)

Setting prohibited timing

0.7ms to 2.0ms after power-on reset release (RESETN

pin=H) or exit from DEEP SLEEP

SLEEP Setting

(SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)])=0b0)

145/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[In case of TCXO]

Regulator voltage wake up time

VDD

500μs *1

RESETN

TCXO_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(6)])=0b1 setting

700μs *3 1.3ms *3

SCEN

Clock stabilization time

INT[0](CLK stabilized)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

5.5μs *2

RF operation wait completion

SPI access

prohibited

SPI access possible

(BANK0/1/3)

(*3 there is some restriction)

RF operation possible

All BANKs & FIFO Access possible

*1 : For wake-up timing of VDD and RESETN, please refer to the “Reset Characteristics”.

*2 : When setting XTAL_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(4)]) = 0b1, it is possible to adjust to 10/50/250/500μs, by setting

OSC_W_SEL[1:0]( [OSC_W_SEL: B1 0x08(6-5)]).

*3 : In case of TCXO, please note the following SPI accesses are prohibited. If SPI access are performed during this prohibited

period, LSI is possible to go into unintended states.

- In case of controlling TCXO enable at the timing of the exit from SLEEP

Please don’t perform SPI access to BANK0 until 2.0ms after power-on reset release (RESETN pin=H) or exit from DEEP

SLEEP.

- In case of TCXO always enabled

Please set TCXO_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(6)])=0b1 just after power-on reset release (RESETN pin=H) or exit from

DEEP SLEEP

Setting

Internal RC oscillator disable

(RC32K_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(3)])=0b0)

SLEEP Setting

Setting prohibited timing

0.7ms to 2.0ms after power-on reset release (RESETN

pin=H) or exit from DEEP SLEEP

(SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)])=0b0)

Clock source setting change

(TCXO_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(6)])=0b1)

146/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●TX

TX_ON

command

INT[3]

command

clear

FIFO write

SCEN

TX completion interrupt *1

SET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

0x9(TX_ON)

932μs

268μs

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

0x9(TX_ON)

0x8(TRX_OFF)

756μs

245μs

74μs

TX_ON

800μs

PA_ON

Data TX time *2

Air

INT[17]

(TX Data request accept completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F]

INT[3]

(RF state transition completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

INT[16]

(TX completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F]

DCLK output (*3)

0.4 bit time

(at 100kbps, 4μs)

*1 : When TXDONE_MODE[1:0]([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(1-0)]) = 0b00(default), SET_TRX[3:0]([RF_STATUS:

B0 0x0B(3-0)]) will be set to 0x8(TRX_OFF) automatically, upon detection of TX completion.

*2 : Data TX time calculation is as follows:

Data TX time [sec] = (number of TX bits+3)×1bit TX duration time[sec]

1bit TX duration time [sec] = 1/data rate [bps]

*3 : When setting TXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(5-4)]) = 0b01.

147/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●RX

DIO data output command

(When DIO function is used)

INT[3]clear

command

RX_ON

TRX_OFF

command

SCEN

SET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x6(RX_ON)

0x8(TRX_OFF)

6μs

121μs

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

0x6(RX_ON)

RX enable

Sync

Word

PB

Length

Data

CRC

Demod data

INT[3](RF state transition completion )

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

INT[13] (SyncWord detection)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E]

INT[8] (RX completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E]

DCLK output (*1)

1 to 2 bit time

(at 100kbps , 10 to 20µs)

*1 : When setting RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10 or 0b11.

148/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Transtion from TX to RX

SET_TRX[3:0]

0x6(RX_ON)

0x9(TX_ON)

[RF_STATU: B0 0x0B]

381μs

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x9(TX_ON)

INT[3] (RF state transition completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

PA_ON

265μs

●Transtion from RX to TX

SET_TRX[3:0]

0x9(TX_ON)

0x6(RX_ON)

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

981μs

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x6(RX_ON)

INT[3] (RF state transition completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

853μs

PA_ON

149/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Transtion from IDLE to SLEEP

SLEEP

command

SLEEP_EN

[SLEEPWU_SET: B0 0x2D]

By SLEEP_EN = 0b1,

automatic switching

SET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

0x3(Force_TRX_OFF)

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

SLEEP transition time *1

OSC/Reg enable

0.48μs

CLK_INIT_DONE

[CLK_SET: B0 0x02]

*1 : Clock input should be required for SLEEP transition. If TCXO is stopped during SLEEP state, please wait 1μs after SLEEP

command issued (SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1) and then stop TCXO.

●Transtion from TX/RX state to SLEEP

SLEEP

command

SLEEP_EN

[SLEEPWU_SET: B0 0x2D]

By SLEEP_EN = 0b1,

automatic switching

SET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x6(RX_ON)

0x9(TX_ON)

0x3(Force_TRX_OFF)

From RX_ON:4.8μs

From TX_ON:268μs

0x6(RX_ON)

0x9(TX_ON)

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

1μs

INT[3] (RF state transition completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

Time required from INT[3] to SLEEP *1

OSC/Reg enable

1μs

CLK_INIT_DONE

[CLK_SET: B0 0x02]

*1 : If TCXO is used, , please stop TCXO input after 2μs from INT[3] notification by setting SLEEP command

(SLEEP_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1) .

150/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Transition from SLEEP to IDLE

(when using crystal oscillator, model: ML7345/ML7345D)

SLEEP_EN = 0b0

setting

SLEEP_EN

[SLEEPWU_SET: B0 0x2D]

OSC/Reg enable

Clock stabilization time

300 to 500uS *1

INT[0] (CLK stabilized complete)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

225uS *2

RF operation wait completion

Sleep mode1: Register access possible

Sleep mode2: Register & FIFO access possible

Resisters and FIFOs

access possible

RFoperation

possible

*1: When setting XTAL_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(4)]) = 0b1, it is possible to adjust to 10/50/250/500μs , by setting

[OSC_W_SEL: B1 0x08(6-5)]. α is oscillation cuircuits start-up time, and max. is 500μs.

*2: [VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F] and [SET_TRX: B0 0x0B] registers access is possible, but process is pending until RF

operation wait completion signal is asserted.

(when using TCXO, model: ML7345)

SLEEP_EN = 0b0

setting

SLEEP_EN

[SLEEPWU_SET: B0 0x2D]

OSC/Reg enable

Clock stabilization time

3μs *1

INT[0] (CLK stabilized complete)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

375μs(TCXO) *2

RF operation wait completion

Sleep mode1: Register access possible

Sleep mode2: Register & FIFO access possible

Resisters and FIFOs

access possible

RFoperation

possible

*1: When using TCXO (TCXO_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(6)]) = 0b1), clock stabilization time is 3μs.

*2: [VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F] and [SET_TRX:B0 0x0B] registers access is possible, but process is pending until RF

operation wait completion signal is asserted.

151/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

(when using TCXO, model: ML7345D)

RX_ON

MSTR_CLK_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(7)])=0b0

SLEEP_EN = 0b0

MSTR_CLK_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(7)])=0b1

SCEN

SLEEP_EN

[SLEEPWU_SET: B0 0x2D]

OSC/Reg enable

Clock stabilization time

3μs *1

300μs

INT[0] (CLK stabilized complete)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

375μs(TCXO) *2

RF operation wait completion

Sleep mode1: Register access possible

Sleep mode2: Register & FIFO access possible

Resisters and FIFOs

access possible

RFoperation

possible

*1: When using TCXO (TCXO_EN([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(6)]) = 0b1), clock stabilization time is 3μs.

*2: [VCO_CAL_START:B0 0x6F] and [SET_TRX:B0 0x0B] registers access is possible, but process is pending until RF

operation wait completion signal is asserted.

152/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●High speed carrier checking mode

This timing chart is under the following conditions:

ED value averaging : 8 times

Channel filter bandwidth : 10kHz

RX_ON

command

INT[3] clear

command

SCEN

SET_TRX[3:0]

0x6(RX_ON)

0x8(TRX_OFF)

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

5μs

121μs

GET_TRX[3:0]

[RF_STATUS: B0 0x0B]

0x8(TRX_OFF)

0x6(RX_ON)

479μs

(RSSI convergence time 351μs+ED value averaging period 128us)

CCA on-going flag

1μs

INT[3] (RF state transition completion)

[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D]

1μs (*1)

SLEEP flag

*1: Clock input should be required for SLEEP transition. If TCXO is stopped during SLEEP state, please wait 2μs from INT[3]

and then stop TCXO.

153/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

154/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

155/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

156/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Registers

●Registers Map

The ML7345 has four register BANKs whose address range is 0x00-0x7F(128bytes). Grey colours in the table are unused

bits or reserved bits . Please use the initial setting value, as reserved bits may be used for functions not open to the customers.

It may cause unexpected operation. Reading value of “Reserved” registers are indeterminate. Reading value of “Reserved” bits

are indeterminate.

Each BANK can be selected by [BANK_SEL] register (B0 0x00, B1 0x00, B2 0x00, B3 0x00), enabling each bank in bit7-4

(B*_ACEN) and specified BANK number to bit3-0.

If register’s value is specified in the description, do not change.

157/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK0

Address

Register name

ML7345D

Description

[HEX]

ML7345

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

0A

0B

0C

0D

0E

0F

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

1A

1B

1C

1D

1E

1F

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

2A

2B

2C

2D

2E

2F

BANK_SEL

RST_SET

CLK_SET1

CLK_SET2

PKT_CTRL1

PKT_CTRL2

DRATE_SET

DATA_SET1

DATA_SET2

CH_SET

RF_STATUS_CTRL

RF_STATUS

DIO_SET

INT_SOURCE_GRP1

INT_SOURCE_GRP2

INT_SOURCE_GRP3

INT_EN_GRP1

INT_EN_GRP2

INT_EN_GRP3

CRC_ERR_H

same as on the left

BANK selection

Reset control

Clock configuration 1

Clock configuration 2

Packet configuration 1

same as on the left

Packet configuration 2

Data rate setting

TX/RX data configuration 1

TX/RX data configuration 2

RF channel setting

RF status transition control

RF status setting

DIO mode configuration

Interrupt status for INT0 to INT7

Interrupt status for INT8 to INT15 (RX)

Interrupt status for INT16 to INT23 (TX)

Interrupt enable 1

Interrupt enable 2

Interrupt enable 3

CRC error status (high byte)

CRC error status (middle byte)

CRC error status (low byte)

State clear control

TX FIFO-Full level setting

TX FIFO-Empty threshold, FAST_TX enable threshold

RX FIFO-Full threshold

RX FIFO-Empty threshold

Control field (C-field) detection setting

Manufacturer ID field (M-field) detection setting

Address field (A-field) detection setting

C-field setting code #1

C-field setting code #2

C-field setting code #3

C-field setting code #4

C-field setting code #5

CRC_ERR_M

CRC_ERR_L

STATE_CLR

TXFIFO_THRH

TXFIFO_THRL

RXFIFO_THRH

RXFIFO_THRL

C_CHECK_CTRL

M_CHECK_CTRL

A_CHECK_CTRL

C_FIELD_CODE1

C_FIELD_CODE2

C_FIELD_CODE3

C_FIELD_CODE4

C_FIELD_CODE5

M_FIELD_CODE1

M_FIELD_CODE2

M_FIELD_CODE3

M_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE1

A_FIELD_CODE2

A_FIELD_CODE3

A_FIELD_CODE4

A_FIELD_CODE5

A_FIELD_CODE6

SLEEP/WU_SET

WUT_CLK_SET

WUT_INTERVAL_H

M-field 1^stbyte setting code 1

M-field 1^stbyte setting code 2

M-field 2^ndbyte setting code 1

M-field 2^ndbyte setting code 2

A-field 1^stbyte setting

A-field 2^ndbyte setting

A-field 3^rdbyte setting

A-field 4^thbyte setting

A-field 5^thbyte setting

A-field 6^thbyte setting

SLEEP execution and Wake-up operation setting

Wake-up timer clock division setting

Wake-up timer interval setting (high byte)

158/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK0 (continued)

Address

Register name

ML7345D

Description

[HEX]

ML7345

same as on the left

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

3A

3B

3C

WUT_INTERVAL_L

WU_DURATION

GT_SET

GT_CLK_SET

GT1_TIMER

GT2_TIMER

CCA_IGNORE_LVL

CCA_LVL

CCA_ABORT

CCA_CTRL

ED_RSLT

IDLE_WAIT_H

IDLE_WAIT_L

Wake-up timer interval setting (low byte)

Continue operation timer (after Wake-up) setting

General purpose timer configuration

General purpose timer clock division setting

General purpose timer #1 setting

General purpose timer #2 setting

ED threshold level setting for excluding CCA judgment

CCA threshold level setting

same as on the left

Timing setting for forced termination of CCA operation

CCA control setting and result indication

ED value indication

IDLE detection period setting during CCA (high byte)

IDLE detection period setting during CCA (low byte)

IDLE detection elapsed time display during CCA (high

byte)

3D

CCA_PROG_H

same as on the left

3E

3F

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

4A

4B

4C

4D

4E

4F

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

5A

5B

5C

5D

5E

5F

CCA_PROG_L

PREAMBLE_SET

VCO_VTRSLT

ED_CTRL

TXPR_LEN_H

TXPR_LEN_L

POSTAMBLE_SET

SYNC_CONDITION1

SYNC_CONDITION2

SYNC_CONDITION3

2DIV_CTRL

IDLE detection elapsed time display during CCA (low byte)

Preamble pattern setting

VCO adjustment voltage result display

ED detection control setting

TX preamble length setting (high byte)

TX preamble length setting (low byte)

Postamble setting

RX preamble setting and ED control setting

ED threshold setting during synchronization

Error tolerance setting

Antenna diversity setting

Antenna diversity result

Acquired ED value by antenna 1 display

Acquired ED value by antenna 2 display

TX/RX antenna control setting

2DIV_RSLT

ANT1_ED

ANT2_ED

ANT_CTRL

MON_CTRL

Monitor function setting

GPIO0_CTRL

GPIO1_CTRL

GPIO2_CTRL

GPIO3_CTRL

EXTCLK_CTRL

SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL

CHFIL_BW

GPIO0 pin (pin#16) configuration setting

GPIO1 pin (pin#17) configuration setting

GPIO2 pin (pin#18) configuration setting

GPIO3 pin (pin#19) configuration setting

EXT_CLK pin (pin #10) control setting

SPI interface IO configuration /external PA control setting

Channel filter bandwidth setting

I phase DC offset adjustment setting(high 6bits)

I phase DC offset adjustment setting(low byte)

Q phase DC offset adjustment setting(high 6bits)

Q phase DC offset adjustment setting(low byte)

DC offset adjustment filter setting

IF IQ amplitude balance adjustment (high 4bits)

IF IQ amplitude balance adjustment (low byte)

IF IQ phase balance adjustment (high 4bits)

IF IQ phase balance adjustment (low byte)

IF IQ automatic adjustment RSSI acquisition wait time

IF IQ automatic adjustment RSSI judgment threshold

DC_I_ADJ_H

DC_I_ADJ_L

DC_Q_ADJ_H

DC_Q_ADJ_L

DC_FIL_ADJ

IQ_MAG_ADJ_H

IQ_MAG_ADJ_L

IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H

IQ_PHASE_ADJ_L

IQ_ADJ_WAIT

IQ_ADJ_TARGET

159/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK0 (continued)

Address

Register name

ML7345D

Description

[HEX]

ML7345

same as on the left

60

61

62

DEC_GAIN

IF_FREQ

OSC_ADJ1

Decimation gain setting

IF frequency selection

Coarse adjustment of load capacitance for oscillation circuits

Fine adjustment of load capacitance for oscillation

circuits

same as on the left

63

OSC_ADJ2

64

65

66

67

68

Reserved

OSC_ADJ4

RSSI_ADJ

PA_MODE

PA_REG_FINE_ADJ

PA_ADJ

Reserved

VCO_CAL

VCO_CAL_START

CLK_CAL_SET

CLK_CAL_TIME

CLK_CAL_H

CLK_CAL_L

Reserved

same as on the left

CHFIL_BW_CCA

same as on the left

Reserved

Oscillation circuits bias adjustment (high speed start-up)

RSSI value adjustment

PA mode setting/PA regulator coarse adjustment

PA regulator fine adjustment

PA gain adjustment

Channel filter bandwidth setting during CCA

Reserved

VCO calibration setting or status indication

VCO calibration execution

Clock calibration setting

69

6A

6B-6D

6E

6F

70

71

72

73

74

Clock calibration time setting

Clock calibration value readout (high byte)

Clock calibration value readout (low byte)

Reserved

Interrupt clear setting during SLEEP

TX test pattern setting

75

76

SLEEP_INT_CLR

RF_TEST_MODE

State machine status and synchronization status

indication

77

STM_STATE

same as on the left

78

79

7A

7B

7C

7D

7E

7F

FIFO_SET

FIFO readout setting

RX_FIFO_LAST

TX_PKT_LEN_H

TX_PKT_LEN_L

WR_TX_FIFO

RX_PKT_LEN_H

RX_PKT_LEN_L

RD_FIFO

RX FIFO data usage status indication

TX packet length setting

TX FIFO

RX packet length indication

FIFO read

160/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK1

Register name

ML7345D

Address

[HEX]

Description

ML7345

same as on the left

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09-0A

0B

0C

0D

0E

0F

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

1A

1B

1C

1D

1E

1F

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

2A

2B

2C

2D

2E

2F

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

BANK_SEL

CLK_OUT

TX_RATE_H

TX_RATE_L

RX_RATE1_H

RX_RATE1_L

RX_RATE2

Reserved

OSC_W_SEL

Reserved

PLL_LOCK_DETECT

GAIN_HTOL

GAIN_LTOH

GAIN_HOLD

Reserved

RSSI_ADJ_L

RSSI_STABLE_TIME

RSSI_MAG_ADJ

RSSI_VAL

AFC/GC_CTRL

CRC_POLY3

CRC_POLY2

CRC_POLY1

CRC_POLY0

PLL_DIV_SET

TXFREQ_I

TXFREQ_FH

TXFREQ_FM

TXFREQ_FL

RXFREQ_I

RXFREQ_FH

RXFREQ_FM

RXFREQ_FL

CH_SPACE_H

CH_SPACE_L

SYNC_WORD_LEN

SYNC_WORD_EN

SYNCWORD1_SET0

SYNCWORD1_SET1

SYNCWORD1_SET2

SYNCWORD1_SET3

SYNCWORD2_SET0

SYNCWORD2_SET1

SYNCWORD2_SET2

SYNCWORD2_SET3

FSK_CTRL

GFSK_DEV_H

GFSK_DEV_L

FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0

FSK_DEV0_L/GFIL1

FSK_DEV1_H/GFIL2

FSK_DEV1_L/GFIL3

FSK_DEV2_H/GFIL4

BANK selection

same as on the left

CLK_OUT(GPIOn) output frequency setting

TX data rate conversion setting (high 4bits)

TX data rate conversion setting (low byte)

RX data rate conversion setting 1 (high byte)

RX data rate conversion setting 1 (low byte)

RX data rate conversion setting 2

Reserved

Clock stabilization waiting time setting

Reserved

PLL lock detection setting

Threshold level setting for switching “high gain” to “low gain”

Threshold level setting for switching “low gain” to “high gain”

Gain switching setting

Reserved

GC_CTRL_DIV

Gain control setting in antenna diversity mode.

RSSI offset value setting during low gain operation

RSSI stabilization wait time setting

Scale factor setting for ED value conversion

RSSI value indication

AFC/gain control setting

CRC polynomial setting 3

CRC polynomial setting 2

CRC polynomial setting 1

same as on the left

CRC polynomial setting 0

PLL output 2 division switch setting

TX frequency setting (I counter)

TX frequency setting (F counter high 4bits)

TX frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

TX frequency setting (F counter low byte)

RX frequency setting (I counter)

RX frequency setting (F counter high 4bits)

RX frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

RX frequency setting (F counter low byte)

Channel spacing setting (high byte)

Channel spacing setting (low byte)

SyncWord length setting

SyncWord enable setting

SyncWord #1 setting (bit24-31)

SyncWord #1 setting (bit16-23)

SyncWord #1 setting (bit8-15)

SyncWord #1 setting (bit0-7)

SyncWord #2 setting (bit24-31)

SyncWord #2 setting (bit16-23)

SyncWord #2 setting (bit8-15)

same as on the left

SyncWord #2 setting (bit0-7)

GFSK/FSK modulation timing resolution setting

GFSK frequency deviation setting (high 6bits)

GFSK frequency deviation setting (low byte)

FSK frequency deviation setting 0 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 1

FSK frequency deviation setting 0 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 2

FSK frequency deviation setting 1 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 3

FSK frequency deviation setting 1 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 4

FSK frequency deviation setting 2 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 5

161/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK1 (continued)

Register name

ML7345D

Address

[HEX]

Description

ML7345

same as on the left

FSK frequency deviation setting 2 / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 6

FSK frequency deviation setting 3/ Gaussian filter coefficient setting 7

FSK frequency deviation setting 3

37

38

39

3A

3B

3C

3D

3E

3F

FSK_DEV2_L/GFIL5

FSK_DEV3_H/GFIL6

FSK_DEV3_L

FSK_DEV4_H

FSK_DEV4_L

FSK_TIM_ADJ4

FSK_TIM_ADJ3

FSK_TIM_ADJ2

FSK_TIM_ADJ1

same as on the left

FSK frequency deviation setting 4

FSK 4^thfrequency deviation hold timing setting

FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation hold timing setting

FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation hold timing setting

FSK 1^stfrequency deviation hold timing setting

FSK no-deviation frequency (carrier frequency) hold timing

setting

40

FSK_TIM_ADJ0

same as on the left

41

42

43

44-47

48

49

4FSK_DATA_MAP

FREQ_ADJ_H

FREQ_ADJ_L

Reserved

2DIV_MODE

2DIV_SEARCH1

2DIV_SEARCH2

4FSK data mapping

TX/RX frequency fine adjustment setting (high byte)

TX/RX frequency fine adjustment setting (low byte)

Reserved

Antenna diversity mode setting

Antenna diversity search time setting

ED threshold level setting of Antenna diversity FAST

mode

4A

4B

2DIV_FAST_LVL

same as on the left

4C

4D

Reserved

VCO_CAL_MIN_I

Reserved

VCO Calibration low limit frequency setting (I counter)

VCO Calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter high

4bits)

VCO Calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter middle

byte)

VCO Calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter

low byte)

4E

4F

50

VCO_CAL_MIN_FH

VCO_CAL_MIN_FM

VCO_CAL_MIN_FL

same as on the left

51

52

53

54-55

56

57

58

59

5A-5B

5C

5D

5E

5F

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

VCO_CAL_MAX_N

VCAL_MIN

VCAL_MAX

VCO_CAL Max frequency setting

TX VCO calibration low limit value indication and setting

TX VCO calibration high limit value indication and setting

Reserved

Demodulator configuration 0

Demodulator configuration 1

Demodulator configuration 2

Demodulator configuration 3

Reserved

Demodulator configuration 6

Reserved

DEMOD_SET0

DEMOD_SET1

DEMOD_SET2

DEMOD_SET3

Reserved

DEMOD_SET6

DEMOD_SET7

DEMOD_SET8

DEMOD_SET9

DEMOD_SET10

DEMOD_SET11

ADDR_CHK_CTR_H

ADDR_CHK_CTR_L

WHT_INIT_H

WHT_INIT_L

WHT_CFG

Demodulator configuration 7

Demodulator configuration 8

Demodulator configuration 9

Demodulator configuration 10

Demodulator configuration 11

Address check counter indication (high 3bits)

Address check counter indication (low byte)

Whitening initializing state setting (high 1bit)

Whitening initializing state setting (low byte)

Whitening polynomial generation setting

Reserved

67-7B

7C

7D

7E

TX_RATE2_H

TX_RATE2_L

Reserved

TX data rate setting 2 (high byte)

TX data rate setting 2 (low byte)

Reserved

7F

ID_CODE

ID code indication

162/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

BANK2

Register name

ML7345D

address

[HEX]

description

ML7345

same as on the left

00

01-3F

40

BANK_SEL

Reserved

BANK selection

Reserved

same as on the left

VTUNE_COMP_ON

same as on the left

VCO adjustment voltage result display enable

Reserved

41-7F

BANK3

Register name

address

[HEX]

description

ML7345

ML7345D

00

01-22

23

BANK_SEL

BANK selection

same as on the left

Reserved

2MODE_DET

Reserved

2 modes detection setting (MODE-T and MODE-C)

24-7F

Reserved

(Note)

1. Other registers are closed register and access is limited. Accessible registers are written in the “initialization

table”.calibration operation, do not access BANK1 registers.

163/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Register Bank0

0x00[BANK_SEL]

Function: Register access bank selection

Address:0x00 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x11

Bit

7

Bit name

B3_ACEN

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

BANK3 register access enable

0: access disable

1: access enable

BANK2 register access enable

0: access disable

1: access enable

BANK1 register access enable

0: access disable

1: access enable

6

5

4

B2_ACEN

B1_ACEN

B0_ACEN

0

1

R/W

BANK0 register access enable

0: access disable

1: access enable

BANK selection

0b0001: BANK0 access

0b0010: BANK1 access

0b0100: BANK2 access

0b1000: BANK3 access

Other setting: prohibit

3:0 BANK[3:0]

0001

R/W

(Note)

1. During VCOcalibration operation, do not access BANK1 registers.

2. Register acess can be done by CLK_INIT_DONE([CLK_SET1: B0 0x02(7)]) = 0b0.

But the registers related to RF status has to be accessed after CLK_INIT_DONE = 0b1.

164/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x01[RST_SET]

Function: Software reset setting

Address:0x01 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

RST3_EN

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Reset3 enable setting

0: reset disable

1: reset enable (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

Reset2 enable setting

6

5

4

RST2_EN

RST1_EN

RST0_EN

0

R/W

0: reset disable

1: reset enable (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

Reset1 enable setting

0: reset disable

1: reset enable (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

Reset 0 enable setting

0: reset disable

1: reset enable (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

PHY function reset

bit7(RST3_EN) = 0b1, reset can be executed.

0: no reset

1: reset execution (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

RF control function reset

bit6(RST2_EN) = 0b1, reset can be executed.

0: no reset

1: reset execution (after reset, automatically written 0b0)

MODEM function reset

bit5(RST1_EN) = 0b1, reset can be executed.

0: no reset

3

2

1

RST3

RST2

RST1

0

R/W

1: reset execution (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

CFG (Configuration) function reset

bit4(RST0_EN) = 0b1, reset can be executed.

0: no reset

1: reset execution (after reset, automatically written to 0b0)

0

RST0

0

R/W

(Note) all registers, except [CLK_SET2: B0 0x03] register bit6-3, are reset to

the initial value.

(Note) After reset, FIFO data are not guaranteed.

[Description]

1. Please set enable bit (bit7 to bit4) and execution bit (bit3 to bit0) at the same time. After reset, status are not retained

and automatically writen to 0b0.

2. 2μs after writing to the execution bit (bit3 to bit0), reset operation will complete. However, if executing reset in

SLEEP state (while SLEEP_EN ([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(0)]) = 0b1), reset will be executed at Clock

stabilizzation completion interrupt (INT[0] group1) from SLEEP release and each bit turned to 0b0. If chnaging set

value before reset execution, last setting is valid.

165/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x02[CLK_SET1]

Function: Clock setting 1

Address:0x02 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x1F

Bit

7

Bit name

CLK_INIT_DONE

Reset value

R/W

R

Description

Clock stabilization completion flag

0

6:5 Reserved

00

R/W

ADC clock control

0: clock stop

1: clock enable

RF function (RFstate control) clock control

0: clock stop

1: clock enable

TX function (MOD) clock control

0: clock stop

1: clock enable

RX function(DEMOD) clock control

0: clock stop

1: clock enable

4

3

2

1

0

CLK4_EN

CLK3_EN

CLK2_EN

CLK1_EN

CLK0_EN

1

R/W

PHY function clock control

0: clock stop

1: clock enable

0x03[CLK_SET2]

Function: Clock setting 2

Address: 0x03 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x9B

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

1

R/W

Description

Logic block clock enable control

0: disable

MSTR_CLK_EN

1: enable

TCXO input control (1) (2) (3)

0: disable

1: enable

6

5

4

TCXO_EN

Reserved

XTAL_EN

0

1

R/W

Crystal oscillator circuits control (1) (2)

0: disable

1: enable

Internal RC oscillator control

0: disable

1: enable

3

2

1

RC32K_EN

Reserved

1

0

1

R/W

PA regulator control

0: always-on

REG_PA_ENB

1: off at RX

Receiver section clock slowdown setting

0: disable

0

LOW_RATE_EN

1

R/W

1: enable

* When this is set to 0b1, the current value for RX state described in the

“Power Consumption” is achieved.

(Note)

(1) In case of using TCXO, set TCXO_EN = 0b1. Please make sure only one of the register TCXO_EN and XTAL_EN_EN

is set to 0b1.

(2) RST0([RST_SET: B0 0x01(0)]) cannot clear this bit. In order to clear it, use the hardware reset (RESETN pin = “L”) or

set this bit to 0b0 by SPI access.

(3) In case of using TCXO, this register must be programmed first. If other registers are set before programming this register,

values set to other registers are not valid.

166/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x04[PKT_CTRL1] model ML7345

Function: Packet configuration 1

Address: 0x04 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Extended Link Layer mode setting (Wireless M-Bus)

00: No Extended Link Layer

01: 2-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8C)

10: 8-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8D)

Other setting: reserved

* Please refer to the “Packet format”.

* For 10/16-byte extension, set this to 0b00 and set

EXT_PKT_MODE2[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)].

7:6 EXT_PKT_MODE[1:0]

00

(Note)

When packet format setting is Format A and packet expansion mode is set

by 0b10, it cannot transmit and receive data properly with the Length

value meeting the following condition.

So please use the Length value where the following condition is not met.

(condition) a surplus of "(length -15)/16" becomes "0"

Length area bit order setting

5

4

3

LEN_LF_EN

0

R/W

0: MSB first

1: LSB first

Data area bit order setting

0: MSB first

DAT_LF_EN

1: LSB first

RX Extended Link Layer mode setting (Wireless M-Bus)

0: Automatically detecting “Extended Link Layer”

1: HW does not check “Extended Link Layer” automatically

RX_EXTPKT_OFF

IEEE802.15.4g mode setting

0: IEEE802_15.4g mode disable

1: IEEE802_15.4g mode enable

* In case of 0b1 (enable), bit12(CRC setting) and bit11(Whitening

setting) of L-field for receiving packet are automatically identified

and Whitening/CRC process will be performed.

LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(0)]) needs to set to 0b1(2

bytes mode).

IEEE802_15_4G_EN

2

0

R/W

* In case of TX, there is no auto-identification capability.

WHT_SET([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(0)]) and

CRC_LEN[1:0]([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(5-4)]) register settings are

needed.

* For more detail, please refer “IEEE802.15.4g mode setting”.

Packet configuration

00: Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

01: Format B (Wireless M-Bus)

10: Format C (non Wireless M-Bus, general purpose format)

Other setting: reserved

1:0 PKT_FORMAT

00

R/W

* Please refer to the “Packet format”.

167/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x04[PKT_CTRL1] model ML7345D

Function: Packet configuration 1

Address: 0x04 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

Extended Link Layer mode setting (Wireless M-Bus)

00: No Extended Link Layer

01: 2-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8C)

10: 8-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8D)

Other setting: reserved

7:6 EXT_PKT_MODE[1:0]

* Please refer to the “Packet format”.

* For 10/16-byte extension, set this to 0b00 and set

EXT_PKT_MODE2[DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(7-6)].

Length area bit order setting

5

4

3

LEN_LF_EN

0

R/W

0: MSB first

1: LSB first

Data area bit order setting

0: MSB first

DAT_LF_EN

1: LSB first

RX Extended Link Layer mode setting (Wireless M-Bus)

0: Automatically detecting “Extended Link Layer”

RX_EXTPKT_OFF

1: HW does not check “Extended Link Layer” automatically

IEEE802.15.4g mode setting

0: IEEE802_15.4g mode disable

1: IEEE802_15.4g mode enable

* In case of 0b1 (enable), bit12(CRC setting) and bit11(Whitening

setting) of L-field for receiving packet are automatically identified

and Whitening/CRC process will be performed.

LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(0)]) needs to set to 0b1(2

bytes mode).

IEEE802_15_4G_EN

2

0

R/W

* In case of TX, there is no auto-identification capability.

WHT_SET([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(0)]) and

CRC_LEN[1:0]([PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(5-4)]) register settings are

needed.

* For more detail, please refer “IEEE802.15.4g mode setting”.

Packet configuration

00: Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

01: Format B (Wireless M-Bus)

1:0 PKT_FORMAT

00

R/W

10: Format C (non Wireless M-Bus, general purpose format)

11: Format D (non Wireless M-Bus, general purpose format)

* Please refer to the “Packet format”.

168/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x05[PKT_CTRL2] model ML7345

Function: Packet configuration 2

Address: 0x05 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x1C

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

CRC initialized state setting

0: ALL0

CRC_INIT_SEL

1: ALL1

CRC complement value OFF setting

0: complement value

1: no complement value

CRC length setting

00: CRC8

6

CRC_COMP_OFF

0

R/W

01: CRC16

10: CRC32

5:4 CRC_LEN[1:0]

01

Other setting: reserved

* 0b00(CRC8) and 0b10(CRC32) are valid for Format C only.

* For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

RX CRC setting

0: disable

3

RX_CRC_EN

1

R/W

1: enable (CRC calculation)

* If enable, CRC results are stored in [CRC_ERR_H/M/L: B0 0x13/14/15]

registers for RX data.

TX CRC setting

0: disable

1: enable (CRC calculation)

* If enable, CRC(s) are automatically appended to the TX data.

(Note)

When 0b0 is set and the transmission data are divided and write to TX FIFO,

then relations with the last quantity of writing data and CRC length setting

(CRC_LEN[PKT_CTRL2: B0 0x05(5-4)]) meet the following condition, TX

FIFO access error is notified and cannot send a packet properly. So please

control quantity of wrting data to FIFO that the following condition is not met.

(condition)

2

TX_CRC_EN

1

R/W

CRC_LEN=0b00 ... last writing data quantity is 1 byte

CRC_LEN=0b01 ... last writing data quantity are less than or equal 2

bytes

CRC_LEN=0b10 ... last writing data quantity are less than or equal 4 bytes

Length field setting

00: 1-byte mode

1:0 LENGTH_MODE[1:0]

00

R/W

01: 2-byte mode (Length is extended upper 3bits)

[Description]

1. In transmission (TX), based on the length from [TX_PKT_LEN_H/L:B0 0x7A/7B] registers, total data length will be

calculated. Upon transmitting all data, TX complete.

2. In receiving (RX), based on the length from RX data, total data length will be calculated. Upon reception of all data, RX

complete.

3. For details. please refer to the “Packet format”.

169/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x05[PKT_CTRL2] model ML7345D

Function: Packet configuration 2

Address: 0x05 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x1C

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

CRC initialized state setting

0: ALL0

CRC_INIT_SEL

1: ALL1

CRC complement value OFF setting

0: complement value

1: no complement value

CRC length setting

00: CRC8

6

CRC_COMP_OFF

0

R/W

01: CRC16

10: CRC32

5:4 CRC_LEN[1:0]

01

Other setting: reserved

* 0b00(CRC8) and 0b10(CRC32) are valid for Format C only.

* For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

RX CRC setting

0: disable

3

2

RX_CRC_EN

TX_CRC_EN

1

R/W

1: enable (CRC calculation)

* If enable, CRC results are stored in [CRC_ERR_H/M/L: B0 0x13/14/15]

registers for RX data.

TX CRC setting

0: disable

1: enable (CRC calculation)

* If enable, CRC(s) are automatically appended to the TX data.

Length field setting

1

R/W

00: 1-byte mode

1:0 LENGTH_MODE[1:0]

00

01: 2-byte mode (Length is extended upper 3bits)

[Description]

1. In transmission (TX), based on the length from [TX_PKT_LEN_H/L:B0 0x7A/7B] registers, total data length will be

calculated. Upon transmitting all data, TX complete.

2. In receiving (RX), based on the length from RX data, total data length will be calculated. Upon reception of all data, RX

complete.

3. For details. please refer to the “Packet format”.

170/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x06[DRATE_SET]

Function: Data rate setting

Address: 0x06 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x22

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

RX data rate setting

* When LOW_RATE_EN ([CLK_SET2:B0 0x03(0)]) = 0b1, optimal values are

automatically set to the [RX_RATE1_H/L: B1 0x04/05] and [RX_RATE2:

B1 0x06] registers by setting this register.

* However, when LOW_RATE_EN = 0b0, optimal values are not set. It is

needed to set specified values directly to the [RX_LATE1_H/L:B1 0x04/05]

and [RX_LATE2:B1 0x06] registers according to the “Initialization table”.

* When RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]([DIO_SET:B0 0x0C(7-6)]) = 0b10 or 0b11

(enabling DIO mode), less than or equal 9.6kbps cannot be used by

setting this register. It is needed to set specified values directly to the

[RX_LATE1_H/L:B1 0x04/05] and [RX_LATE2:B1 0x06] registers

according to the “Initialization table”.

Setting value

Data rate

1.2kbps

2.4kbps

4.8kbps

9.6kbps

10kbps

7:4 RX_DRATE [3:0]

0010

R/W

0000

0001

0010

0011

0100

0101

0110

19.2kbps

15kbps

0111

20kbps

1000

1001

32.768kbps

40kbps

1010

50kbps

1011

100kbps

TX data rate setting

* By setting this field, based on [TX_RATE_H/L: B1 0x02/03], optimal value is

selected.

Setting value

0000

Data rate

1.2kbps

2.4kbps

4.8kbps

9.6kbps

10kbps

0001

0010

0011

0100

3:0 TX_DRATE [3:0]

0010

R/W

0101

0110

19.2kbps

15kbps

0111

20kbps

1000

1001

32.768kbps

40kbps

1010

50kbps

1011

100kbps

[Description]

1. In order to change data rate, other registers must be programmed. For details, please refer to the “Data rate setting

function”.

2. With 4FSK/4GFSK setting, the bit rate is set. The set rate is halved on Air.

171/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x07[DATA_SET1]

Function: TX/RX data configuration 1

Address: 0x07 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x15

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

TX polarity setting

0: Positive polarity

1: Negative polarity

7

PB_PAT

0

* When this is set to 0b1, the polarity of PR_PAT[PREAMBLE_SET: B0

0x3F(3-0)] is reversed.

TX data polarity setting

0: Data“1” = deviated to higher frequency, Data“0” = deviated to lower

6

TX_FSK_POL

0

R/W

frequency

1: Data“1” = deviated to lower frequency, Data“0” = deviated to higher

frequency

RX data polarity setting

0: Data“1” = deviated to higher frequency, Data“0” = deviated to lower

5

4

RX_FSK_POL

GFSK_EN

0

1

R/W

frequency“0”

1: Data“1” = deviated to lower frequency, Data“0” = deviated to higher

frequency

GFSK mode setting

0: GFSK disable (FSK mode)

1: GFSK enable

* For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

RX data encoding mode setting

00: Manchester encoding

01: NRZ

10: 3-out-of-6 encoding

11: Reserved

* The Manchester encoding encodes data “0” to “10” and data “1” to “01”.

TX data encoding mode setting

00: Manchester encoding

01: NRZ

3:2 RX_DEC_SCHEME [1:0]

1:0 TX_DEC_SCHEME [1:0]

01

R/W

10: 3-out-of-6 encoding

11: Reserved

* The Manchester encoding encodes data “0” to “10” and data “1” to “01”.

172/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x08[DATA_SET2]

Function: TX/RX data configuration 2

Address: 0x08 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Extended Link Layer mode setting 2 (Wireless M-Bus2013)

00: No Extended Link Layer

01: 10-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8E)

10: 16-byte extension (Extended Link Layer CI = 0x8F)

Other setting: reserved

7:6 EXT_PKT_MODE2[1:0]

00

* Please refer to the “Packet format”.

* For 2/8-byte extension, set this to 0b00 and set

EXT_PKT_MODE[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(7-6)].

Multi-ary FSK setting

5

4

FSK_SEL

0

R/W

0: 2FSK mode

1: 4FSK mode

SyncWord pattern selection setting

0: Sync word pattern 1

1: Sync word pattern 2

SYNCWORD_SEL

* For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

Two SyncWords search setting

0: Two SyncWords searching disable

1: Two SyncWords searching enable

* For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

Two RX preambles search setting

0: Two preamble patterns search disable (distinguish between “01” pattern

and “10” pattern)

3

2

2SW_DET_EN

2PB_DET_EN

0

R/W

1: Two preamble patterns search enable (do not distinguish between “01”

pattern and “10” pattern)

Manchester polarity setting

1

0

MAN_POL

WHT_SET

0

R/W

0: Do not inverse polarity

1: Inverse polarity

Whitening setting

0: disable Whitening

1: enable Whitening

0x09[CH_SET]

Function: RF channel setting

Address:0x09 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

description

RF channel setting (setting range: 0 to 255)

For details, please refer to the “Channel frequency setting”.

7:0 RF_CH[7:0]

173/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0A[RF_STATUS_CTRL]

Function: RF auto status transition control

Address:0x0A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x08

Bit

7

Bit name

INFINITE_TX

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Repeatable Transmision mode setting

0: Transimit one pcket

1: Transmit ‘preamble + packet’ continuously

* In order to terminate the transmission, it needs to set ‘Force_TRX_OFF’ .

Automatic transmission request setting

0: disabled

1: enabled

6

AUTO_DATA_REQ

0

R/W

* When TX-ON is executed with AUTO_DATA_REQ is enabled, ML7345

will generate Data transmission request accept completion interrupt and

transmit packet automaticaly. The data of packet are latest data in

TX_FIFO.

FAST_TX mode setting

0: disabel FAST_TX mode

1: enable FAST_TX mode

5

4

FAST_TX_EN

AUTO_TX_EN

(Note) If enable. move to the TX state after the data bytes writtrn into the TX

FIFO becomes grater than the value specified by TXFIFO_THRL[5:0]

([TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18(5-0)]).

Automatic TX mode setting

0: disable automatic TX mode

1: enable automatic TX mode

(Note) If enable, TX data specified by the Length are written to the TX FIFO,

move to the TX state.

RF state setting after packet reception completion.

00: move to IDLE state(TRX_OFF)

01: move to TX state

10: continue RX state

11: move to SLEEP state

RF state setting after packet transmission completion.

00: move to IDLE state(TRX_OFF)

01: continue TX state

0

R/W

3:2 RXDONE_MODE[1:0]

1:0 TXDONE_MODE[1:0]

10

00

10: move to RX state

11: move to SLEEP state

(Note)

1. For details, please refer to the “LSI State Transition Control”.

0x0B[RF_STATUS]

Function: RF state setting and status indication

Address:0x0B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x88

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1000

R/W

R

Description

RF staus indication

0110: RX_ON (RX state)

7:4 GET_TRX[3:0]

1000: TRX_OFF (RF OFF state)

1001: TX_ON (TX state)

RF state setting

0011: Force_TRX_OFF (force RF OFFsetting)

0110: RX_ON (RX setting) (*1)

1000: TRX_OFF (RF OFFsetting) (*3)

1001: TX_ON (TX setting) (*2)

3:0 SET_TRX[3:0]

1000

R/W

*1 During TX operation, setting RX_ON is possible. In this case, after TX

completion, move to RX_ON state automatically.

*2 During RX operation, setting TX_ON is possible. In this case, after RX

completion, move to TX_ON state automatically.

*3 If TRX_OFF is selected during TX or RX operation, after TX or RX

operation completed, RF is turned off. If Force_TRX_OFF is selected

during TX or RX operation, RF is turned off immediately.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “LSI State Transition Control”

174/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0C[DIO_SET]

Function: DIO mode configuration

Address:0x0C (BANK0)

Reset Value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

RX DIO mode setting

00: disable DIO mode (FIFO mode)

01: continuous output mode

DIO (demodulated data) and DCLK are constantly output

10: data output mode 1

DIO (undecoded data) and DCLK is output after SyncWord detection.

11: data output mode 2

DIO (decoded data) and DCLK is output after L-field detection.

(Note) When measuring BER, set to 0b01.

7:6 RXDIO_CTRL[1:0]

00

(Note) If 0b10, as FIFO is used for storing undecoded RX data, FIFO cannot

be used. By setting bit0(DIO_START) = 0b1, DIO and DCLK are output.

Data after SyncWord is stored into FIFO.

(Note) If 0b11, as FIFO is used for storing decoded RX data. By setting

bit0(DIO_START) = 0b1, DIO and DCLK are output. Upon completion of

data (specified by the Length) transfering , DIO and DCLK output are stop.

Data after Length field is stored into FIFO.

TX DIO mode setting

00: disable DIO mode (FIFO mode)

01: DCLK is constantly output

10: DCLK is output after SyncWord.

5:4 TXDIO_CTRL[1:0]

00

R/W

(Note) When setting 0b01/10, FIFOcannot be used. Encoded data must be

sent to ML7345 at the falling edge of DCLK.

3

2

1

0

Reserved

0

R/W

DIO RX completion setting

0: RX not finished

1: RX completion

DIO_RX_COMPLETE

Reserved

(Note) after RX completion, reset to 0b0 automatically.

DIO RX data output start setting

0: no OUTPUT (NOT stop output)

1: start OUTPUT

DIO_START

(Note) Upon out of synchronization, reset to 0.

(Note)

1. For details, please refer to the “DIO function”.

175/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0D[INT_SOURCE_GRP1]

Function: Interrupt status for INT0 to INT7

Address: 0x0D (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Clock calibration completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

Wake-up timer completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

INT[7]

INT[6]

1: interrupt

6

5

0

R/W

* If this interrupt is cleared during SLEEP state, interrupt by wake-up timer

completion will not generate.

Refer to (Note) 3.

FIFO-Full interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

* Interrupt will be generated when FIFO usage exceeds the threshold defined

by TXFIFO_THRH[5:0]([TXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x17(5-0)]) in TX or remaining

FIFO exceeds the threshold defined by RXFIFO_THRL[5:0]

([RXFIFO_THRH: B0 0x19(5-0)]) in RX.

FIFO-Empty interrupt

INT[5]

INT[4]

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

* Interrupt will be generated when FIFO usage falls below the threshold

defined by TXFIFO_THRL[5:0] ([TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18(5-0)]) in TX or

remaining FIFO falls below the threshold defined by RXFIFO_THRL[5:0]

4

0

R/W

([RXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x1A(5-0)] in RX.

RF state transition completion interrupt

3

2

INT[3]

INT[2]

0

R/W

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

PLL unlock interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

* When VTUNE_INT_ENB [PLL_VTRSLT: B0 0x40(2)] = 0b0, this interrupt is

generated at PLL unlock or out of VCO adjustment voltage range

detection.

VCO calibration completion interrupt or

Fuse access completion interrupt or

IQ automatic adjustment completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

1

INT[1]

INT[0]

0

R/W

* After RESETN pin release, (RESETN = “H”) or by setting

PDN_EN([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(2)]) = 0b1 to return from SLEEP

state, Fuse access completion interrupt occurs. VCO calibration should be

done after clearing INT[1].

Clock stabilization completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

0

1: interrupt

(Note)

1. Regardless of [INT_EN_GRP1: B0 0x10] register setting, this register value reflect internal status. For writing, only 0b0

is valid, writing 0b1 is ignored.

2. If one of unmasked interrupt event occur, interrupt pin keeps output “Low”.

3. During SLEEP state, interrupts are not cleared immediately by this register. In this case, interrupts are cleared at the

clock stabilization completion timing after return from the SLEEP state. To immediately clear interrupts during SLEEP

state, please use SLEEP_INT_CLR.

176/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0E[INT_SOURCE_GRP2]

Function: Interrupt status for INT8 to INT15 (RX)

Address:0x0E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Sync error interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

INT[15]

(Note) Upon SyncWord detection, while receiving packet (length specified by

L-filed), if RX out-of-sync detected, interrupt will generate.

Field checking interrupt

6

5

INT[14]

INT[13]

0

R/W

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

SyncWord detection interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

RX FIFO access error interrupt

0: no interrupt

4

3

2

INT[12]

INT[11]

INT[10]

0

R/W

1: interrupt

(Note) During RX using FIFO mode, if RX FIFO overrun or underrun

detected, interrupt will generate.

RX Length error interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

Diversity search completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

(Note) After diversity completion, interrupt will generate at SyncWord

detection timing.

CRC error interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

(Note) Upon detection of CRC error, interrupt will generate. As Format A/B

have multiple CRC-fields, error CRC block is indicated by

[CRC_ERR_H/M/L: B0 0x13/14/15] registers. Format C has only one CRC

field. Therefore MCU can detect CRC error with this interruption,

1

0

INT[9]

INT[8]

0

R/W

RX completion interrupt

0: no interupt

1: interrupt

(Note) interrupt will generate, when RX data specified by the L-field,

received.

[Description]

(1) If the following L-field data is received, RX Length error interruption will generate.

Packet format

Extension format

[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04]

No extension

Length Indicating RX Length error

[PKT_CTRL1:B0 0x04]

Under 8bytes

Under 12bytes

Format A

Format B

Format C

2bytes extension

8bytes extension

No extension

Under 16 byte

Under 10bytes, 128 to 129 bytes

2bytes extension

8bytes extension

Under 17byte, 19 to 20bytes, 128 to 129bytes

0byte(CRC8)

-

1byte(CRC16)

2bytes(CRC32)

(Note)

1. Regardless of setting [INT_EN_GRP2: B0 0x11], this register value reflect internal status. For writing, only 0b0 is

valid, writing 0b1 is ignored.

2. If one of unmasked interrerupt event occurs, inturrupt pin keeps output “Low” .

3. During SLEEP state, interupts are not cleared immediately by this register. In this case, interrupts are cleared at the

clock stabilizzation completion timing after return from the SLEEP state.

If need to clear interrupts during SLEEP state, please use [SLEEP_INT_CLR:B0 0x75] register.

177/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0F[INT_SOURCE_GRP3]

Function: Inrerrupt status for INT16 to INT23 (TX)

Address:0x0F (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

General purpose timer 2 interrupt

0: no interrupt

INT[23]

1: interrupt

General purpose timer 1 interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

6

5

INT[22]

INT[21]

0

R/W

Reserved

TX FIFO access error interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

4

INT[20]

0

R/W

(Note) During TX using FIFO mode, if the FIFO overrun / underrun occur, or

if the next packet data is written to the FIFO before transmitting, interrupt will

generate.

TX lenghth error interrupt (1)

3

2

INT[19]

INT[18]

0

R/W

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

CCA completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

TX Data request accept completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1

0

INT[17]

INT[16]

0

R/W

1: interrupt

(Note) Interrupt will generate. when TX data, whose lenghth specified by

[TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/7B] registers, written to the FIFO,

TX completion interrupt

0: no interrupt

1: interrupt

(Note) Interrupt will generate.when TX data, whose length specified by the

[TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/7B] registers, transmitted,

[Description]

1. If the following L-field data is written to the [TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/7B] registers, TX Length error interrupt

will generate.

Packet format

Extension format

[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04]

No extension

Length indicating TX Length error

[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04]

Under 8bytes

Under 12bytes

Under 16bytes

Format A

Format B

Format C

2bytes extension

8bytes extension

No extension

Under 10bytes, 128 to 129bytes

2bytes extension

8bytes extension

Under 17bytes, 19 to 20bytes, 128 to 129bytes

0byte (CRC8)

-

1byte (CRC16)

2bytes (CRC32)

(Note)

1. Regardless of setting [INT_EN_GRP3: B0 0x12], this register value reflect internal status. For writing, only 0b0 is

valid, writing 0b1 is ignored.

2. If one of unmasked interrerupt event occurs, inturrupt pin keeps output “Low”.

3. During SLEEP state, interupts are not cleared immediately by this register. In this case, interrupts are cleared at the

clock stabilizzation completion timing after return from the SLEEP state.

If need to clear interrupts during SLEEP state, please use [SLEEP_INT_CLR:B0 0x75] register.

178/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x10[INT_EN_GRP1]

Function: Interupt mask for INT0 to INT7

Address:0x10 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0x00

R/W

Description

Enabling from interrupt 0 event to interrupt 7 event.

0: masking interrupt

7:0 INT_EN[7:0]

1: generate interrupt

[Description]

1. Please refer to the “Interrupt events table”.

2. For event details, please refer to [INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0 0x0D] register.

0x11[INT_EN_GRP2]

Function: Interupt mask for INT8 to INT15

Address:0x11 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0x00

R/W

Description

Enabling from interrupt 8 event to interrupt 15 event.

0: masking interrupt

7:0 INT_EN[15:8]

1: generate interrupt

[Description]

1. Please refer to the “Interrupt events table”.

2. For event details, please refer to [INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0E] register.

0x12[INT_EN_GRP3]

Function: Interuptmask for INT16 to INT23

Address:0x12 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7:6 INT_EN[23:22]

Reserved

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Enabling from interrupt 22 event to interrupt 23 event.

0: masking interrupt

00

0

1: generate interrupt

Reserved

5

Enabling from interrupt 16 event to interrupt 20 event.

0: masking interrupt

4:0 INT_EN[20:16]

0_0000

1: generate interrupt

[Description]

1. Please refer to the “Interrupt events table”.

2. For event details, please refer to [INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F] register.

179/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x13[CRC_ERR_H]

Function: CRC error status (high byte)

Address:0x13 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

CRC check interrupt selection setting

7:5 Reserved

4

CRC_INT_SET

0

R/W

0: Generate interrupt at CRC error

1: Generate interrupt at CRC OK

3:1 Reserved

000

17^thCRC error status

* For Format A (Wireless M-Bus).

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

0

CRC_ERR[16]

0

R

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

0x14[CRC_ERR_M]

Function: CRC error status (middle byte)

Address:0x14 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

CRC_ERR[15]

Reset value

0

R/W

R

Description

16^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

15^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

6

CRC_ERR[14]

0

R

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

14^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

5

4

3

2

1

0

CRC_ERR[13]

CRC_ERR[12]

CRC_ERR[11]

CRC_ERR[10]

CRC_ERR[9]

CRC_ERR[8]

0

R

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

13^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

12^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

11^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

10^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

9^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

180/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x15[CRC_ERR_L]

function: CRC error status (low byte)

Address:0x15 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

CRC_ERR[7]

Reset value

0

R/W

R

Description

8^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

7^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

CRC_ERR[6]

CRC_ERR[5]

CRC_ERR[4]

CRC_ERR[3]

CRC_ERR[2]

CRC_ERR[1]

CRC_ERR[0]

0

R

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

6^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

5^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

4^thCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A (Wireless M-Bus)

3^rdCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A or B (Wireless M-Bus)

2^ndCRC error status

0: CRC OK or no CRC calculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A or B (Wireless M-Bus)

1^stCRCerror status

0: CRC OK or no CRCcalculation

1: CRC error

(Note) For Format A or B (Wireless M-Bus) and Format C

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

181/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x16[STATE_CLR]

Function: State clear control

Address:0x16 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

State clear enable

0: disabel State clear

1: enable State clear

State clear to bit0-6 can be enabled depending on this bit. This bit will be

cleared at State clear.

7

STATE_CLR_EN

0

00

0

R/W

6:5 Reseverd

Address check counter clear

1: Clear addres check counter.

(Note) [ADDR_CHK_CTR_H/L:B1 0x62,63] registers wull be cleard

(Note) bit7(STATE_CLR_EN) = 0b1 is required. After clear operation and

then automatically return to 0b0.

4

STATE_CLR4

Diversity State clear

1: Clear diversity state.

(Note) bit7(STATE_CLR_EN) = 0b1 is required. After clear operation and

then automatical return to 0b0.

PHY State clear

1: Clear PHY state.

(Note) bit7(STATE_CLR_EN) = 0b1 is required. After clear operation and

then automatically return to 0b0.

RX FIFO pointer clear

1: Clear write pointer/read pointer of FIFO.

(Note) bit7(STATE_CLR_EN) = 0b1 is required. After clear operation and

then automatically return to 0b0.

3

2

1

0

STATE_CLR3

STATE_CLR2

STATE_CLR1

STATE_CLR0

0

R/W

TX FIFO pointer clear

1: Clear write pointer/read pointer of FIFO.

(Note) bit7(STATE_CLR_EN) = 0b1 is required. After clear operation and

then automatically return to 0b0.

[Description]

1. Please set enable bit (bit7) and execution bit (bit4 to bit0) at the same time. After completing a clearing operation,

automatically 0b0 will be written to each bit.

2. After writing to the execution bits, (bit3 to bit0), clearing will be completed within (master clock period ×

[RX_RATE_H/L: B1 0x04/05] × 2[sec]) μs.

0x17[TXFIFO_THRH]

Function: TX FIFO-Full level setting

Address:0x17 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

TXFIFO_THRH_EN

Reserved

Reset value

R/W

Description

TX FIFO Full level enable

0: disable

1: enable

0

R/W

6

0

R/W

TX FIFO Full level setting

5:0 TXFIFO_THRH[5:0]

00_0000

(Note) Valid, if bit7(TXFIFO_THRH_EN) = 0b1

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “TX FIFO usage notification function”

2. When TX FIFO data size exceeds the threshold , INT[5] (group 1) interrupt will generate.

182/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x18[TXFIFO_THRL]

Function: TX FIFO-Empty level setting and TX trigger level setting in FAST_TX mode

Address:0x18 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

TXFIFO_THRL_EN

Reserved

Reset value

R/W

Description

TX FIFO Empty level enable

0: disable

1: enable

0

6

TX FIFO Empty level setting and TX trigger level setting in FAST_TX mode

(Note) valid if bit7(TXFIFO_THRH_EN) = 0b1.

(Note) TXFIFO_THRL[5:0] should be set larger than or equal 1.

(Note) If using FAST_TX mode, please set 0b1 to the FAST_TX_EN

([RF_STATUS_CTRL: B0 0x0A(5)]). Empty level should be set less than or

equal [FIFO write size(byte) – 3(byte)].

5:0 TXFIFO_THRL[5:0]

00_0000

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “TX FIFO usage notification function”.

2. When TX FIFO data size becomes below the threshold , INT[4] (gropu 1) interrupt will generate.

[Note]

1. Please adjust the amount of data to be stored in the FIFO so that the relation between FAST_TX threshold and the amount of

data maintains the relationship shown in the table below. If the below relationship isn't maintained, the transmission might be

occurred unintentionally.

FAST_TX threshold[bytes]

Amount of data to be stored in the

FIFO[bytes]

1

1~2

3~6

1~3

7~14

15~30

31~62

63

1~7

1~15

1~31

1~63

0x19[RX FIFO_THRH]

Function: RX FIFO-Full level enable and level setting

Address:0x19 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

RXFIFO_THRH_EN

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

RX FIFO Full level enable

0: disable

1: enable

6

0

R/W

RX FIFO Full level settting

5:0 RXFIFO_THRH[5:0]

00_0000

(Note) Valid if bit7(RXFIFO_THRH_EN) = 0b1.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “RX FIFO usage notification function”.

2. When RX FIFO data size excceds the threshold , INT[5] (group1) interrupt will generate.

183/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x1A[RX FIFO_THRL]

Function: RX FIFO-Empty level enable and level setting (high byte)

Address:0x1A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

RXFIFO_THRL_EN

Reserved

Reset value

R/W

Description

RX FIFO Emptylevel enable

0: disable

1: enable

0

6

RX FIFO Emptylevel setting

5:0 RXFIFO_THRL[5:0]

00_0000

(Note) Valid if bit7(RXFIFO_THRL_EN) = 0b1.

(Note) Empty level should be set larger or equal 2.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “RX FIFO usage notification function”.

2. When RX FIFO data size becomes below the threshold , INT[4] (group1) interrupt will generate.

184/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x1B[C_CHECK_CTRL]

Function: Control field detection setting

Address:0x1B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Data processing if Field mismatch.

0: RX data continue

1: RX data abort

CA_RXD_CLR

(Note) if 0b1 is set, immediately abort RX data and wait for the next RX

packet.

Field check interrupt setting

0: generate interrupt if Field match.

1: generate interrupt if Field mismatch.

(Note) selecte interupt will becomen INT[14] (group2).

6

5

CA_INT_CTRL

Reserved

0

R/W

Control field pattern 5 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

4

C_FIELD_CODE5_EN

0

R/W

(Note) The pattern 5 has specific function. If received Control field data

matches with the patterm 5, immediately generate interrupt and following

M-filed and A-field check do not proceed. Field mismach interrupt will not

generate.

Control field code #4 check enable

3

2

1

0

C_FIELD_CODE4_EN

C_FIELD_CODE3_EN

C_FIELD_CODE2_EN

C_FIELD_CODE1_EN

0

R/W

0: disable

1: enable

Control field code #3 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Control field code #2 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Control field code #1 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

2. When using field check function, RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET:B0 0x0C(7-6)] ) = 0b00 (FIFO mode) or 0b11 (data

output mode 2) setting is required.

185/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x1C[M_CHECK_CTRL]

Function: Manufacture ID field detection setting

Address:0x1C (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

Continued reception condition setting at continuous operation timer

completion

00: Continue reception when SyncWord detection interrupt is generated

01: Continue reception when Field check interrupt is generated

5:4 RCV_CONT_SEL[1:0]

00

R/W

10: Continue reception when RX sync is established

11: Reserved

Manufacture ID field code #4 check enable

3

2

1

0

M_FIELD_CODE4_EN

M_FIELD_CODE3_EN

M_FIELD_CODE2_EN

M_FIELD_CODE1_EN

0

R/W

0: disable

1: enable

Manufacture ID field code #3 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Manufacture ID field code #2 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Manufacture ID field code #1 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

2. Field check function is enabled only in the FIFO mode which judges L-field (RXDIO_CTRL[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)]

= 0b00) and in the data output mode 2 of the DIO mode (RXDIO_CTRL[DIO_SET: B0 0x0C(7-6)] = 0b11).

0x1D[A_CHECK_CTRL]

Function: Address field detection setting

Address:0x1D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

Address field code #6 check enable

7:6 Reserved

5

4

3

2

1

0

A_FIELD_CODE6_EN

0

R/W

0: disable

1: enable

Address field code #5 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Address field code #4 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Address field code #3 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Address field code #2 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

Address field code #1 check enable

0: disable

1: enable

A_FIELD_CODE5_EN

A_FIELD_CODE4_EN

A_FIELD_CODE3_EN

A_FIELD_CODE2_EN

A_FIELD_CODE1_EN

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

2. When using field check function, RXDIO_CTRL[1:0] ([DIO_SET:B0 0x0C(7-6)] ) = 0b00 (FIFO mode) or 0b11 (data

output mode 2) setting is required.

186/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x1E[C_FIELD_CODE1]

Function: Control field setting (code #1)

Address:0x1E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 C_FIELD_CODE1[7:0]

C-field setting code #1

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x1F[C_FIELD_CODE2]

Function: Control field setting (code #2)

Address:0x1F (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 C_FIELD_CODE2[7:0]

C-field setting code #2

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x20[C_FIELD_CODE3]

Function: Control field setting (code #3)

Address:0x20 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 C_FIELD_CODE3[7:0]

C-field setting code #3

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x21[C_FIELD_CODE4]

Function: Control field setting (code #4)

Address:0x21 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 C_FIELD_CODE4[7:0]

C-field setting code #4

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

187/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x22[C_FIELD_CODE5]

Function: Control field setting (code #5)

Address:0x22 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 C_FIELD_CODE5[7:0]

C-field setting code #5

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x23[M_FIELD_CODE1]

Function: Manufacture ID 1^stbyte setting (code#1)

Address:0x23 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 M_FIELD_CODE1[7:0]

M-field 1^stbyte setting code #1

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x24[M_FIELD_CODE2]

Function: Manufacture ID 1^stbyte setting (code#2)

Address:0x24 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 M_FIELD_CODE2[7:0]

M-field 1^stbyte setting code #2

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x25[M_FIELD_CODE3]

Function: Manufacture ID 2^ndbyte setting (code#1)

Address:0x25 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 M_FIELD_CODE3[7:0]

M-field 2^ndbyte setting code #1

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

188/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x26[M_FIELD_CODE4]

Function: Manufacture ID 2^ndbyte setting (code#2)

Address:0x26 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 M_FIELD_CODE4[7:0]

M-field 2^ndbyte setting code #2

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x27[A_FIELD_CODE1]

Function: Address field 1^stbyte setting

Adress:0x27 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE1[7:0]

A-field setting (1^stbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x28[A_FIELD_CODE2]

Function: Address field 2^ndbyte setting

Adress:0x28 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE2[7:0]

A-fieldsetting (2^ndbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x29[A_FIELD_CODE3]

Function: Address field 3^rdbyte setting

Adress:0x29 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE3[7:0]

A-field setting (3^rdbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

189/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x2A[A_FIELD_CODE4]

Function: Address field 4^thbyte setting

Adress:0x2A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE4[7:0]

A-field setting (4^thbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x2B[A_FIELD_CODE5]

Function: Address field 5^thbyte setting

Adress:0x27B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE5[7:0]

A-field setting (5^thbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

0x2C[A_FIELD_CODE6]

Function: Address field 6^thbyte setting

Adress:0x2C (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 A_FIELD_CODE6[7:0]

A-field setting (6^thbyte)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field check function”.

190/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x2D[SLEEP/WU_SET]

Function: SLEEP execution and Wake-up operation setting

Address:0x2D (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x06

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Wake-up timer operation mode setting

0: continue interval operation

1: after 1 shot operation, stop Wake-up timer.

After Wake-up operation setting

0: Move to RX_ON

WUT_1SHOT_MODE

1: Move to TX_ON

* When continue operation timer is time-out, move to the SLEEP state.

* If TX FIFO is written in the SLEEP state, TX Data request accept

completion interrupt (INT[17] group 3) will generate after return from the

SLEEP state.

6

WAKEUP_MODE

0

R/W

* When this is set to 0b1, TX Data should be transmitted before time out of

continue operation timer.

Continue operation timer enable setting after Wake-up.

0: After Wake-up, do not start continue operation timer

1: After Wake-up, start continue operation timer.

* When this is set to 0b1, and WAKEUP_MODE = 0b0, if SyncWord or

specified fields if specified are not detected until continue operation

time-out, automatically move to the SLEEP state.

Wake-up enable setting

0: disable Wake-up

1: enable Wake-up

* When 0b1 is set, after wake-up timer is time-out, automatically recover from

the SLEEP state. Move to the state specified by bit6 (WAKEUP_MODE).

RC oscillation circuits operation mode setting

0: continuous operation

5

4

3

WU_DURATION_EN

WAKEUP_EN

0

R/W

1: operation when in the SLEEP state.

* Please refer to the “SLEEP setting”.

RCOSC_MODE

* If 0b1 is set when continuous operation timer is used, continuous operation

timer does not work. Please set 0b0.

Wake-up timer clock source setting

0: External clock source (EXT_CLK Pin #10)

1: On-chip RC oscillation circuit

* Please refer to the “SLEEP setting”.

Power control enable at SLEEP

0: All logic power-on

1: Partial logic only power-on (power-off at TX FIFO)

* Please refer to the “SLEEP setting”.

SLEEP mode control

0: Recover from the SLEEP state (normal operation)

1: Move to SLEEP

2

1

0

WUT_CLK_SOURCE

PDN_EN

1

0

R/W

SLEEP_EN

* Please refer to the “SLEEP setting”.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

191/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x2E[WUT_CLK_SET]

Function: Wake-up timer clock division setting

Address:0x2E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Continuous operation timer clock setting

0000: no division (This setting is prohibitted when XTAL_EN([CLK_SET2:

B0 0x02(4)]) = 0b1)

0001: divided by 128

0010: divided by 256

0011: divided by 512

0100: divided by 1024

0101: divided by 2048

0110: divided by 4096

0111: divided by 8192

1000: divided by 16384

1001: divided by 2

7:4 WUDT_CLK_SET[3:0]

0000

R/W

1010: divided by 4

1011: divided by 8

1100: divided by 16

1101: divided by 32

1110: divided by 64

Other setting: divided by 16384

(Note) the source clock is specified by WUT_CLK_SOURCE

([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(2)]).

(Note) In case of using continuous operation timer, please set the same

value as WUDT_CLK_SET as WUT_CLK_SET.

Wake-up timer clock setting

0000: no division

0001: divided by 128

0010: divided by 256

0011: divided by 512

0100: divided by 1024

0101: divided by 2048

0110: divided by 4096

0111: divided by 8192

3:0 WUT_CLK_SET[3:0]

0000

R/W

1000: divided by 16384

1001: divided by 2

1010: divided by 4

1011: divided by 8

1100: divided by 16

1101: divided by 32

1110: divided by 64

Other setting: divided by 16384

(Note) the source clock is specified by WUT_CLK_SOURCE

([SLEEP/WU_SET: B0 0x2D(2)]).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

0x2F[WUT_INTERVAL_H]

Function: Wake-up timer interval setting (high byte)

Address:0x2F (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

Wake-up timer interval setting (high byte)

(Note) combined toghether with [WUT_INTERVAL_H:B0 0x30] register.

Timer interval can be programmed as follows:

7:0 WUT_INTERVAL[15:8]

Wake-up timer interval =

Wake-up timer clock cycle ([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(2)])*

Division setting ([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E(3-0)]) *

Wake-up timer interval setting [WUT_INTERVAL_H/L:B0 0x2F/30]

(Note) WUT_INTERVAL[15:0] should be set larger than or equal 2.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

192/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x30[WUT_INTERVAL_L]

Function: Wake-up timer interval setting (low byte)

Address:0x30 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

Wake-up timer interval setting (low byte)

7:0 WUT_INTERVAL[7:0]

For details, please refer to [TIMER_INTERVAL_H: B0 0x2F] register

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

0x31[WU_DURATION]

function: Continuous operation timer (after Wake-up) setting

Address:0x31 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

Continuousoperation timer (after wake-up) setting

Operation timer period

=

Wake-up timer clock cycle ([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(2)]) *

Division setting ([WUT_CLK_SET: B0 0x2E(3-0)]) *

7:0 WU_DURATION[7:0]

Continuous operation timer setting (WU_DURATI: B0 0x31]

(Note) WU_DURATION[7:0] should be set larger than or equal 1.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

0x32[GT_SET]

Function: General purpose timer configuration

Address:0x32 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

General purpose timer #2 clock sources setting

0: wake-up timer clock

1: 2MHz clock

General purpose timer #2 execution setting

0: pause timer counting

1: start or resume timer counting

(Note1) After time-out, reset to 0b0 automatically.

(Note2) In the case of GT2_CLK_SOURCE=0b0, if the timer is re-started

after the timer expiration, please re-start after more than 2 cycles of

wake-up timer clock (ML7345D)

5

4

GT2_CLK_SOURCE

0

R/W

GT2_START

0

R/W

3:2 Reserved

00

R/W

General purpose timer #1 clock sources setting

0: wake-up timer clock

1: 2MHz clock

General purpose timer #1 execution setting

0: pause timer counting

1: start or resume timer counting

1

GT1_CLK_SOURCE

0

GT1_START

0

R/W

(Note1) After time-out, reset to 0b0 automatically.

(Note2) In the case of GT1_CLK_SOURCE=0b0, if the timer is re-started

after the timer expiration, please re-start after more than 2 cycles of

wake-up timer clock (ML7345D)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “General purpose timer”.

193/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x33[GT_CLK_SET]

Function: General purpose timer clock division setting

Address:0x33 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

General purpose timer clock #2 division setting

0000: no division

0001: divided by 128

0010: divided by 256

0011: divided by 512

0100: divided by 1024

0101: divided by 2048

0110: divided by 4096

7:4 GT2_CLK_SET[3:0]

0000

R/W

0111: divided by 8192

1000: divided by 16384

1001: divided by 32768

Other setting: divided by 65536

(Note): The source clock is specified by GT2_CLK_SOURCE ([GT_SET:B0

0x32(5).

General purpose timer clock #1 division setting

0000: no division

0001: divided by 128

0010: divided by 256

0011: divided by 512

0100: divided by 1024

0101: divided by 2048

0110: divided by 4096

3:0 GT1_CLK_SET[3:0]

0000

R/W

0111: divided by 8192

1000: divided by 16384

1001: divided by 32768

Other setting: divided by 65536

(Note): The source clock is specified by GT1_CLK_SOURCE ([GT_SET:B0

0x32(1).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “General purpose timer”.

0x34[GT1_TIMER]

Function: General purpose timer #1 setting

Address:0x34 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

General purpose timer #1 period setting

General purpose timer #1period

=

General purpose timer clock cycle ([GT_SET:B0 0x32(1)]) *

Division setting ([GT_CLK_SET:B0 0x33(3-0)]) *

7:0 GT1_TIMER[7:0]

General purpose timer 1 period setting (GT1_TIMER[7:0])

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “General purpose timer”.

194/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x35[GT2_TIMER]

Function: General purpose timer #2 setting

Address:0x35 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

General purpose timer #2 period setting

General purpose timer #2 period

=

7:0 GT2_TIMER[7:0]

GT2 clock cycle ([GY_SET:B0 0x32(5)]) *

Division setting ([GT_CLK_SET:B0 0x33(7-4)]) *

GT2 timer period setting (GT2_TIMER[7:0])

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “General purpose timer”.

0x36[CCA_IGNORE_LVL]

Function: ED threshold level setting for excluding CCA judgement

Address:0x36 (BANK0)

Reset value:0xFE

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1110

R/W

Description

ED threshold level setting for excluding CCA running average judgement

(Note) An ED value exceeding this threshold, is not used for averaging

defined by ED_AVG([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(2-0)]). CCA result will not be

judged until acquiring ED values reached averaging number.

CCA_RSLT ([CCA_CTRL: B0 0x39(1-0)]) indicates 0b11 (evaluation

on-going).

7:0 CCA_IGNORE_LVL[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

0x37[CCA_LVL]

Function: CCA threshold setting

Address:0x37 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x5C

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0101_1100

R/W

Description

CCA thresold level setting (setting range:0 to 255)

(Note) If ED value exceed this threshold, CCA_RSLT ([CCA_CTRL: B0

0x39(1-0)]) indicates 0b01 (carrier detected)

7:0 CCA _LVL[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

195/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x38[CCA_ABORT]

Function: Timing setting for forced termination of CCA operation

Address:0x38 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0xFF

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1111

R/W

Description

CCA forced termination timing setting (range:0 to 255)

* If set 0b0000_0000, this function becomes invalid.

* 1bit resolution is 128μs

* Time out function for avoiding incompletion of CCA operation by carrier

detection. If CCA operated period becomes the value defined by this

register value x RSSI average interval (16μs), IDLE detection is

terminated, packets are discarded, and RF state becomes TRX_OFF.

7:0 CCA _ABORT[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to “CCA(Clear Channel Assessment) function”.

0x39[CCA_CTRL]

Function: CCA control setting and result indication

Address:0x39 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

CCA_STOP

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

CCA continuous mode termination setting (terminate by set 0b1)

(Note) If CCA_CPU_EN is executed, CCA will continuously perform until this

bit is set to 0b1.

CCA IDLE detection mode enable setting

0: disable

1: enable

CCA continuous mode enable setting

0: disable

1: enablee

6

5

CCA_IDLE_EN

CCA_CPU_EN

0

R/W

(Note) CCA will continue untill terminated by CCA_STOP bit.

CCA execution setting

0: not perform CCA

1: perform CCA

4

3

2

CCA_EN

0

R/W

(Note) After completion of CCA, reset to 0b0 automatically.

High speed carrier checking mode setting

0: during RX_ON, do not perform CCA.

1: during RX_ON, perform CCA.

(Note) As a result of CCA, if no carrier found, automatically move to SLEEP

state. Timer function can be combined together as well. For details, please

refer to the “Wake-up timer”.

CCA forced termination setting

0: do not terminate CCA

1: terminate CCA

FAST_DET_MODE_EN

CCA_ABORT_EN

(Note) valid if bit6(CCA_IDLE_EN) = 0b1.

CCA result

00: no carrier

01: carrier detected

10: CCA evaluation on-going (evaluating IDLE)

11: CCA evaluation on-going (ED value excluding CCA judgement

acquisition.) Please refer to [CCA_IGNORE_LVL:B0 0x36]) register.

(Note) These bits are not cleared automatically. Every time CCA detects

carrier, these bits need to be cleared. These bits are cleared by clearing

CCA completion interrupt([INT_SOURCE_GRP3: B0 0x0F(2)]).

CCA completion is indicated by INT[18] (group 3).

1:0 CCA_RSLT[1:0]

00

R/W

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

2. Please do not set 0b1 to both bit6(CCA_IDLE_EN) and bit5(CCA_CPU_EN) at the same time.

196/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x3A[ED_RSLT]

Function: ED value indication

Address:0x3A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

ED value indication

(Note) If ED_RSLT_SET([ED_CTRL: B0 0x41(3)]) = 0b0, ED value is

updated constantly during RX_ON. If ED_RSLT_SET = 0b1, ED value is

acquired at SyncWord detection timing. The value is updated at reading

RX_FIFO.

7:0 ED_VALUE[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details of ED value acquisition operation, please refer to the “Energy detection value (ED value) acquisition

function”

0x3B[IDLE_WAIT_H]

Function: IDLE detection period setting during CCA (high 2bits)

Address:0x3B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00_0000

R/W

Description

7:2 Reserved

IDLE judgement max. wait time setting (high 2bits)

(Note) In CCA IDLE judgement, it is used for detecting long IDLE (no carrier)

period.

(Note)Combined toghether with [IDLE_WAIT_L:B0 0x3C] register. IDLE

detection period is programmed as follows.

1:0 IDLE_WAIT[9:8]

00

R/W

IDLE detection period =

ED value averaging period (default 8 times = 128μs) + (IDLE_WAIT[9:0] *

16μs)

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

0x3C[IDLE_WAIT_L]

Function: IDLE detection period setting during CCA (low byte)

Address:0x3C (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

IDLE judgement max. wait time setting (low byte)

7:0 IDLE_WAIT[7:0]

For details, please refer to [IDLE_WAIT_H:B0 0x3B] register

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

197/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x3D[CCA_PROG_H]

Function: IDLE judgement elapsed time indication during CCA (high 2bits)

Address:0x3D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00_0000

R/W

Description

7:2 Reserved

IDLE judgement elapsed time indication during CCA (upper byte)

(Note) combined toghether with [CCA_PROG_L:B0 0x3E] register. IDLE

judgement elapsed time is calculated as follows.

1:0 CCA_PROG[9:8]

00

R

IDLE judgement elapsed time =

ED value averaging period (default 8 times = 128μs) + (IDLE_WAIT[9:0] *

16μs)

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

0x3E[CCA_PROG_L]

Function: IDLE judgement elapsed time indication during CCA (low byte)

Address:0x3E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

IDLE judgement elapsed time indication during CCA (low byte)

7:0 CCA_PROG[7:0]

For details, please refer to [CCA:PROG_H:B0 0x3D] register.

[Description]

1. For details operation of CCA, please refer to the “CCA(Clear Channel Asessment) function”.

0x3F[PREAMBLE_SET]

Function: Preamble pattern setting

Address:0x3F (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x05

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

Preamble pattern setting

* Sent in sequence from MSB side.

3:0 PR_PAT[3:0]

0101

R/W

198/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x40[VCO_VTRSLT]

Function: VCO adjustment voltage result display

Address: 0x40 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

R/W

Description

7:3 Reserved

Out of VCO adjustment voltage range detection and interrupt notification

setting

0: Notify by PLL unlock detection interrupt (INT2[INT_SOURCE_GRP1: B0

0x0D(2)])

2

VTUNE_INT_ENB

0

R/W

1: Do not generate interrupt

* When this is set to 0b1, PLL unlock interrupt is generated at PLL unlock or

out of VCO adjustment voltage range detection.

VCO adjustment voltage upper limit threshold display

0: Adjustment voltage is lower than the upper limit

1: Adjustment voltage is equal to or higher than the upper limit

VCO adjustment voltage lower limit threshold display

0: Adjustment voltage is equal to or higher than the lower limit

1: Adjustment voltage is lower than the lower limit

1

0

VTUNE_COMP_H

VTUNE_COMP_L

0

R

0x41[ED_CTRL]

Function: ED detection control setting

Address: 0x41 (BANK0)

Initial value: 0xA0

Bit

7

Bit name

ED_CALC_EN

Reset value

1

R/W

Description

ED value calculation enable setting

0: disable ED value calculation

1: enable ED value calculation

RF state setting at high speed carrier checking

0: Move to SLEEP at carrier not detected

Continue reception at carrier detected

1: Move to TX_ON at carrier not detected

Move to SLEEP at carrier detected

6

5

CCADONE_MODE

CCA_ED_SEL

0

1

R/W

*

This function is valid when FAST_DET_MODE_EN[CCA_CTRL: B0

0x39(4)] = 0b1.

ED value calculation signal selection setting at high speed carrier checking

0: Calculate ED value based on channel filter bandpass signal

1: Channel filter 2 (two times as wide as channel filter band) bandpass

signal

* When this is set to 0b1, the channel filter calculates the ED value with two

times as large as filter band set in CHFIL_BW_ADJ[CHFIL_BW: B0

0x54(6-0)].

ED value calculation completion flag

4

3

ED_DONE

0

R/W

R

0: calculation on-going (not completed)

1: ED value calculation completion

ED indication setting

Select ED value displayed in [ED_RSLT:B0 0x3A] register.

0: ED value constantly updated

1: ED value acquired at SyncWord detection timing

* If this is set to 0b1, the ED value is updated at reading RX data FIFO.

Please read [ED_RSLT:B0 0x3A] after reading FIFO.

ED value calculation average times setting

000: 1 time average

ED_RSLT_SET

001: 2 times average

010: 4 times average

011: 8 times average

100: 16 times average

2:0 ED_AVG[2:0]

000

R/W

101: 32 times average

Other than above: 16 times average

* ED_AVG[2:0] must be set when ED value calculation is stopped (TRX_OFF

state or TX_ON state or bit7(ED_CALC_EN) = 0b0).

[Description]

1. For details of ED value acquisition operation, please refer to the “Energy detection value(ED value) acquisition

function”.

199/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x42[TXPR_LEN_H]

Function: TX preamble length setting (high byte)

Address:0x42 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX preamble length setting (high byte)

TX preamble length = (specified value x2) bits

(Note) combined toghether with [TXPR_LEN_L: B0 0x43] register.

(Note) Do not set value less than 0x0010 to TXPR_LEN[15:0].ML7345

requires more than or equal 0x0010 preamble for synchronization.

(Note) If diversity is used, this parameter may have to change according to

the data rate. Please refer to the “Initialization table”

7:0 TXPR_LEN[15:8]

0x43[TXPR_LEN_L]

Function: TX preamble length setting (low byte)

Address:0x43 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x08

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_1000

R/W

Description

TX preamble length setting (low byte)

7:0 TXPR_LEN[7:0]

For details, please refer to [TXPR_LEN_H:B0 0x42] register.

0x44[POSTAMBLE_SET]

Function: Postamble length and pattern setting

Address:0x44 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x12

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Postamble length setting

Postamble length = (specified value × 2) bits.

6:4 POSTAMBLE_LEN[2:0]

Reserved

001

0

R/W

3

Postamble pattern setting

00: “01” pattern repetition

01: “10” pattern repetition

10: repetition of the last CRC pattern and its inversion

11: reserved

Postamble enable setting

0: no postamble addition

1: postamble addition

2:1 POSTAMBLE_PAT[1:0]

01

0

R/W

0

POSTAMBLE_EN

200/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x45[SYNC_CONDITION1]

Function: RX preamble setting and ED threshold check setting

Address:0x45 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

ED threshold check enable setting during synchronization

0: disable ED threshold check during synchronization

1: enable ED threshold check during synchronization

(Note) ED threshold value is set to the [SYNC_CONDITION2: B0 0x46]

register.

SYNC_ED_EN

0

6

Reserved

RX preamble checking length setting (setting range: 0 to 32, unit: bit)

(Note) if lager than 0b10_0000, interpret as 0b10_0000.

(Note) when 1 or more value is set to this register, for syncword detection,

syncword detection is performed with the pattern added to syncword

pattern for the number of preambles set. If the false detection probability is

high only with the syncword length, this function can reduce the probability

by adding a preamble.

5:0 RXPR_LEN[5:0]

00_0000

R/W

(Note) If the preamble comparison length set in RXPR_LEN[5:0] overlaps the

AFC convergence time(Max 24 bits), syncword can not be detected.

Therefore, please set this register to a value equal to or less than the

number of bytes obtained by subtracting the AFC convergence time from

the transmission preamble.

0x46[SYNC_CONDITION2]

Function: ED threshold setting during synchronization detection

Address:0x46 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

ED thereshold value setting during synchronization

(Note) If SYNC_ED_EN ([SYNC_CONDITION1: B0 0x45(7)]) = 0b1, ED

thereshold value become valid.

7:0 SYNC_ED_TH[7:0]

(Note) If acquired ED value does not exceed this threshold, synchronization

is not detected.

0x47[SYNC_CONDITION3]

Function: Bit error tolerance setting in RX preamble and SyncWord detection.

Address:0x47 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 SW_RCV[3:0]

3:0 PB_RCV[3:0]

Error tolerance value (bits) in the SyncWord (setting range: 0 to 15)

Error tolerance value (bits) in the preamble (setting range: 0 to 15)

0000

201/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x48[2DIV_CTRL]

Function: Antenna diversity setting

Address:0x48 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

00

0

5

4

3

2

ANT_CTRL1

ANT control bit1

ANT control bit0

ANT_CTRL0

INV_ANT_SW

INV_TRX_SW

ANT_SW polarity setting

TRX_SW polarity setting

Antenna switch setting

0: SPDT switch is used

1: DPDT switch is used

Antenna diversity setting

0: no antenna diversity

1: antenna diversity

1

0

2PORT_SW

2DIV_EN

0

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

0x49[2DIV_RSLT]

Function: Antenna diversity result indication

Address:0x49 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

7

Bit name

2DIV_DONE

Reset value

R/W

R

Description

Antenna diversity search completion status

0: diversity search on-going (not completed)

1: diversity search completion

0

0_0000

01

6:2 Reserved

R/W

R

Antenna diversity result

01: Antenna 1

1:0 2DIV_RSLT[1:0]

10: Antenna 2

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

2. This register is updated at SyncWord detection timing in each packet.

0x4A[ANT1_ED]

Function: Acquired ED value by antenna 1

Address:0x4A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

Acquired ED value by antenna 1

(Note) Set 2DIV_EN([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(0)]) = 0b1. This register is

updated at SyncWord detection timing in each packet. However, if diversity

completion interrupt- ([INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0D(2)]) is cleared, this

register will be cleared.

7:0 ANT1_ED[7:0]

202/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x4B[ANT2_ED]

Function: Acquired ED value by antenna 2

Address:0x4B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

Acquired ED value by antenna 2

(Note) Set 2DIV_EN([2DIV_CTRL: B0 0x48(0)]) = 0b1. This register is

updated at SyncWord detection timing in each packet. However, if diversity

completion interrupt- ([INT_SOURCE_GRP2: B0 0x0D(2)]) is cleared, this

register will be cleared.

7:0 ANT2_ED[7:0]

0x4C[ANT_CTRL]

Function: TX/RX antenna control setting

Address:0x4C (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

Antenna setting for RX

0: antenna 1

5

4

RX_ANT

0

R/W

1: antenna 2

(Note) Valid if bit4(RX_ANT_EN) = 0b01. This bit defines antenna during

RX_ON.

Antenna settinge enable for RX

0: disable

1: enable

RX_ANT_EN

0

R/W

3:2 Reserved

00

Antenna setting for TX

0: antenna 1

1

0

TX_ANT

0

R/W

1: antenna 2

(Note) Valid If bit0(TX_ANT_EN) = 0b01. This bit defines antenna during

TX_ON.

Antenna settinge enable for TX

0: disable

TX_ANT_EN

1: enable

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

203/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x4D[MON_CTRL]

Function: Monitor function setting

Address:0x4D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

BER measurement mode setting

0: normal operation mode

1: BER measurement mode

7

BER_MODE

(Note) By setting BER measurement mode, demodulated data/clock are

output from DIO/DCLK. For details, please refer to the “BER Measurement

Setting”

FIFO mode monitor setting

0: FIFO mode and DIO/DCLKare not output.

1: FIFOmode and DIO/DCLKare output.

(Note) Demodulated data/clock are output from DIO/DCLK.

6

FIFOMODE_MON

0

R/W

5:4 Reserved

00

Digital monitor output signal selection setting

0000: “L” output

0001: CLK_OUT output

0010: PLL lock detection signal output

(if PLL is locked, digital monitor signal outputs “H”)

0011: Synchronization detection signal output

(if synchronization is completed, digital monitor signal outputs “H”)

Other setting: reserved

3:0 DMON_SET

0001

R/W

0x4E[GPIO0_CTRL]

Function: GPIO0 pin (pin #16) cpnfiguration setting

Address:0x4E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x07

Bit

7

6

Bit name

GPIO0_INV

GPIO0_OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

0

GPIO0 output signal polarity setting

GPIO0 output OpenDrain setting

GPIO0 forced output value setting

0: “L” output

5

GPIO0_FORCEOUT

0

R/W

1: “H” output

(Note) the setting of bit7(GPIO0_INV) does not affect on this output value.

GPIO0 forced output enable setting

0: disable

4

3

GPIO0_FORCEOUTEN

Reserved

0

R/W

1: enable (output the value according to bit5(GPIO0_FORCEOUT) setting.)

GPIO0 input-output signal setting

000: [output] “L” level

001: [output] antenna switch control signal 1 (TX-RX switch signal: TRW_SW)

010: [output] antenna switch control signal 2 (antenna switch signal: ANT_SW)

011: [output] external PA control signal

2:0 GPIO0_IO_CFG[2:0]

111

R/W

100: [input/output] data (DIO)

101: [output] data clock (DCLK)

110: [output] digital monitor signal

please refer to DEMON_SET[3:0] ([MON_CTRL:B0 0x4D(3-0)]).

111: [output] interrupt notification signal (SINTN)

204/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x4F[GPIO1_CTRL]

Function: GPIO1 pin (pin #17) configuration setting

Address:0x4F (BANK0)

Reset value:0x06

Bit

7

6

Bit name

GPIO1_INV

GPIO1_OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

0

GPIO1 output signal polarity setting

GPIO1 output OpenDrainsetting

GPIO1 output forced setting

0: “L” output

5

GPIO1_FORCEOUT

0

R/W

1: “H” output

(Note) the setting of bit7(GPIO1_INV) does not affect on this output value.

GPIO1 forced output enable setting

4

3

GPIO1_FORCEOUTEN

Reserved

0

R/W

0: disable

1: enable (output the value according to bit5(GPIO1_FORCEOUT) setting.)

GPIO1 input-output signal selection setting

000: [output] “L” level

001: [output] antenna switch control signal 1 (TX-RX switch signal: TRW_SW)

010: [output] antenna switch control signal 2 (antenna switch signal: ANT_SW)

011: [output] external PA control signal

2:0 GPIO1_IO_CFG [2:0]

110

R/W

100: [input/output] data (DIO)

101: [output] data clock (DCLK)

110: [output] digital monitor signal

please refer to DEMON_SET[3:0] ([MON_CTRL:B0 0x4D(3-0)])

111: [output] Interrupt notification signal (SINTN)

0x50[GPIO2_CTRL]

Function: GPIO2 pin (pin #18) configuration setting

Address:0x50 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x02

Bit

7

6

Bit name

GPIO2_INV

GPIO2_OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

0

GPIO2 output signal polarity setting

GPIO2 output OpenDrain setting

GPIO2 forced output value setting

0: “L” output

5

GPIO2_FORCEOUT

0

R/W

1: “H” output

(Note) the setting of bit7(GPIO2_INV) does not affect on this output value.

GPIO2 forced output enable setting

0: disable

4

3

GPIO2_FORCEOUTEN

Reserved

0

R/W

1: enable (output the value according to bit5(GPIO2_FORCEOUT) setting.)

GPIO2 input-output signal selection setting

000: [output] “L” level

001: [output] antenna switch control signal 1 (TX-RX switch signal: TRW_SW)

010: [output] antenna switch control signal 2 (antenna switch signal: ANT_SW)

011: [output] external PA control signal

2:0 GPIO2_IO_CFG [2:0]

010

R/W

100: [input/output] data (DIO)

101: [output] data clock (DCLK)

110: [output] digital monitor signal

please refer DEMON_SET[3:0] ([MON_CTRL:B0 0x4D(3:0)])

111: [output] Interrupt notification signal (SINTN)

205/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x51[GPIO3_CTRL]

Function: GPIO3 pin (pin#19) configuration setting

Address:0x51 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

7

6

Bit name

GPIO3_INV

GPIO3_OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

0

GPIO3 output signal polarity setting

GPIO3 output OpenDrain setting

GPIO3 output forced setting

0: “L” output

5

GPIO3_FORCEOUT

0

R/W

1: “H” output

(Note) the setting of bit7(GPIO3_INV) does not affect on this output value.

GPIO3 forced output enable setting

4

3

GPIO3_FORCEOUTEN

Reserved

0

R/W

0: disable

1: enable (output the value accoding to bit5(GPIO3_FORCEOUT) setting.)

GPIO3 input-output signal selection setting

000: [output] “L” level

001: [output] antenna switch control signal 1 (TX-RX switch signal:TRW_SW)

010: [output] antenna switch control signal 2 (antenna switch signal:ANT_SW)

011: [output] external PA control signal

2:0 GPIO3_IO_CFG [2:0]

001

R/W

100: [input/output] data (DIO)

101: [output] data clock (DCLK)

110: [output] digital monitor signal

please refer to DEMON_SET[3:0] ([MON_CTRL:B0 0x4D(3:0)])

111: [output] Interrupt notification signal (SINTN)

0x52[EXTCLK_CTRL]

Function: EXT_CLK pin (pin #10) control

Address:0x52 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x03

Bit

7

6

Bit name

EXTCLK_INV

EXTCLK _OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

0

EXT_CLK output signal polarity setting

EXT_CLK output OpenDrain setting

EXT_CLK output forced setting

0: “L” output

1: “H” output

5

EXTCLK _FORCEOUT

0

R/W

(Note) the setting of bit7(EXTCLK_INV) does not affect on this output value.

EXT_CLK forced output enable setting

0: disable

EXTCLK

_FORCEOUTEN

4

3

0

R/W

1: enable (output the value according to bit5(EXTCLK_FORCEOUT) setting.)

Reserved

EXT_CLK input/outputsignal selection setting

000: [input] external clock (32 kHz)

001: [output] antenna switch control signal 1 (TX/RXswitch signal: TRX_SW)

010: [output] antenna switch control signal 2 (antenna switch signal: ANT_SW)

011: [output] external PA control signal

2:0 EXTCLK _IO_CFG [2:0]

011

R/W

100: [input/output] data (DIO)

101: [output] During RX: RX clock output

During TX: TX clock output

110: [output] Digital monitor signal

111: [output] interrupt notificationsignal (SINTN) output

206/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x53[SPI/EXT_PA_CTRL]

Function: SPI interface(SDI/SDO)pins/external PAcontrol

Address:0x53 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

SDO_OD

Reset value

R/W

Description

SDO output Open Drain setting

0: CMOS output

1: Open Drain output

0

6

Reserved

SDO pin (pin #12) input/output signal setting

0: [output] SDO (SPI interface)

5

4

SDO_CFG

0

R/W

1: [output] SDO (when SCEN pin (pin #14) = “L”)

SCEN pin = when “H”, DCLK output

For details, please refer to the “DIO function”

SDI pin (pin #15) input/ouput signal setting

0: [input] SDI(SPI interface)

1: [input] SDI (when SCEN pin (pin #14) = “L”

[input/output] DIO (when SCEN pin = “H”)

For details, please refer to the “DIO function”

SDI_CFG

3:2 Reserved

00

0

R/W

External PA control signal control timing setting

0: TX_ON signal output.

1

0

EXT_PA_CNT

1: PA_ON signal output.

For details of each signal timing, please refer to “TX” in the “Timing Chart”

External PA control timing enable setting

0: disable (“L” output)

1: enable (valid bit1(EXT_PA_CNT) setting)

EXT_PA_EN

0

R/W

0x54[CHFIL_BW]

Function: Channel filter bandwidth setting

Address: 0x54 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x14

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Channel Filter Wideband setting

0: Channel filter band width are set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ always

1: Channel filter band width are double width set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ

always

CHFIL_WIDE_SET

Channel filter bandwidth setting

(Setting range: 1 to 127)

Channel filter bandwidth [Hz] =

6:0 CHFIL_BW_ADJ[6:0]

001_0100

R/W

{Master clock frequency * (CHFIL_WIDE_SET+1)}/ (Setting value * 120}

* The initial value is 10kHz.

* For details, see the “Setting Channel Filter Bandwidth.”

* 0b000_0000 is set as 0b000_0001.

207/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x55[DC_I_ADJ_H]

Function: I phase DC offset adjustment setting (high 6bits)

Address: 0x55 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x40

Bit

7

Bit name

DC_ADJ_SET

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

DC offset correction setting

0: Automatic adjustment

1: Manual adjustment

DC offset adjustment hold setting

0: always updated

1: fix DC offset value after synchronized.

6

DC_ADJ_HOLD

1

R/W

I phase DC offset adjustment setting

* This adjustment value is valid when bit7 is set to 0b1.

* A negative setting value is specified in the two's complement format.

* Combined with 8 bits of [DC_I_ADJ_L:B0 0x56] register.

5:0 DC_I_ADJ[13:8]

00_0000

0x56[DC_I_ADJ_L]

Function: I phase DC offset adjustment setting (low byte)

Address: 0x56 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

I phase DC offset adjustment setting

* For details, please refer to [DC_I_ADJ_H:B0 0x55] register.

7:0 DC_I_ADJ[7:0]

0x57[DC_Q_ADJ_H]

Function: Q phase DC offset adjustment setting (high 6bits)

Address: 0x57 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

Q phase DC offset adjustment setting

* This adjustment value is valid when DC_ADJ_SET[DC_I_ADJ_H: B0

0x55(7)] is set to 0b1.

5:0 DC_Q_ADJ[13:8]

00_0000

R/W

* A negative setting value is specified in the two's complement format.

* Combined with 8 bits of [DC_I_ADJ_L:B0 0x58] register.

0x58[DC_Q_ADJ_L]

Function: Q phase DC offset adjustment setting (low byte)

Address: 0x58 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

Q phase DC offset adjustment setting

* For details, please refer to [DC_Q_ADJ_H:B0 0x57] register.

7:0 DC_Q_ADJ[7:0]

208/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x59[DC_FIL_ADJ]

Function: DC offset adjustment filter setting

Address: 0x59 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x03

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

DC offset adjustment filter mode setting

7:6 Reserved

5

DC_FIL_MODE

0

R/W

0: Start with the initial state

1: Start with DC offset value at receiving last packet

DC offset adjustment filter enable setting

0: disable

4

3

DC_FIL_ON

Reserved

0

R/W

1: enable

DC offset adjustment filter setting

000: 1/4

001: 1/8

010: 1/16

2:0 DC_FIL_SEL[2:0]

011

R/W

011: 1/32

100: 1/64

* Set the adjustment filter constant to be used when

DC_ADJ_SET[DC_I_ADJ_H: B0 0x55(7)] is set to 0b0 (automatic

adjustment).

209/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x5A[IQ_MAG_ADJ_H]

Function: IF IQ amplitude balance adjustment (high 4bits)

Address: 0x5A (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x08

Bit

7

Bit name

IQ_ADJ_DONE

Reset value

0

R/W

R

Description

IQ automatic adjustment completion display

0: Not completed

1: Completed

IQ automatic adjustment status display

0: RSSI value after IQ automatic adjustment is larger than RSSI threshold

6

5

IQ_ADJ_RSLT

LOCAL_SEL

0

R

set in [IQ_ADJ_TARGET: B0 0x5F]

1: RSSI value after IQ automatic adjustment is smaller than RSSI threshold

set in [IQ_ADJ_TARGET: B0 0x5F]

RX local frequency setting

0: Lower-Local setting (for Normal receiving mode)

1: Upper-Local setting (for IQ adjustment)

R/W

* Set 0b0 when Normal receiving mode

IQ automatic adjustment execution

0: Execution completion

1: Execution start

4

IQ_ADJ_START

0

R/W

* The result after automatic adjustment is stored in IQ_MAG_ADJ[11:0],

IQ_PHASE_ADJ_SIGN

[IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H: B0 0x5C(4)] and IQ_PHASE_ADJ

[IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H/L: B0 0x5C(3-0)/0x5D(7-0)].

IQ signal amplitude adjustment setting (high 4bits)

* Combined with 8bits of the [IQ_MAG_ADJ_L:B0 0x5B] register, this is

calculated using a total of 12bits.

bit11: 1

bit10: 1/2

bit9 : 1/4

bit8 : 1/8

3:0 IQ_MAG_ADJ[11:8]

1000

R/W

bit7 : 1/16

bit6 : 1/32

bit5 : 1/64

bit4 : 1/128

bit3 : 1/256

bit2 : 1/512

bit1 : 1/1024

bit0 : 1/2048

[Description]

1. Image rejection can be adjusted by IQ_MAG_ADJ[11:0]. For details, please refer to the “I/Q Adjustment”.

0x5B[IQ_MAG_ADJ_L]

Function: IF IQ amplitude balance adjustment (low byte)

Address: 0x5B (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

IQ signal amplitude adjustment setting (low byte)

* Combined with 4bits of [IQ_MAG_ADJ_H:B0 0x5A] register, this is

calculated using a total of 12bits.

7:0 IQ_MAG_ADJ[7:0]

[Description]

1. Image rejection can be adjusted by IQ_MAG_ADJ[11:0]. For details, please refer to the “I/Q Adjustment”.

210/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x5C[IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H]

Function: IF IQ phase balance adjustment (high 3bits)

Address: 0x5C (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

IQ signal phase adjustment sign bit

7:5 Reserved

4

3

IQ_PHASE_ADJ_SIGN

Reserved

0

R/W

0: Plus

1: Minus

IQ signal phase adjustment setting (high 3bits)

* Combined with 8bits of the [IQ_PHASE_ADJ_L:B0 0x5D] register, this is

calculated using a total of 11bits.

bit10: 1/2

bit9 : 1/4

bit8 : 1/8

bit7 : 1/16

bit6 : 1/32

2:0 IQ_PHASE_ADJ[10:8]

000

R/W

bit5 : 1/64

bit4 : 1/128

bit3 : 1/256

bit2 : 1/512

bit1 : 1/1024

bit0 : 1/2048

[Description]

1. Image rejection can be adjusted by IQ_PHASE_ADJ [10:0] and IQ_PHASE_ADJ_SIGN. For details, please refer to the

“I/Q Adjustment”.

0x5D[IQ_PHASE_ADJ_L]

Function: IF IQ phase balance adjustment (low byte)

Address: 0x5D (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

IQ signal phase adjustment setting (low byte)

* Combined with 3bits of [IQ_PHASE_ADJ_H:B0 0x5C] register, this is

calculated using a total of 11bits.

7:0 IQ_PHASE_ADJ[7:0]

[Description]

1. Image rejection can be adjusted by IQ_PHASE_ADJ [10:0] and IQ_PHASE_ADJ_SIGN. For details, please refer to the

“I/Q Adjustment”.

211/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x5E[IQ_ADJ_WAIT]

Function: IF IQ automatic adjustment RSSI acquisition wait time

Address: 0x5E (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

IQ automatic adjustment mode setting

7:5 Reserved

0: Best adjustment mode

1: Simple adjustment mode

* When this is set to 0b1, IQ automatic adjustment is terminated when a

detected RSSI is equal to or less than threshold set in [IQ_ADJ_TARGET:

B0 0x5F] during automatic adjustment.

4

IQ_ADJ_MODE

0

R/W

3:2 Reserved

00

R/W

IQ automatic adjustment RSSI acquisition wait time setting

00: 1ms

01: 750μs

10: 500μs

11: 250μs

1:0 IQ_ADJ_WAIT[1:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “I/Q Adjustment”.

0x5F[IQ_ADJ_TARGET]

Function: IF IQ automatic adjustment RSSI judgment threshold

Address: 0x5F (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x38

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0011_1000

R/W

Description

IQ automatic adjustment RSSI judgment threshold

* The comparison result between the final RSSI value after IQ automatic

adjustment and this setting value is displayed in

7:0 IQ_ADJ_TARGET[7:0]

IQ_ADJ_RSLT[IQ_MAG_ADJ_H: B0 0x5A(6)].

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “I/Q Adjustment”.

212/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x60[DEC_GAIN] model ML7345

Function: Decimation gain setting

Address: 0x60 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x04

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

Decimation gain setting

0000: 1/32768 (1/2^15) times

0001: 1/16384 (1/2^14) times

0010: 1/8192 (1/2^13) times

0011: 1/4096 (1/2^12) times

0100: 1/2048 (1/2^11) times

0101: 1/1024 (1/2^10) times

0110: 1/512 (1/2^9) times

0111: 1/256 (1/2^8) times

1000: 1/128 (1/2^7) times

1001: 1/64 (1/2^6) times

1010: 1/32 (1/2^5) times

1011: 1/16 (1/2^4) times

1100: 1/8 (1/2^3) times

1101: 1/4 (1/2^2) times

1110: 1/2 (1/2^1) times

1111: 1 time

3:0 DEC_GAIN[3:0]

0100

R/W

213/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x60[DEC_GAIN] model ML7345D

Function: Decimation gain setting

Address: 0x60 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x04

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

Decimation gain setting

00000: 1/32768 (1/2^15) times

00001: 1/16384 (1/2^14) times

00010: 1/8192 (1/2^13) times

00011: 1/4096 (1/2^12) times

00100: 1/2048 (1/2^11) times

00101: 1/1024 (1/2^10) times

00110: 1/512 (1/2^9) times

00111: 1/256 (1/2^8) times

01000: 1/128 (1/2^7) times

01001: 1/64 (1/2^6) times

01010: 1/32 (1/2^5) times

01011: 1/16 (1/2^4) times

01100: 1/8 (1/2^3) times

01101: 1/4 (1/2^2) times

01110: 1/2 (1/2^1) times

01111: 1 time

4:0 DEC_GAIN[4:0]

0_0100

R/W

10000: 2 times

10001: 4 times

10010: 8 times

Other setting: (not allowed)

214/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x61[IF_FREQ] model ML7345

Function: IF frequency selection

Address: 0x61 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x02

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

R/W

Description

7:3 Reserved

IF frequency selection

000: 125kHz

001: 109.375kHz

010: 93.75kHz

011: 78.125kHz

100: 62.5kHz

2:0 IF_FREQ[2:0]

010

R/W

101: prohibited

110: prohibited

111: 0kHz

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “IF frequency setting”.

0x61[IF_FREQ] model ML7345D

Function: IF frequency selection

Address: 0x61 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x02

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

R

Description

IF frequency selection for CCA

000: 125kHz

001: 109.375kHz

010: 93.75kHz

011: 78.125kHz

100: 62.5kHz

6:4 IF_FREQ_CCA[2:0]

000

R/W

101: prohibited

110: prohibited

111: 0kHz

(Note) Please set the same value as IF_FREQ.

3

Reserved

0

R

IF frequency selection

000: 125kHz

001: 109.375kHz

010: 93.75kHz

011: 78.125kHz

100: 62.5kHz

2:0 IF_FREQ[2:0]

010

R/W

101: prohibited

110: prohibited

111: 0kHz

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “IF frequency setting”.

0x62[OSC_ADJ1]

Function: Coarse adjustment of load capacitance for oscillation circuits

Address: 0x62 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x88

Bit

Bit name

OSC_ADJ_COARSE_XO

Reset value

1000

R/W

Description

XO load capacitance coarse adjustment

about 0.5pF/step

7:4

[3:0]

XI load capacitance coarse adjustment

about 0.5pF/step

OSC_ADJ_COARSE_XI

[3:0]

3:0

1000

R/W

215/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Oscillation Circuits Adjustment”.

0x63[OSC_ADJ2]

Function: Fine adjustment of load capacitance for oscillation circuits

Address:0x63 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x80

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1000_0000

R/W

Description

Fine adjustment of load capacitance

approximately 0.03pF/step (adjustment range 0x00 to 0xFF)

7:0 OSC_ADJ_FINE[7:0]

-

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Oscillation Circuits Adjustment”.

0x64[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x64 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

216/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x65[OSC_ADJ4]

Function: Oscillation circuit bias adjustment (start-up)

Address: 0x65 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x0F

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

OSC start mode setting

0: High-speed starting mode

Start with [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62] = 0x00, [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x63] = 0x00

setting

1: Normal starting mode

Start with the value set in [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62], [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x63]

(note)

5

OSC_START_SET

0

R/W

After OSC output(clock) becomes stable In High-speed starting mode it

is changes the mode set by [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62]、[OSC_ADJ1: B0

0x63] automatically.

4:0 Reserved

0_1111

0x66[RSSI_ADJ]

Function: RSSI value adjustment

Address:0x66 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x1E

Bit

7

Bit name

RSSI_ADD

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Adjustment direction setting

0: decrease (set -)

1: increase (set +)

6

0

R/W

01_1110

5:0 RSSI_ADJ[5:0]

RSSI adjustment value setting

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Energy Detection Value (ED Value) Adjustment”.

0x67[PA_MODE]

Function: PA mode setting/PA regulator coarse adjustment

Address:0x67 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x13

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

PA ramp control select setting

0: ML7345 mode

6

PA_RAMP_SEL

0

R/W

1: (not allowed)

PA mode setting

00: 0dBm(1mW) mode

01: 10dBm(10mW) mode

10: 13dBm(20mW) mode

11: (not allowed)

PA regulator output voltage coarse adjustment setting

* PA_REG[3] is not used.

5:4 PA_MODE[1:0]

01

R/W

3:0 PA_REG[3:0]

0011

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “PA Adjustment”.

217/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x68[PA_REG_FINE_ADJ]

Function: PA regulator fine adjustment

Address:0x68 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x10

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

PA regulator output voltage fine adjustment setting

(Note) PA output power can be adjusted in steps of less than 0.2dB.

4:0 PA_REG_FINE_ADJ[4:0]

1_0000

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “PA Adjustment”.

0x69[PA_ADJ]

Function: PA gain adjustment

Address:0x69 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x06

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

Reserved

PA output amplifier gain adjustment

0: Low Range setting

1: High Range setting

PA output gain adjustment setting

0b0000 Minimum setting

・・

4

PA_ADJ[4]

0

R/W

3:0 PA_ADJ[3:0]

0110

R/W

・・

0b1111 Maximum setting

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “PA Adjustment”.

0x6A [Reserved] model ML7345

Function:

Address:0x6A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x6A [CHFIL_BW_CCA] model ML7345D

Function: Channel filter bandwidth setting during CCA

Address:0x6A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Channel Filter Wideband setting during CCA

0: Channel filter band width are set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ always

1: Channel filter band width are double width set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ

always

CHFIL_WIDE_SET_

CCA

Channel filter bandwidth setting during CCA

(Setting range: 1 to 127)

Channel filter bandwidth [Hz] =

{Master clock frequency * (CHFIL_WIDE_SET+1)}/ (Setting value * 120}

CHFIL_BW_ADJ_CCA

[6:0]

6:0

001_0100

R/W

* The initial value is 10kHz.

* For details, see the “Setting Channel Filter Bandwidth.”

* 0b000_0000 is set as 0b000_0001.

218/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x6B-0x6D[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x6B-0x6D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x6E[VCO_CAL]

Function: VCO calibration setting or status indication

Address:0x6E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

CAL_WR_EN

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

VCO calibration mode setting

0: automatic setting mode

1: forced writing mode

Current VCO calibration value setting

(Note) In automatic setting mode, current calibration value is indicated.

(Note) In forced writing mode, the value set to VCO_CAL[6:0] will be applied

as the calibration value. (If CAL_WR_EN = 0b0, the set value is ignored.)

(Note) after completion of clock stabilization, the value will be 0b100_0000.

6:0 VCO_CAL[6:0]

000_0000

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “VCO Adjustment”.

219/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x6F[VCO_CAL_START]

Function: VCO calibration execution

Address:0x6F (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset valu

000

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

Reserved

Automatic VCO calibration execution enable

0: disable automatic VCO calibration

1: execute automatic calibration when recovering from the SLEEP state.

4

AUTO_VCOCAL_EN

0

R/W

3:1 Reserved

000

Execute VCO calibration

0: execution completed

1: execution started

0

VCO_CAL_START

0

R/W

* After the execution completed, this bit will return to 0 automatically.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “VCO Adjustment”.

0x70[CLK_CAL_SET]

Function: Low speed clock calibration control

Address:0x70 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Clock division control for low speed clock calibration

0000: no division

7:4 CLK_CAL_DIV[3:0]

3:1 Reserved

0000

000

0

0001: no division

Other setting: division setting

Execute low speed clock calibration

0: execution completion

0

CLK_CAL_START

1: execution start

* After the execution completed, this bit will return to 0 automatically.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Low speed clock shift detection function”.

0x71[CLK_CAL_TIME]

Function: Low speed clock calibration time setting

Address:0x71 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

Low speed Clock calibration time setting

7:6 Reserved

5:0 CLK_CAL_TIME [5:0]

00_0000

R/W

Calibration time =

Wake-up timer clock cycle ([SLEEP/WU_SET:B0 0x2D(2)]) * [set value]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Low speed clock shift detection function”.

220/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x72[CLK_CAL_H]

Function: Low speed clock calibartion result indication (high byte)

Address:0x72 (BANK0)

Reset value:0xFF

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1111

R/W

R

Description

Low speed clock calibartion result (high byte)

7:0 CLK_CAL [15:8]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Low speed clock calibartion Auxiliary function”.

0x73[CLK_CAL_L]

Function: Low speed clock calibartion result indication (low byte)

Address:0x73 (BANK0)

Reset value:0xFF

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1111

R/W

R

Description

Low speed clock calibartion result (low byte)

7:0 CLK_CAL [7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Low speed clock calibartion Auxiliary function”.

0x74[Reserevd]

Function:

Address:0x74 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x75[SLEEP_INT_CLR]

Function: Interrupt clear setting during SLEEP state

Address: 0x75 (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00_0000

R/W

Description

7:2 Reserved

Interrupt clear setting during automatic SLEEP

0: not clear interrupt

1: clear interrupt

* The interrupt is automatically cleared at wake-up during wake-up timer

operation.

AUTO_SLEEP_INT_

CLR

1

0

R/W

Interrupt clear setting during SLEEP

0: not clear interrupt

1: clear interrupt

* During SLEEP state, interrupt cannot be cleared by [INT_SOURCE_GRP*:

B0 0x0D/0E/0F] registers. By setting this bit to 0b1, interrupt can be

cleared. This register can be written only during SLEEP state. After return

from SLEEP state, this bit becomes 0b0.

SLEEP_INT_CLR

0

R/W

* This is applicable to all interrupts [INT_SOURCE_GRP*: B0 0x0D/0E/0F].

221/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x76[RF_TEST_MODE]

Function: TX test pattern setting

Address:0x76 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

00

0

5

4

3

2

1

TEST5

TEST4

TEST3

TEST2

TEST1

CW output

“01” pattern output

All “0” output

All “1” output

PN9 output

0

Test mode enable

0: disable test mode

1: enable test mode

0

TEST_EN

0

R/W

[Description]

1. During normal operation, all bits have to be 0b0.

2. More than one bits are enabled at the same time, lowest bit is valid.

3. Data rate is value in the TX_DRATE[3:0] ([DRATA_SET: B0 0x06(3-0)]).

4. During PN9 output setting, any PN9 polynomial can be specified by [WHT_CFG: B1 0x66].

Most of the commercial Bit error metter use PN9’s polynomial as x⁹+x⁴+1, which is equivalent to [WHT_CFG: B1

0x66] = 0x08.

5. During TEST_EN=0b1, do not change modulation setting(FSK_SEL([DATA_SET2: B0 0x08(5)])) and frequency

deviation setting([FSK_CTRL: B1 0x2F] – [FSK_TIM_ADJ0: B1 0x40]). If you change these register, please set after

TEST_EN=0b0.

6. If you use this test mode in FSK mode, please set test mode to enable(TEST_EN=0b1) after TX_ON. Alternatively, if

you execute MODEM reset ([RST_SET: B0 0x01]=0x22), you can set test mode to enable before TX_ON.

0x77[STM_STATE]

Function: State machine status/synchronization status indication

Address:0x77 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

0

R/W

R

Description

Receiving mode indication

0: Receive mode T

1: Receive mode C

MODE_DET_RSLT

(Note) Indication is valid when 2MODE_DET_EN([2MODE_DET:B3 0x23(0)])

=0b1.

(Note) Indication becomes valid after Sync Word detection and is updated at

every SyncWord detection

RX synchronization detection status

0: not synchronized

1: synchronization detected

SyncWord detection indication

0: detect SyncWord #1 (Format A)

6

5

SYNC_STATE

0

R

1: detect SyncWord #2 (Foomat B)

(Note) Indication is valid whne Packet format A or B is selected, i.e.,

(PKT_FORMAT[PKT_CTRL1: B0 0x04(1-0]=0b00 or 0b01)

(Note) Indication becomes valid after Sync Word detection and is updated at

every SyncWord detection timing.

SW_DET_RSLT

(Note) This indication is invalid if mode T packet is received in case of

2MODE_DET_EN([2MODE_DET: B3 0x23(0)])=0b1.

State machine status

0_0000: IDLE state

0_0001: Preamble transmission state

0_0010: SyncWord transmission state

0_0011: L-field transmission state

0_0100: Data area TX state

4:0 PHY_STATE[4:0]

0_0000

R

0_0101: Postamble transmission state

0_0110: TX delay waiting state

0_0111: DIO TX state

1_0010: SyncWord detection state

1_0011: L-field receiving state

1_0100: Data area receiving state

1_0111: DIO RX state

222/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

223/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x78[FIFO_SET]

Function: FIFO readout setting

Address:0x78 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00_0000

R/W

Description

7:2 Reserved

Low power consumption mode setting in High-speed carrier checking

0: disabled

1: enabled

* Demodulation is stoped during High-speed carrier checking

FIFO readout setting

1

0

FAST_CCA_LC

0

R/W

0: read RX FIFO

1: read TX FIFO

(Note) [RD_FIFO:B0 0x7F] register is used for reading both RX FIFO and TX

FIFO. If 0b1 is set in order to read TX FIFO, please readout data length

specified by [TX_PKT_LEN_H/L: B0 0x7A/7B] registers or set

STATE_CLR1 ([STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(1)]) = 0b1 (RX FIFO pointer clear).

If FIFO read is aborted without RX FIFO pointer clear and then change to

read RX FIFO, reading starts from the interrupting pointer. Therefore RX

FIFO could not be read correctly

FIFO_R_SEL

0

R/W

0x79[RX_FIFO_LAST]

Function: RX FIFO data usage status indication

Address:0x79 (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

RX FIFO data usage status (range: 0 to 63)

For details, please refer to the “FIFO control function”

5:0 RX_FIFO_LAST[5:0]

00_0000

R

224/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7A[TX_PKT_LEN_H] model ML7345

Function: TX packet length setting (high byte)

Address:0x7A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX packet length setting (high byte)

(Note) setting TX data Length.

FormatA: Length excluded L-field and CRC-field

FormatB/C: Length excluded L-field

(Note) combined toghether with [TX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7B] register.

high byte value is valid when LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL: B0 0x05 (0)])

= 0b1

7:0 TX_PKT_LEN[15:8]

For details, please refer to the “FIFO control function”

0x7A[TX_PKT_LEN_H] model ML7345D

Function: TX packet length setting (high byte)

Address:0x7A (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX packet length setting (high byte)

(Note) setting TX data Length.

FormatA: Length excluded L-field and CRC-field

FormatB/C: Length excluded L-field

Format D: Length including data area from Data-field to CRC-field

(Note) combined toghether with [TX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7B] register.

high byte value is valid when LENGTH_MODE([PKT_CTRL: B0 0x05 (0)])

= 0b1

7:0 TX_PKT_LEN[15:8]

For details, please refer to the “FIFO control function”

225/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7B[TX_PKT_LEN_L]

Function: TX packet length setting (low byte)

Address:0x7B (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX packet length setting (low byte)

For details, please refer to [PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7A] register.

7:0 TX_PKT_LEN[7:0]

0x7C[WR_TX_FIFO]

Function: TX FIFO

Address:0x7C (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

W

Description

TX FIFO

(Note) TX data strored in the TX FIFO is one packet, regardless of packet

length. If one packet is stored - (after generation of TX data request

acceptance completion interrupt (INT[17] (group 3) and before generation

of TX completion interrupt, INT16 (group3) ) - and if the next writing access

is atempted, the TX FIFO will be over-wrtten. And TX FIFO access error

interrupt, INT[20] (group3) will be generated. In case of TX FIFO access

error occurs, set STATE_CLR0([STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(0)]) = 0b1. (TX

FIFO pointer clear)

7:0 TX_FIFO[7:0]

For details, plese refer to the “FIFO control function”.

226/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7D[RX_PKT_LEN_H] model ML7345

Function: RX packet length indication (high byte)

Address:0x7D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

R

Description

RX packet length value (high byte)

(Note) combined toghether with [RX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7E] register.

(Note) indicating packet length excluding L-field.

7:0 RX_PKT_LEN[15:8]

0x7D[RX_PKT_LEN_H] model ML7345D

Function: RX packet length indication or setting (high byte)

Address:0x7D (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

RX packet length value (high byte)

(Note) combined toghether with [RX_PKT_LEN_L: B0 0x7E] register.

(Note) Format A/B/C: indicating packet length excluding L-field.

(Note) Format D: Because packet format is without L-field, FIFO control (data

reading control from FIFO) is carried out with this value as receeive Length

value. Please set the data length from Data-field to CRC-field.

7:0 RX_PKT_LEN[15:8]

227/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7E[RX_PKT_LEN_L] model ML7345

Function: RX packet length indication (low byte)

Address:0x7E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

RX packet Lengthvalue (low byte)

For details, please refer to [RX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7D] register.

7:0 RX_PKT_LEN[7:0]

0x7E[RX_PKT_LEN_L] model ML7345D

Function: RX packet length indication or setting (low byte)

Address:0x7E (BANK0)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

RX packet Lengthvalue (low byte)

For details, please refer to [RX_PKT_LEN_H: B0 0x7D] register.

7:0 RX_PKT_LEN[7:0]

0x7F[RD_FIFO]

Function: FIFO read

Address: 0x7F (BANK0)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

FIFO read

* Read FIFO specified by FIFO_R_SEL([FIFO_SET: B0 0x78(0)]).

* When RX operation, RX data can be stored up to one packet length,

regardless of packet length. If one packet data is stored and the next

packet is received, the FIFO will be over-written.

* If FIFO read is aborted, set STATE_CLR1 ([STATE_CLR:B0 0x16(1)]) =

0b1 (RX FIFO pointer clear).

7:0 RD_FIFO[7:0]

R

* For details, please refer to the “FIFO control function”.

* If FIFO is read during sleep, set STATE_CLR1([STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(1)])

= 0b1 to clear the RX FIFO pointer.

228/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Register Bank1

0x00[BANK_SEL]

[Description]

Please refer [BANK_SEL:B0 0x00].

0x01[CLK_OUT]

Function: CLKOUT output frequency setting

Address:0x01 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x05

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Output clock frequency setting

The following formula is used.

0000_0000: 24MHz

0000_0001: 12MHz

0000_0010: 8MHz (Duty ratio ···High:Low = 1:2)

0000_0011: 6MHz

0000_0100: 4MHz

0000_0101: 3MHz

7:0 CLK_DIV[7:0]

0000_0101

R/W

0000_0110: 2.4MHz

0000_0111: 0.75MHz

0000_1000: 0.375MHz

Other setting: The following formula is used to define output frequency.

Output frequency = 24 / (16 × [set value] + 2) [MHz]

For example, If value is 0x09,

Output frequency = 24 / (16 × 9 + 2) = 164kHz

229/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x02[TX_RATE_H]

Function: TX data rate conversion setting (high 4bits)

Address:0x02 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

TX data rate conversion setting (high 4bits)

(Note) combined toghether with [TX_RATE_L: B1 0x03] register.

When a given data rate is set, the following formula is used.

3:0 TX_RATE[11:8]

0001

R/W

Setting value = round (24MHz / 10 / [a given data rate])

For details, please refer to the “Data rate setting function”

0x03[TX_RATE_L]

Function: TX data rate conversion setting (low byte)

Adress:0x03 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xF4

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_0100

R/W

Description

TX data rate conversion setting (low byte)

7:0 TX_RATE[7:0]

For details, please refer to [TX_RATE_H:B1 0x02] register .

0x04[RX_RATE1_H]

Function: RX data rate concversion setting 1 (high 4bits)

Address:0x04 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

Reserved

RX data rate conversion setting (high 4bits)

(Note) combined toghether with [RX_RATE1_L: B1 0x05] register.

When a given data rate is set, the following formula is used.

Setting value = round ({master clock frequency / N} / {[a given data rate] ×

[RX_RATE2:B1 0x06]register})

3:0 RX_RATE1[11:8]

0000

R/W

where, N=1(LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(0)]) =0b0)

N=2(LOW_RATE_EN([CLK_SET2: B0 0x03(0)]) =0b1)

For details, please refer to the “Data rate setting function”

0x05[RX_RATE1_L]

Function: RX data rate cnvesrion setting 1 (low byte)

Address:0x05 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x14

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0001_0100

R/W

Description

RX data rate conversion setting 1 (low byte)

7:0 RX_RATE1[7:0]

For details, please refer to “[RX_RATE1_H]” register.

230/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x06[RX_RATE2]

Function: RX data rate setting 2

Address: 0x06 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x7D

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

RX data rate conversion setting 2 (setting range: 30 to 127)

* Combined with the RX_RATE1 register. For details, please refer to

[RATE_SET1_H/L] register.

6:0 RX_RATE2[6:0]

0111_1101

R/W

* Do not set this to a value between 0x1D and 0x01. Note that 0x00 is set as

128.

0x07[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x07(BANK1)

Reset value:0xFE

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1110

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x08[OSC_W_SEL]

Function: Clock stabilization waiting time setting

Address:0x08 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x40

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Clock stabilization waiting time setting

00: 500μs

01: 250μs

10: 50μs

11: 10μs

6:5 OSC_W_SEL[1:0]

4:0 Reserved

10

R/W

(Note) When start-up or return from SLEEP state, the waiting time for clock

stabilization is set by this register.

For details, please refer to “Start-up time” in the “Timing Chart”.

0_0000

Reserved

0x09-0x0A[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x09-0x0A(BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

231/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0B[PLL_LOCK_DETECT]

Function: PLL lock detection setting

Address:0x0B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x81

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

State control after PLL unlock detection when TX operation

0: Keep TX state

1: Stop TX state forcibly by Force_TRX_OFF

(Note) after PLL unlock detection, generates INT2 (group 1) and then move

to selected state.

7

PLL_LD_EN

1

(Note) during RX operation, after PLL unlock detection, generates INT2 and

keep RX state.

PLL lock detection time adjustment

Detection time = ([set value] * 8μs +1μs (default: 9μs)

(Note) If PLL lock detection signal = “H” period excceds the detection time,

determined as PLL lock. If detecting PLL lock detection signal = “L”,

determined as PLL unlock immediately.

6:0 TIM_PLL_LD[6:0]

000_0001

R/W

(Note)

1. When move to IDLE state due to PLL unlock detection, please clear PLL unlock interrupt (INT[2] group1) before

transmitting or receive next data. And [RF_STATE:B0 0x0B] registers write access must be after 5μs.

2. For details about PLL unlock detection condition and timing, please refer to the “VCO Adjustment”.

0x0C[GAIN_HTOL]

Function: Threshold level setting for switching “high gain” to “low gain”

Address:0x0C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x93

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1001_0011

R/W

Description

7:0 AGC_TH_LH[7:0]

Gain switching threshold value (high gain to low gain)

[Description]

1. For details operation of RSSI adjustment using this register, please refer to the “Energy Detection Value(ED value)

Adjustment”

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

2. This register value and [GAIN_LTOH] value have to be

AGC_TH_HL > AGC_TH_LH.

0x0D[GAIN_LTOH]

Function: Threshold level setting for switching “low gain” to “high gain”

Address:0x0D (BANK1)

Reset value:0x35

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0011_0101

R/W

Drescription

7:0 AGC_TH_LH[5:0]

Gain switching threshold (low gain to high gain)

[Description]

1. For details operation of RSSI adjustment using this register, please refer to the “Energy Detection Value(ED value)

Adjustment”.

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

2. This register value and [GAIN_HTOL] value have to be

AGC_TH_HL > AGC_TH_LH.

232/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x0E[GAIN_HOLD]

Function: Gain switching setting

Address:0x0E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x80

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

1

R/W

Description

Gain switching setting

0: constantly updating

GAIN_SYNC_HOLD

1: Upon synchronization established, gain will be fixed.

(Note) During BER measurement, set 0b0.

6:0 Reserved

000_0000

0x0F[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x0F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

233/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x10[Reserved] model ML7345

Function:

Address:0x10(BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x10[GC_CTRL_DIV] model ML7345D

Function: Gain control mode setting in antenna diviersity mode

Address:0x10(BANK1)

Reset value:0x07

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

R/W

Description

7:3 Reserved

Gain control mode setting in antenna diviersity mode.

001: High gain fix

010: Low gain fix

2:0 GC_MODE_DIV[2:0]

111

R/W

011: High gain ↔ Low gain switch enable

Others setting: reserved

234/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x11[RSSI_ADJ_L]

Function: RSSI offset value setting during low gain operation

Address:0x11 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x28

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

010_1000

R/W

Description

6:0 RSSI_GCADD[6:0]

RSSI offset value during low gain operation

[Description]

1. For details operation of RSSI adjustment using this register, please refer to the “Energy Detection Value(ED value)

Adjustment”.

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

235/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x12[RSSI_STABLE_TIME]

Function: RSSI stabilization wait time setting

Address: 0x12 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x25

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

RSSI stabilization wait time setting after gain switching at high speed carrier

checking

* This period is RSSI stabilization time after gain switching. During this

period, RSSI value is not used for ED value calculation.

Wait time[s] = 1/{Master clock frequency /

CHFIL_BW_ADJ[CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(6-0)] setting value /

8} × Wait time samples

The relationship between the setting value and the wait time samples is as

follows:

6:4 RSSI_STABLE2[2:0]

010

R/W

000: 10 samples

001: 15 samples

010: 20 samples

011: 30 samples

100: 40 samples

101: 50 samples

110: 100 samples

111: 200 samples

3

Reserved

0

R/W

RSSI stabilization wait time setting

* This period is RSSI stabilization time after gain switching. During this

period, RSSI value is not used for ED value calculation.

Wait time[s] = 1/{Master clock frequency /

CHFIL_BW_ADJ[CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(6-0)] setting value /

8} × Wait time samples

The relationship between the setting value and the wait time samples is as

2:0 RSSI_STABLE[2:0]

101

R/W

follows:

000: 10 samples

001: 15 samples

010: 20 samples

011: 30 samples

100: 40 samples

101: 50 samples

110: 100 samples

111: 200 samples

(Note)

1. Do not set 0x00 to this register. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

236/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x13[RSSI_MAG_ADJ]

Function: Scale factor setting for ED value conversion

Address: 0x13 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x0D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

RSSI scaling factor 2 times setting

7:5 Reserved

4

3

2

1

0

RSSI_MAG_D4

0

1

0

1

R/W

0: Do not apply

1: Apply

RSSI scaling factor 1 time setting

0: Do not apply

1: Apply

RSSI scaling factor 1/2 times setting

0: Do not apply

1: Apply

RSSI scaling factor 1/4 times setting

0: Do not apply

1: Apply

RSSI_MAG_D3

RSSI_MAG_D2

RSSI_MAG_D1

RSSI_MAG_D0

RSSI scaling factor 1/8 times setting

0: Do not apply

1: Apply

(Note)

1. For details, please refer to the “Energy Detection Value (ED Value) Adjustment”.

2. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

3. For this register, the setting value is calculated by adding up the scaling factors that are set to 0b1 (for example, when

0b1 is written to bit3 and bit1, the total scaling factor is the sum of 1 and 1/4, that is 1.25). Even if a calculated value is

larger than 0xFF, it is limited to 0xFF.

0x14[Reserved]

Function:

Address:0x14 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

237/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x15[AFC/GC_CTRL] model ML7345

Function: AFC /gain control setting

Address: 0x15 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x81

Bit

7

Bit name

AFC_EN

Reset value

R/W

Description

AFC enable setting

0: disable AFC

1: enable AFC

1

6:3 Reserved

0000

Gain control mode setting

000: High gain fix

2:0 GC_MODE [2:0]

001

R/W

001: High gain ↔ Low gain switch enable

010: Low gain fix

Other setting: reserved

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x15[AFC/GC_CTRL] model ML7345D

Function: AFC /gain control setting

Address: 0x15 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x87

Bit

7

Bit name

AFC_EN

Reset value

R/W

Description

AFC enable setting

0: disable AFC

1: enable AFC

1

6:3 Reserved

0000

Gain control mode setting

001: High gain fix

010: Low gain fix

2:0 GC_MODE [2:0]

111

R/W

011: High gain ↔ Low gain switch enable

Other setting: reserved

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

238/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x16[CRC_POLY3]

Function: CRC polynomial setting 3

Address:0x16 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

000_0000

R/W

Description

6:0 CRC_POLY [30:24]

CRC polynomial setting 3

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

0x17[CRC_POLY2]

Function: CRC polynomial setting 2

Address:0x17 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 CRC_POLY [23:16]

CRC polynomial setting 2

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

239/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x18[CRC_POLY1]

Function: CRC polynomial setting 1

Address:0x18 (BANK1)

Reset alue:0x1E

Bit

Bit name

Reset name

0001_1110

R/W

Description

7:0 CRC_POLY [15:8]

CRC polynomial setting 1

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

0x19[CRC_POLY0]

Function: CRC polynomial setting 0

Address:0x19 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xB2

Bit

Bit name

Reset name

1011_0010

R/W

Description

7:0 CRC_POLY [7:0]

CRC polynomial setting 0

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “CRC function”.

0x1A[PLL_DIV_SET]

Function: PLL frequency division setting

Address: 0x1A (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x01

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

ML7345 PLL mode select setting

6

PLL_MODE_SEL

0

R/W

0: PLL mode is selected by PLL_MODE45

1: reserved

5:2 Reserved

0000

ML7345 PLL mode setting

00: No division

01: Divide by 6 (don’t use this setting for ML7345D)

10: Divide by 2

1:0 PLL_MODE45

01

R/W

11: reserved

* When this is set to 0b01 or 0b10, set 6 times or 2times as large as the

desired frequency for the settings related to the PLL frequency. For the

registers related to the PLL frequency, refer to the “Frequency Setting

Function”.

0x1B[TXFREQ_I]

Function: TX frequency setting (I counter)

Address:0x1B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2A

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

TX frequency setting - I counter

5:0 TXFREQ_I [5:0]

10_1010

R/W

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

240/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x1C[TXFREQ_FH]

Function: TX frequency setting (F counter high 4bit)

Address:0x1C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x05

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

TX frequency setting (F counter high 4bits)

3:0 TXFREQ_F[19:16]

0101

R/W

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

[Description]

For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x1D[TXFREQ_FM]

Function: TX frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

Address:0x1D (BANK1)

Reset value:0xA0

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1010_0000

R/W

Description

TX frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 TXFREQ_F[15:8]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x1E[TXFREQ_FL]

Function: TX frequency setting (F counter low byte)

Address:0x1E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX frequency setting (F counter low byte)

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 TXFREQ_F[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x1F[RXFREQ_I]

Function: RX frequency setting (I counter)

Address:0x1F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2A

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

RX frequency counter setting (I counter)

7:6 Reserved

5:0 RXFREQ_I[5:0]

10_1010

R/W

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

241/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x20[RXFREQ_FH]

Function: RX frequency setting (F counter high 4bit)

Address:0x20 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x05

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

RX frequency setting F counter (high 4bit)

3:0 RXFREQ_F[19:16]

0101

R/W

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x21[RXFREQ_FM]

Function: RX frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

Address:0x21 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xA0

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1010_0000

R/W

Description

RX frequency setting F counter (middle byte)

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 RXFREQ_F[15:8]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x22[RXFREQ_FL]

Function: RX frequency setting (F counter low byte)

Address:0x22 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

RX frequency setting F counter (low byte)

(Note) Reset value is 169.40625MHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 RXFREQ_F[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel #0 frequency setting”.

0x23[CH_SPACE_H]

Function: Channel space setting (high byte)

Address:0x23 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x0C

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_1100

R/W

Description

Channel space setting (high byte)

(Note) Reset value is 12.5 kHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 CH_SPACE[15:8]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel space setting”.

242/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x24[CH_SPACE_L]

Function: Channel space setting (low byte)

Address:0x24 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xCC

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1100_1100

R/W

Description

Channel space setting (low byte)

7:0 CH_SPACE[7:0]

(Note) Reset value is 12.5 kHz when 6 division settig for

PLL([PLL_DIV_SET: B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Channel space setting”.

0x25[SYNC_WORD_LEN]

Function: SyncWord length setting

Address:0x25 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x10

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

SyncWord length setting (setting range:8 to 32, unit:bit)

5:0 SYNC_WORD_LEN[5:0]

01_0000

R/W

(Note) If setting is smaller than 0b00_0111, operate as 0b00_1000.

(Note) If setting is larget than 0b10_0000, operate as 0b10_0000.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x26[SYNC_WORD_EN]

Function: SyncWord enable setting

Address:0x26 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x0F

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

SYNC_WORD[31:24] checking enable

7:4 Reserved

3

2

1

0

SYNC_WORD_EN3

1

R/W

0: disable

1: enable

SYNC_WORD[23:16] checking enable

0: disable

SYNC_WORD_EN2

SYNC_WORD_EN1

SYNC_WORD_EN0

1: enable

SYNC_WORD[15:8] checking enable

0: disable

1: enable

SYNC_WORD[7:0] checking enable

0: disable

1: enable

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x27[SYNCWORD1_SET0]

Function: SyncWord #1 setting (bit24 to 31)

Address:0x27 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

SyncWord pattern #1 setting (bit24 to 31)

7:0 SYNC_WORD1[31:24]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

243/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x28[SYNCWORD1_SET1]

Function: SyncWord #1 setting (bit16 to 23)

Address:0x28 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 SYNC_WORD1[23:16]

SyncWord pattern #1 setting (bit16 to 23)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x29[SYNCWORD1_SET2]

Function: SyncWord #1 setting (bit8 to 15)

Address:0x29 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xF6

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_0110

R/W

7:0 SYNC_WORD1[15:8]

SyncWord pattern #1 setting (bit8 to 15)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x2A[SYNCWORD1_SET3]

Function: SyncWord #1 setting (bit0 to 7)

Address:0x2A (BANK1)

Reset value:0x8D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1000_1101

R/W

7:0 SYNC_WORD1[7:0]

SyncWord pattern #1 setting (bit0 to 7)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x2B[SYNCWORD2_SET0]

Function: SyncWord #2 setting (bit24 to 31)

Address:0x2B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

7:0 SYNC_WORD2[31:24]

SyncWord pattern #2 setting (bit24 to 31)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

244/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x2C[SYNCWORD2_SET1]

Function: SyncWord #2 setting (bit16 to 23)

Address:0x2C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 SYNC_WORD2[23:16]

SyncWord pattern #2 setting (bit16 to 23)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x2D[SYNCWORD2_SET2]

Function: SyncWord #2 setting (bit8 to 15)

Address:0x2D (BANK1)

Reset value:0xF6

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_0110

R/W

7:0 SYNC_WORD2[15:8]

SyncWord pattern #2 setting (bit8 to 15)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

0x2E[SYNCWORD2_SET3]

Function: SyncWord #2 setting (bit0 to 7)

Address:0x2E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x72

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0111_0010

R/W

7:0 SYNC_WORD2[7:0]

SyncWord pattern #2 setting (bit0 to 7)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “SyncWord detection function”.

245/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x2F[FSK_CTRL]

Function: GFSK/FSK modulation timing resolution setting

Address:0x2F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x04

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

BT select setting

0: FSK Frequency Deviation setting([FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0: B1 0x32]～

4

BT_SEL

0

W

[FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL6: B1 0x38]) is valid

1: BT=0.3

* Reading value is always 0b0.

GFSK clock setting

000: x1 clock

001: x2 clock

010: x4 clock

100: x8 clock

Other setting: reserved

GFSK/FSK modulation timing resolution setting

0: 4MHz resolution

3:1 GFSK_CLKX

010

0

R/W

0

FSK_CLK_SET

1: 12MHz resolution

(Note) please set 0b0.for ML7345

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x30[GFSK_DEV_H]

Function: GFSK frequency deviation setting (high 6bits)

Address:0x30 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x02

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

GFSK frequency deviation setting (high 6bits)

(Note) combined toghether with [GFSK_DEV_L: B1 0x31] register.

(Note) Reset value is 2.4kHz when 6 division settig for PLL([PLL_DIV_SET:

B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

5:0 GFSK_DEV[13:8]

00_0010

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x31[GFSK_DEV_L]

Function: GFSK frequency deviation setting (low byte)

Address: 0x31 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x75

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0111_0101

R/W

Description

GFSK frequency deviation setting (low byte)

(Note) Combined toghether with [GFSK_DEV_H: B1 0x30] register.

(Note) Reset value is 2.4kHz when 6 division settig for PLL([PLL_DIV_SET:

B1 0x1A]=0x01) is selected.

7:0 GFSK_DEV[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to “Modulation setting”.

246/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x32[FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0]

Function: FSK 1^stfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 0

Address: 0x32 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x24

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 0

7:6 GFIL0[7:6]

(Note) Gaussian filter coefficient bit range is bit7-0.

FSK 1^stfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 0

FSK_DEV0[13:8]/

GFIL0[5:0]

5:0

10_0100

R/W

(Note) FSK 1^stfrequency deviation is calicutaed from these bits(6bits) and

[FSK_DEV0_L/GFIL1: B1 0x33] register(8bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

0x33[FSK_DEV0_L/GFIL1]

Function: FSK 1^stfrequency deviation setting (low byte) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 1

Address: 0x33 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xD6

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1101_0110

R/W

Description

FSK 1^stfrequency deviation setting (low byte)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 1

FSK_DEV0[7:0]/

GFIL1[7:0]

7:0

(Note) FSK 1^stfrequency deviation is calicutaed from these bits(8bits) and

[FSK_DEV0_H/GFIL0: B1 0x32] register(6bits). (Note) Reset value is

gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

0x34[FSK_DEV1_H/GFIL2]

Function: FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 2

Address: 0x34 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x19

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

Reserved

FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 2

FSK_DEV1[13:8]/

GFIL2[5:0]

5:0

01_1001

R/W

(Note) FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation is calicutaed from these bits(6bits) and

[FSK_DEV1_L/GFIL3: B1 0x35] register(8bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

247/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x35[FSK_DEV1_L/GFIL3]

Function: FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation setting (low byte) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 3

Address: 0x35 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x29

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1001

R/W

Description

FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation setting (low byte)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 3

FSK_DEV1[7:0]/

GFIL3[5:0]

7:0

(Note) FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation is calicutaed from these bits(8bits) and

[FSK_DEV1_H/GFIL2: B1 0x34] register(6bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

0x36[FSK_DEV2_H/GFIL4]

Function: FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 4

Address: 0x36 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x3A

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 4

FSK_DEV2[13:8]/

GFIL4[5:0]

5:0

11_1010

R/W

(Note) FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation is calicutaed from these bits(6bits) and

[FSK_DEV2_L/GFIL5: B1 0x37] register(8bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

0x37[FSK_DEV2_L/GFIL5]

Function: FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation setting (low byte) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 5

Address: 0x37 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x48

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0100_1000

R/W

Description

FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation setting (low byte)/

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 5

FSK_DEV2[7:0]/

GFIL5[7:0]

7:0

(Note) FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation is calculated from these bits(8bits) and

[FSK_DEV2_H/GFIL4: B1 0x36] register(6bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

248/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x38[FSK_DEV3_H/GFIL6]

Function: FSK 4^thfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits) / Gaussian filter coefficient setting 6

Address: 0x38 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x4C

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

01

R/W

Description

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 6

7:6 GFIL6[7:6]

(Note) Gaussian filter coefficient bit range is bit7-0.

FSK 4^thfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits) /

Gaussian filter coefficient setting 6

FSK_DEV3[13:8]/

GFIL6[5:0]

5:0

00_1100

R/W

(Note) FSK 4^thfrequency deviation is calculated from these bits(6bits) and

[FSK_DEV3_L: B1 0x39] register(8bits).

(Note) Reset value is gaussian filter coefficient setting(BT = 0.5).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. Gaussian filter coefficient and FSK frequency deviation setting functions are shared in this register.

0x39[FSK_DEV3_L]

Function: FSK 4^thfrequency deviation setting (low byte)

Address: 0x39 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

FSK 4^thfrequency deviation setting (low byte)

(Note) FSK 4^thfrequency deviation is calculated from these bits(8bits) and

[FSK_DEV3_H/GFIL6: B1 0x38] register(6bits).

(Note) Reset value is 0kHz.

7:0 FSK_DEV3[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x3A[FSK_DEV4_H]

Function: FSK 5^thfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits)

Address: 0x3A (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

FSK 5^thfrequency deviation setting (high 6bits)

(Note) FSK 5^thfrequency deviation is calculated from these bits(6bits) and

[FSK_DEV4_L: B1 0x3B] register(8bits).

5:0 FSK_DEV4[13:8]

00_0000

R/W

(Note) Reset value is 0kHz.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

249/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x3B[FSK_DEV4_L]

Function: FSK 5^thfrequency deviation setting (low byte)

Address: 0x3B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

FSK 5^thfrequency deviation setting (low byte)

(Note) FSK 5^thfrequency deviation is calculated from these bits(8bits) and

[FSK_DEV4_H: B1 0x3A] register(6bits).

7:0 FSK_DEV4[7:0]

(Note) Reset value is 0kHz.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x3C[FSK_TIM_ ADJ4]

Function: FSK 4^thfrequency deviation hold time setting

Address: 0x3C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1101

R/W

Description

FSK 4^thfrequency deviation hold time

* Bit7 is write only.

7:0 FSK_TIM_ADJ4 [7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x3D[FSK_TIM_ ADJ3]

Function: FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation hold time setting

Address: 0x3D (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1101

R/W

Description

FSK 3^rdfrequency deviation hold time

*Bit7 is write only.

7:0 FSK_TIM_ADJ3[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x3E[FSK_TIM_ ADJ2]

Function: FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation hold time setting

Address: 0x3E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1101

R/W

Description

FSK 2^ndfrequency deviation hold time

* Bit7 is write only.

7:0 FSK_TIM_ADJ2[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

250/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x3F[FSK_TIM_ ADJ1]

Function: FSK 1^stfrequency deviation hold time setting

Address: 0x3F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1101

R/W

Description

FSK 1^stfrequency deviation hold time

* Bit7 is write only.

7:0 FSK_TIM_ADJ[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x40[FSK_TIM_ ADJ0]

Function: FSK no-deviation frequency (carrier frequency) hold time setting

Address: 0x40 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0010_1101

R/W

Description

FSK no-diviation frequency hold time

* Bit7 is write only.

7:0 FSK_TIM_ADJ[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

0x41[4FSK_DATA_MAP]

Function: 4FSK data mapping setting

Address: 0x41 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0xE1

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

11

R/W

Description

Data setting for 4^thfrequency deviation

7:6 FSK4_FREQ3[1:0]

* Setting for the positive maximum frequency deviation.

5:4 FSK4_FREQ2[1:0]

3:2 FSK4_FREQ1[1:0]

10

00

R/W

Data setting for 3^rdfrequency deviation

Data setting for 2^ndfrequency deviation

Data setting for 1^stfrequency deviation

1:0 FSK4_FREQ0[1:0]

01

R/W

* Setting for the negative maximum frequency deviation.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Modulation setting”.

2. The default value is Wireless M-Bus data mapping.

0x42[FREQ_ADJ_H]

Function: TX/RX frequency fine adjustment setting (high byte)

Address: 0x42 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

TX/RX frequency fine adjustment sign setting

FREQ_ADJ_SIGN

0

0_0000

00

0: Minus

1: Plus

6:2 Reserved

TX/RX frequency fine adjustment setting (high 2bits)

* Combined with 8bits of the [FREQ_ADJ_L:B1 0x43] register, this is

calculated using a total of 10bits.

1:0 FREQ_ADJ[9:8]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “TX/RX frequency adjustment”.

251/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x43[FREQ_ADJ_L]

Function: TX/RX frequency adjustment setting (low byte)

Address: 0x43 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX/RX frequency fine adjustment setting (low byte)

* Combined with 7bits of the [FREQ_ADJ_H:B1 0x42] register, this is

calculated using a total of 15bits.

7:0 FREQ_ADJ[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “TX/RX frequency adjustment”.

0x44-0x47[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x41-0x47 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x48[2DIV_MODE]

Function: Average diversity mode setting

Address: 0x48 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

Antenna diversity mode setting

0: disable Antenna diversity FAST mode

1: enable Antenna diversity FAST mode

4

3

SEARCH_MODE

0

R/W

* In FAST mode, if ED value, which is gotten from ANT search for

SEARCH_TIME1([2DIV_SEARCH1: B1 0x49(6-0)]), exceeds

[2DIV_FAST_LVL: B1 0x4B], then the subsequent search will be canceled

and ANT will be fixed.

Reserved

Average number of ED calculation during Antenna diversity

000: average 1 time

001: average 2 times

010: average 4 times

011: average 8 times

2:0 2DIV_ED_AVG [2:0]

001

R/W

100: average 16 times

101: average 32 times

Other than above: 16 times

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

252/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x49[2DIV_SEARCH1]

Function: Antenna diversity search time setting

Address: 0x49 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x8E

Bit

7

Bit name

Reset value

1

R/W

Description

Antenna diversity search time resolution setting

0 : 16μs

1 : 256μs

SEARCH_TIME_SET

(Note) Define search time resolution for both SEARCH_TIME1[6:0] and

SEARCH_TIME2[6:0].

Antenna diversity search time setting 1

Search time = (setting value + 1) x (Search time resolution)

* Define search time for ANT1 or ANT2 until first Bit-Synchronization

detection.

6:0 SEARCH_TIME1[6:0]

000_1110

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

0x4A[2DIV_SEARCH2]

Function: Antenna diversity search time setting

Address: 0x4A (BANK1)

Reset value:0x0E

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

Antenna diversity search time setting 2

Search time = setting value x Search time resolution

* After Bit-Synchronization detection, define search time for another ANT

different from the one used in the last search.

6:0 SEARCH_TIME2[6:0]

000_1110

R/W

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Diversity function”.

0x4B[2DIV_FAST_LVL]

Function: ED threshold level setting during Antenna diversity FAST mode

Address: 0x4B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 2DIV_FAST_LVL[7:0]

Antenna diversity FAST mode ED threshold level

0x4C[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x4C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x06

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0110

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

253/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x4D[VCO_CAL_MIN_I]

Function: VCO calibration low limit frequency setting (I counter)

Address: 0x4D (BANK1)

Reset value:0x2A

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

10_1010

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

5:0 VCO_CAL_MIN_I[5:0]

VCO calibration low limit frequency setting - I counter

[Description]

1. For details information of VCO calibration usage, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

2. For frequency setting method, please refer to the “VCO lower limit frequency setting”.

(Note)

1. For low limit frequency, please set the frequency 400kHz lower than frequency used.

0x4E[VCO_CAL_MIN_FH]

Function: VCO calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter high 4bits)

Address: 0x4E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

VCO calibration low limit frequency setting - F counter high 4bits

7:4 Reserved

3:0 VCO_CAL_MIN_F[19:16]

0001

[Description]

1. For details information of VCO calibration usage, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

2. For frequency setting method, please refer to the “VCO lower limit frequency setting”.

(Note)

1. For low limit frequency, please set the frequency 400kHz lower than frequency used.

0x4F[VCO_CAL_MIN_FM]

Function: VCO calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter middle byte)

Address: 0x4F (BANK1)

Reset value:0xA0

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1010_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 VCO_CAL_MIN_F[15:8]

VCO calibration low limit frequency setting - F counter middle byte

[Description]

1. For details information of VCO calibration usage, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

2. For frequency setting method, please refer to the “VCO lower limit frequency setting”.

(Note)

1. For low limit frequency, please set the frequency 400kHz lower than frequency used.

254/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x50[VCO_CAL_MIN_FL]

Function: VCO calibration low limit frequency setting (F counter low byte)

Address: 0x50 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

VCO calibration low limit frequency setting - F counter low byte)

7:0 VCO_CAL_MIN_F[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details information of VCO calibration usage, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

2. For frequency setting method, please refer to the “VCO lower limit frequency setting”.

(Note)

1. For low limit frequency, please set the frequency 400kHz lower than frequency used.

0x51[VCO_CAL_MAX_N]

Function: VCO calibration upper limit frequency setting

Address: 0x51 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x04

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000

R/W

Description

7:4 Reserved

VCO calibration upper frequency limit range setting

(ΔF from low limit frequency)

0000: 0MHz

0001: 0.75 MHz

0010: 1.5 MHz

3:0 VCO_CAL_MAX_N[3:0]

0100

R/W

0011: 3 MHz

0100: 6 MHz

0101: 12 MHz

0110: 24 MHz

0111: 48 MHz

Other setting: prohibit

[Description]

1. For details information of VCO calibration usage, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

2. For frequency setting method, please refer to the “VCO upper limit frequency setting”.

(Note)

1. For upper limit frequency, please set the frequency range that includes the frequency used.

255/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x52[VCAL_MIN]

Function: VCO calibration low limit value indication and setting

Address: 0x52 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x40

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

VCO calibration low limit value

6:0 VCAL_MIN[6:0]

100_0000

R/W

(Note) after calibration by [VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F], value will be saved

automatically.

[Description]

1. For details usage of VCO calibration, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

0x53[VCAL_MAX]

Function: VCO calibration upper limit value indication and setting

Address: 0x53 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x40

Bit

7

Bit name

Reserved

Reset value

0

R/W

Description

VCO calibration upper limit value

6:0 VCAL_MAX[6:0]

100_0000

R/W

(Note) after calibration by [VCO_CAL_START: B0 0x6F], value will be saved

automatically.

[Description]

1. For details usage of VCO calibration, please refer to the “VCO adjustment”.

0x54-0x55[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x54-0x55 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

256/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x56[DEMOD_SET0]

Function: Demodulator configuration 0

Address: 0x56 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x50

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

Channel Filter Wideband setting before synchronization

0: Channel filter band width are set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0

0x54(6-0)]) always

7

CHFIL_WIDE_SYNC

0

1: Channel filter band width are double width set with CHFIL_BW_ADJ

before synchronization. After synchronized channel filter band width is set

with CHFIL_BW_ADJ

IQ invert function

0: Do not invert

1: Invert

6

5

4

IQ_INV

1

0

1

R/W

Reserved

STR_LIM_ON

Symbol timing recovery limiter setting

0: Turn off the limiter

1: Turn on the limiter

Symbol timing recovery setting

0: Constantly track symbol timing

1: Keep symbol timing after SFD detection

AFC limiter setting

0: Turn on the AFC limiter

1: Turn off the AFC limiter

AFC mode setting

0: Constantly perform AFC

1: Turn off AFC after SFD detection

AFC OFF enable setting

3

2

1

0

STR_HOLD_ON

AFC_LIM_OFF

AFC_HOLD_ON

AFC_OFF_EN

0

R/W

0: enable (perform AFC)

1: disable (not perform AFC)

0x57[DEMOD_SET1]

Function: Demodulator configuration 1

Address: 0x57 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x04

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

Description

7:6 Reserved

Demodulator filter setting 2

00: No averaging

5:4 DEM_FIL2[1:0]

00

0

R/W

01: 2 times average

10: 4 times average

11: 8 times average

3

Reserved

Demodulator filter bandwidth setting

000: Master clock frequency/8×(1/120)

001: Master clock frequency/8×(1/100)

010: Master clock frequency/8×(7/600)

011: Master clock frequency/8×(1/75)

100: Master clock frequency/8×(3/200)

101: Master clock frequency/8×(1/60)

110: Master clock frequency/8×(1/30)

111: Master clock frequency/8×(1/30)

2:0 DEM_FIL[2:0]

0100

R/W

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

257/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x58[DEMOD_SET2]

Function: Demodulator configuration 2

Address: 0x58 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

R/W

Description

7:3 Reserved

Demodulator gain setting

Gain = (Setting value+1)/2

2:0 DEM_GAIN[2:0]

001

R/W

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x59[DEMOD_SET3]

Function: Demodulator configuration 3

Address: 0x59 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x14

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0001_0100

R/W

Description

7:0 DEM_4FSK_TH[7:0]

4FSK threshold level setting

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x5A-0x5B[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x5A-0x5B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

0x5C[DEMOD_SET6]

Function: Demodulator configulation 6

Address: 0x5C (BANK1)

Reset value:0x12

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

RX frequency deviation range setting

setting value = RX frequency deviation range[Hz] * 512 /

{Master clock frequency[Hz] / 8 /

7:0 RXDEV_RANGE[7:0]

0001_0010

CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(6-0)])}

(Note)

1. The value specified in “Initialization table” is recommended.

258/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x5D[DEMOD_SET7]

Function: Demodulator configulation 7

Address: 0x5D (BANK1)

Reset value:0x0D

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

R/W

Description

AFC tacking range setting

setting value = RX frequency deviation range[Hz] * 2048 /

{Master clock frequency[Hz] / 8 /

CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54(6-0)])} ×

Demodulator gain (DEM_GAIN([DEMOD_SET: B1 0x58(2-0)]))

(Note) This setting is valid when AFC_LIM_OFF(DEMOD_SET0: B1

0x56(2)) = 0b0.

7:0 AFC_LIM[7:0]

0000_1101

(Note)

1. The value specified in “Initialization table” is recommended.

0x5E[DEMOD_SET8]

Function: Demodulator configuration 8

Address: 0x5E (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x05

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

101

R/W

Description

PLL-AFC magnification adjustment 1

7:3 Reserved

2:0 PLL_AFC_SHIFT[2:0]

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x5F[DEMOD_SET9]

Function: Demodulator configulation 9

Address: 0x5F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x6C

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0110_1100

R/W

Description

PLL-AFC magnification adjustment 2

7:0 PLL_AFC_CO[7:0]

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x60[DEMOD_SET10]

Function: Demodulator configulation 10

Address: 0x60 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x06

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

0_0110

R/W

Description

7:5 Reserved

4:0 STR_PB_LEN[4:0]

Demodulator preamble detection threshold value setting

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

259/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x61[DEMOD_SET11]

Function: Demodulator configulation 11

Address: 0x61 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x08

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

0_1000

R/W

Description

Demodulator preamble detection threshold value setting (during diversity)

7:5 Reserved

4:0 STR_PB_LEN_DIV[4:0]

(Note)

1. Please use the value specified in the “Initialization table”.

0x62[ADDR_CHK_CTR_H]

Function: Address check counter indication (high 3bits)

Address: 0x62 (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0_0000

R/W

Description

7:3 Reserved

Indicating the number of packets mismatch during Field checking (high 3bits)

* Combined with 8bits of the [ADDR_CHK_CTR_L:B1 0x63] register.

* Max. count is 2047. Count value can be cleared by

2:0 ADDR_CHK_CTR[10:8]

000

R

STATE_CLR4([STATE_CLR: B0 0x16(4)]).

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field checking function”.

0x63[ADDR_CHK_CTR_L]

Function: Address check counter indication (low byte)

Address: 0x63 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

R

Description

Indicating the number of packets mismatch during Field checking (low byte)

7:0 ADDR_CHK_CTR[7:0]

For details, please refer to “[ADDR_CHK_CTR_H:B1 0x62]” register.

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Field checking function”.

260/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x64[WHT_INIT_H]

Function: Whiteing initialized state setting (high 1bit)

Address: 0x64 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x01

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000_0000

1

R/W

Description

7:1 Reserved

0

WHT_INIT[8]

Whiteing initialized state setting (high 1bit)

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Data Whitening function”.

0x65[WHT_INIT_L]

Function: Whiteing initialized state setting (low byte)

Address: 0x65 (BANK1)

Reset value:0xFF

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1111_1111

R/W

Description

Whiteing initialized state setting (low byte)

7:0 WHT_INIT[7:0]

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Data Whitening function”.

0x66[WHT_CFG]

Function: Whiteing polynomial setting

Address: 0x66 (BANK1)

Reset value:0x08

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_1000

R/W

Description

7:0 WHT_CFG[7:0]

Whiteing polynomial setting

[Description]

1. For details, please refer to the “Data Whitening function”.

0x67-0x7B[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x67-0x7B (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

Reserved

261/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7C[TX_RATE2_H]

Function: TX data rate conversion setting 2 (high 4bits)

Address: 0x7C (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

000

R/W

Description

TX data rate conversion setting 2 enable

7:5 Reserved

0: disable

1: enable

4

TX_RATE2_EN

0

R/W

* When this is set to 0b1, TX data rate conversion setting of

[TX_RATE2_H/L: B1 0x7C/7D] is enabled.

TX data rate conversion setting 2 (high 4bits)

* Combined with 8bits of the [TX_RATE2_L: B1 0x7D] register, this is

calculated using a total of 12bits.

* Valid only for TX_RATE2_EN = 0b1.

For data rate setting by [TX_RATE_H/L: B1 0x02/03], set a value calculated

by the following formula to adjust data rate deviation, if it is larger.

3:0 TX_RATE2[11:8]

0000

R/W

Setting value = round [[{1 / Data rate (bps)} –

{1 / (Master clock frequency(Hz) / TX_RATE[11:0]) × 9}] /

{1 / Master clock frequency (Hz)}]

* For details, please refer to the “Data rate setting function”.

0x7D[TX_RATE2_L]

Function: TX data rate conversion setting 2 (low byte)

Address: 0x7D (BANK1)

Reset value: 0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

TX data rate conversion setting 2 (low byte)

* For details, please refer to [TX_RATE2_H: B0 0x7C] register.

7:0 TX_RATE2[7:0]

0x7E[Reserved]

Function:

Address: 0x7E (BANK1)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

Description

7:0 Reserved

262/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

0x7F[ID_CODE] model ML7345

Function: ID code indication

Address: 0x7F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x57

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0101_0111

R/W

Description

ID code

0x57: ML7345

7:0 ID[7:0]

0x7F[ID_CODE] model ML7345D

Function: ID code indication

Address: 0x7F (BANK1)

Reset value:0x90

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

1001_0000

R/W

Description

ID code

0x90: ML7345D

7:0 ID[7:0]

263/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Register Bank2

0x00[BANK_SEL]

[Description]

1.

Please refer to [BANK_SEL:B0 0x00].

0x01-0x3F【Reserved】

Function:

Address: 0x01-0x3F (BANK2)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

description

7:0 Reserved

0x40【VTUNE_COMP_ON】

Function: VCO adjustment voltage result display enable

Address: 0x40 (BANK2)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

00

R/W

description

7:6 Reserved

VCO adjustment voltage result display enable setting

1: VCO adjustment voltage result display enable

0: VCO adjustment voltage result display disable

5

VTUNE_COMP_ON

0

R/W

4:0 Reserved

0_0000

0x41-0x7F【Reserved】

Function:

Address: 0x41-0x7F (BANK2)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_0000

R/W

description

7:0 Reserved

264/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

●Register Bank3

0x00[BANK_SEL]

[Description]

1.

Please refer to [BANK_SEL:B0 0x00].

0x23[2MODE_DET]

Function: 2 modes detection setting (MODE-T and MODE-C)

Address:0x23 (BANK3)

Reset value:0x00

Bit

Bit name

Reset value

0000_000

R/W

description

7:1 Reserved

Receiving mode setting

0: receiving Mode-C only

0

2MODE_DET_EN

0

R/W

1: receiveing both Mode-T and Mode –C

(Note) mode chang is inhibited in the RX_ON state. Please change in the

TRX_OFF state.

265/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Application circuit

The below diagram does not show decoupling capacitors for LSI power pins.

10uF decoupling capacitor should be placed to common 3.3V power pins .

MURATA LQW15series inductors are recommended.

266/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Package Dimensions

Remarks for surface mount type package

Surface mount type package is very sensitive affected by heating from reflow process, humidity during storaging Therefore, in

case of reflow mouting process, please contact sales office about product name, package name, number of pin, package code

and required reflow process condition (reflow method, temperature, number of reflow process), storage condition.

267/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Footprint Pattern (Recommendation)

When laying out PC boards, it is important to design the foot pattern so as to give consideration to ease of mounting, bonding,

positioning of parts, reliability, wiring, and elimination of slder bridges.

The optimum design for the foot pattern varies with the materials of the substrate, the sort and thichness of used soldering

paste, and the way of soldering. Therefore when laying out the foot pattern on the PC boards, refer to this figure which mean the

mounting area that the package leads are allowable for soldering PC boards.

P-WQFN32-0505-0.50-A63

268/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

■Revision History

page

Document No.

Release date

Revision description

Before

After

revision

FEDL7345-01

Jan 7, 2016

Oct 21, 2016

-

initial release

The title: Added ML7345D.

FEDL7345_D-02

1

Overview: Added Wireless M-Bus R mode to model ML7345’s

supported standard.

1

2

1

2

Overview: Added ML7345D.

Features: Added ML7345D.

Features: Added ARIB STD-T108 to model ML7345’s supported

standard.

Features: Added Format D to ML7345D’s paket mode.

Features: Added 100kbps case to model ML7345’s RX current

consumption.

2

3

2

3

7-9

10-23

11

7-9

10-24

11

PIN Definitions: Added Definition in reset state.

Electrical Characteristics: Added ML7345D.

Recommended Operation Conditions: added annotation to V_DDIO.

RF Characteristics: Updated channel spacing.

RX characteristics: Corrected blocking image frequency of 169MHz

Band (changed -187.5Hz to -187.5kHz)

14

15

16

17

18

RX characteristics: Corrected blocking image frequency of 433MHz

Band (changed -187.5Hz to -187.5kHz)

30

31

Packet Handling Function: Added ML7345D.

Packet Handling Function: Added Format D to packet format.

Packet Handling Function: Wrote a note in the case of Format A

and CI-field=0x8D.

Packet Handling Function: Corrected CRC-field description in

Format C section (change 0/1/2 bytes to 0/1/2/4 bytes).

Packet Handling Function: Added packet Format D section.

CRC function : Wrote a note for model ML7345.

Data Whitening function: Added Format D to packet format.

SyncWord detection function: Added Format D to packet format.

Field check function: Added Format D to packet format.

Field check function: Added description of field check function for

packet Format D.

32

40

34

42

-

43

44

46

47

49

41

42

43

45

-

51

47

62

63

64

65

66

99

100

103

53

68

69

70

71

FIFO control function: Added packet Format D.

Channel #0 frequency setting: Corrected f_refdescription.

Channel space setting: Corrected f_refdescription.

GFSK modulation setting: Corrected f_refdescription.

FSK modulation setting: Inserted a new table.

4FSK modulation setting: Update frequency deviation setting.

VCO lower limit frequency setting: Corrected f_refdescription.

VCO upper limit frequency setting: Corrected f_refdescription.

TRX Frequency Adjustment: Corrected f_refdescription.

72

105

106

109

104

110

Resister Setting: Added ML7345D.

144-149

152-157

Registers: Added ML7345D to Registers Map.

Registers: Wrote a note to EXT_PKT_MODE bits of PKT_CTRL1

register for model ML7345.

Registers: Inserted a new table about PKT_CTRL1 register for

ML7345D.

Registers: Wrote a note to TX_CRC_EN bit of PKT_CTRL2 register

for model ML7345.

Registers: Inserted a new table about PKT_CTRL2 register for

ML7345D.

Registers: Inserted a new table about DEC_GAIN register for

ML7345D.

Registers:Deleted ML7345C related description from PA_MODE

register.

Registers: Deleted ML7345C related description from PA_ADJ

register.

Registers: Inserted a new table about TX_PKT_LEN_H register for

ML7345D.

153

154

194

196

197

202

161

162

163

164

206

208

209

215

Registers: Inserted a new table about RX_PKT_LEN_H,

RX_PKT_LEN_L register for ML7345D.

Registers: Added a new register GC_CTRL_DIV to ML7345D.

Registers: Updated the description of AFC/GC_CTRL register for

model ML7345.

203

-

217-218

224

211

228

269/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

page

Document No.

Release date

Revision description

Before

After

revision

Registers: Inserted a new table about AFC/GC_CTRL register for

ML7345D.

Registers: Deleted ML7345C related description from

PLL_DIV_SET register.

211

212

228

230

Amended the calculation formula of [DEMOD_SET7: B1 0x5D] as

follows:

Before the amendment:

setting value = RX frequency deviation range [Hz]*2048 /{Master

clock frequency[Hz]/8/CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0

0x54(6-0)])}

231

234

249

253

After the amendment:

setting value = RX frequency deviation range [Hz]*1024 /{Master

clock frequency[Hz]/8/CHFIL_BW_ADJ([CHFIL_BW: B0

0x54(6-0)])} × demodulator gain (DEM_GAIN([DEMOD_SET: B1

0x58(2-0)]))

Registers: inserted a new table about ID_CODE register for

ML7345D.

FEDL7345_D-03

May 19, 2017

IQ Adjustment: amended [IQ_ADJ_TARGET: B0 0x5F] register

setting value.

102

103

IQ Adjustment:added supplementary explanation to section 4.

135

177

137

180

Added note for the process at Sync error occurrence

Registers: added note (restriction) to [TXFIFO_THRL: B0 0x18]

Overview: Change the lower limit of RF frequency for ML7345D to

315MHz.

Features: added F mode, RCR STD-30(III and IV types) and ARIB

STD-T67 to the supported standard of ML7345D.

Features: changed the lower limit of the RF frequency of ML7345D

to315MHz.

1

2

1

2

3

2

3

Features: added 10mW/1mW to ML7345D’s TX PA.

Features: added European patent publication Number

Features:added the current consumption of TX 10mW and 1mW

cases for ML7345D.

3

Recommended Operation Conditions: added 433MHz band to the

RF frequency of ML7345D.

11

12

13

Power Consumption: added IDD RX of DR=9.6kbps for ML7345D.

Power Consumption: added IDD TX1 and IDD TX10 for ML7345D.

Power Consumption: added condition (*5) to IDD TX20 for

ML7345D.

RF Characteristics:deleted the descriptions of division mode from

Condition,

RF Characteristics:added 433MHz band to RF frequency for

ML7345D.

TX characteristics: added ML7345D to the applicable model of TX

characteristics for 433MHz band.

12

15

16

13

16

17

TX characteristics: deleted TX characteristics table of 868MHz

band for ML7345D.

TX characteristics:changed 868MHz Band to 868/920MHz Band.

TX characteristics: added ML7345D to the applicable model of TX

characteristics for 868/920MHz Band.

16

17

RX characteristics: added ML7345D to the applicable model of RX

characteristics for 433MHz band.

18

19

66

20

67

RX characteristics: changed 868MHz Band to 868/920MHz Band.

Channel frequency setting: added note (*1).

Channel frequency setting: changed the item names of PLL dividing

setting table.

62

64

63

65

Wake-up timer: added information to (Note).

Wake-up timer: amended the setting value of [SLEEP/WU_SET: B0

0x2D(7-4)] in section (2).

65

66

Wake-up timer: amended the setting value of [SLEEP/WU_SET: B0

0x2D(7-4)] in section (3) [1 shot operation].

105

107

VCO adjustment: amended the addresses of register setting

example for VCO lower limit frequency setting

Registers: added (Note2) to GT_SET register for ML7345D.

Registers: added “don’t use this setting for ML7345D” to register

PLL_DIV_SET.

186

230

190

234

FEDL7345_D-04

Feb 21, 2018

Added Typical variation in TX power over suply voltage of

VDDPA_.

-

12

270/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

page

Document No.

FEDL7345_D-05

Release date

Nov 21, 2018

Revision description

Before

revision

After

revision

Functional Description-LSI State Transition Control-State Diagram:

Added RESET state.

29

Functional Description-Timer Function-Wake-up timer: Revised

description at the time of TX transition with the wake up timer.

(2) 1 shot operation [RX]: Added description.

63, 65, 66

63,65, 66

(3) Combination with high speed carrier detection [1 shot

operation]: Added operation description.

Functional Description-Frequency Setting Function-IF frequency

setting: Added description of ML7345D.

Functional Description-RX Related Function-Setting Channel Filter

Bandwidth: Added description of ML7345D.

LSI Adjustment items and Adjustment Method-VCO Adjustment:

Added description of VTUNE_COMP_ON setting.

LSI Adjustment items and Adjustment Method-Oscillation Circuit

Adjustment: Revised description.

-

70

75

-

106

110

115

203

115

203

Flowchart-Turn On Sequence-Initializing flow: Revised flow.

Registers: Revised description of [CHFIL_BW: B0 0x54].

Registers: Added [CHFIL_BW: B0 0x61] register description for

ML7345D.

-

211

Registers: Revised description of [OSC_ADJ1: B0 0x62] and

[OSC_ADJ2: B0 0x63].

211, 212

Registers: Added description of [CHFIL_BW_CCA: B0 0x6A] for

ML7345D.

Registers: Added description of [VTUNE_COMP_ON: B2 0x40].

LSI Adjustment items and Adjustment Method-PA Adjustment:

Revised description.

[Pin Definitions]-[Reulator Pins] delete description(*1)

[Electrical Characteristics]-[Reset Characteristics] delete “RESETN

rising edge delay time”

-

157, 214

160, 260

99

8

99

8

FEDL7345_D-06

Apr 5, 2019

24

[Function Description]-[PacketHandling Function]-[FIFO control

function] added note(4)

[LSI Adjustment items and Adjustment Method]-[VCO adjustment]

Correct VCO calibration range setting(delete 76.5, 96MHz)

[Flowchart]-[SLEEP Sequence] Correct flowchart for releasing

SLEEP state when using TCXO.

56

108

135

135-137

[Timing-chart]-[Transition from SLEEP to IDLE] Correct timing chart

for releasing SLEEP state when using TCXO.

[SYNC_CONDITION1: B0 0x45] added register description

[VCO_CAL_MAX_N: B1 0x51] Correct VCO calibration range

setting(delete 76.5, 96MHz)

149

197

251

151-152

201

255

(Note) Corrections in spelling , improvements in the description are not included in the Revision history.

271/272

FEDL7345/D-06

ML7345/ML7345D

NOTES

1) The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.

2) Although LAPIS Semiconductor is continuously working to improve product reliability and quality, semiconductors can

break down and malfunction due to various factors. Therefore, in order to prevent personal injury or fire arising from failure,

please take safety measures such as complying with the derating characteristics, implementing redundant and fire

prevention designs, and utilizing backups and fail-safe procedures. LAPIS Semiconductor shall have no responsibility for

any damages arising out of the use of our Products beyond the rating specified by LAPIS Semiconductor.

3) Examples of application circuits, circuit constants and any other information contained herein are provided only to illustrate

the standard usage and operations of the Products.The peripheral conditions must be taken into account when designing

circuits for mass production.

4) The technical information specified herein is intended only to show the typical functions of the Products and examples of

application circuits for the Products. No license, expressly or implied, is granted hereby under any intellectual property

rights or other rights of LAPIS Semiconductor or any third party with respect to the information contained in this

document; therefore LAPIS Semiconductor shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any dispute, concerning such rights

owned by third parties, arising out of the use of such technical information.

5) The Products are intended for use in general electronic equipment (i.e. AV/O A devices, communication, consumer systems,

gaming/entertainment sets) as well as the applications indicated in this document.

6) The Products specified in this document are not designed to be radiation tolerant.

7) For use of our Products in applications requiring a high degree of reliability (as exemplified below), please contact and

consult with a LAPIS Semiconductor representative: transportation equipment (i.e. cars, ships, trains), primary

communication equipment, traffic lights, fire/crime prevention, safety equipment, medical systems, servers, solar cells, and

power transmission systems.

8) Do not use our Products in applications requiring extremely high reliability, such as aerospace equipment, nuclear power

control systems, and submarine repeaters.

9) LAPIS Semiconductor shall have no responsibility for any damages or injury arising from non-compliance with the

recommended usage conditions and specifications contained herein.

10) LAPIS Semiconductor has used reasonable care to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this document.

However, LAPIS Semiconductor does not warrant that such information is error-free and LAPIS Semiconductor shall have

no responsibility for any damages arising from any inaccuracy or misprint of such information.

11) Please use the Products in accordance with any applicable environmental laws and regulations, such as the RoHS Directive.

For more details, including RoHS compatibility, please contact a ROHM sales office. LAPIS Semiconductor shall have no

responsibility for any damages or losses resulting non-compliance with any applicable laws or regulations.

12) When providing our Products and technologies contained in this document to other countries, you must abide by the

procedures and provisions stipulated in all applicable export laws and regulations, including without limitation the US

Export Administration Regulations and the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act.

13) This document, in part or in whole, may not be reprinted or reproduced without prior consent of LAPIS Semiconductor.

2-4-8 Shinyokohama, Kouhoku-ku,

Yokohama 222-8575, Japan

http://www.lapis-semi.com/en/

272/272


型号：	ML7345D
厂家：	ROHM
描述：	ML7345D是支持315MHz～960MHz频段的低功耗Sub-GHz窄带无线LSI，全球适用。ML7345系列内置有支持12.5kHz以上信道间隔的可编程信道选择滤波器。ML7345系列与ML7344/ML7406系列在封装、引脚排列和主要寄存器方面规格相同，因此在日本国内外的窄频和宽频Sub-GHz应用中可实现电路板和软件通用。无线
文件：	总273页 (文件大小：3335K)
中文：	中文翻译
下载：	下载PDF数据表文档文件

ML7345D [ROHM]

相关型号：

ML7386

ML7386B

ML7396A

ML7396AB

ML7396AE

ML7396D

ML7404

ML7406

ML7416N

ML7436N

ML7456N (新产品)

ML74UL00